eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/PaxHeaders.20276/eric6_pt.ts 0000644 0000000 0000000 00000000131 12554463354 016070 x ustar 00 29 mtime=1437755116.14347432
30 atime=1438509824.387429338
30 ctime=1438509828.074433061
eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/eric6_pt.ts 0000644 0001750 0000144 00013244767 12554463354 017066 0 ustar 00detlev users 0000000 0000000
AboutDialog
About Eric
Acerca do Eric
&About
A&cerca
A&uthors
A&utores
&Thanks To
Agradecimen&tos
&License Agreement
Contrato da &Licença
<p>{0} is an Integrated Development Environment for the Python programming language. It is written using the PyQt Python bindings for the Qt GUI toolkit and the QScintilla editor widget.</p><p>For more information see <a href="{1}">{1}</a>.</p><p>Please send bug reports to <a href="mailto:{2}">{2}</a>.</p><p>To request a new feature please send an email to <a href="mailto:{3}">{3}</a>.</p><p>{0} uses third party software which is copyrighted by its respective copyright holder. For details see the copyright notice of the individual package.</p>
<p>{0} é um Ambiente Integrado de Desenvolvimento para a linguagem de programação Python. Foi escrito usando as associações de Python PyQt às ferramentas de Qt GUI e o editor de QScintilla.</p><p>Para mais informação ver <a href="{1}">{1}</a>.</p><p>Por favor envie os relatórios de erros a <a href="mailto:{2}">{2}</a>.</p><p>Para pedir uma funcionalidade nova, por favor envie um correio a <a href="mailto:{3}">{3}</a>.</p><p>{0} utiliza software de terceiros que está protegido por direitos de autor. Para mais detalhes ver o contrato da licença dos pacotes individuais.</p>
AboutPlugin
About {0}
Acerca {0}
&About {0}
&Acerca {0}
Display information about this software
Mostra a informação acerca deste software
<b>About {0}</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b> Acerca {0}</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca deste software.</p>
About Qt
Acerca de Qt
About &Qt
Acerca de &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
Mostra informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>Acerca de Qt</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt.</p>
AdBlockAccessHandler
Subscribe?
Assinar?
<p>Subscribe to this AdBlock subscription?</p><p>{0}</p>
<p>Assinar a esta subscrição AdBlock?</p><p>{0}</p>
AdBlockDialog
AdBlock Configuration
Configuração de AdBlock
Enable AdBlock
Habilitar AdBlock
Enter search term for subscriptions and rules
Introduzir o termo de busca para as subscrições e regras
Actions
Ações
Learn more about writing rules...
Aprender mais acerca de escrever regras...
Update Subscription
Atualizar a Subscrição
Browse Subscriptions...
Navegar nas Subscrições...
Remove Subscription
Retirar Subscrição
Enter the update period (1 to 14 days)
Introduzir o período de atualização (de 1 a 14 dias)
Search...
Procurar...
Add Rule
Adicionar Regra
Remove Rule
Retirar Regra
Disable Subscription
Desabilitar Subscrição
Enable Subscription
Habilitar Subscrição
Update All Subscriptions
Atualizar Todas as Subscrições
<p>Do you really want to remove subscription <b>{0}</b> and all subscriptions requiring it?</p><ul><li>{1}</li></ul>
<p>Tem a certeza de que quer retirar a subscrição <b>{0}</b> e todas as subscrições que dependam dela?</p><ul><li>{1}</li></ul>
<p>Do you really want to remove subscription <b>{0}</b>?</p>
<p>Tem a certeza de que quer retirar a subscrição <b>{0}</b>?</p>
Default Update Period (days):
Período Padrão de Atualização (dias):
AdBlockExceptionsDialog
AdBlock Exceptions
Exceções de AdBlock
Enter a host to block AdBlock for
Introduzir um anfitrião para bloquear o AdBlock nele
Press to add the host
Pressionar para adicionar anfitrião
&Add
&Adicionar
Press to delete the selected hosts
Pressionar para apagar os anfitriões selecionados
&Delete
&Apagar
Enter host to be added...
Introduzir o anfitrião a ser adicionado...
AdBlockIcon
AdBlock lets you block unwanted content on web pages.
AdBlock permite-lhe bloquear o conteúdo não desejado nas páginas web.
Disable AdBlock
Desabilitar AdBlock
Enable AdBlock
Habilitar AdBlock
Blocked URL (AdBlock Rule) - click to edit rule
URL bloqueada (Regra AdBlock) - clicar para editar a regra
{0} with ({1})
{0} com ({1})
No content blocked
Não há conteúdo bloqueado
AdBlock
Remove AdBlock Exception
Retirar Exceção de AdBlock
Add AdBlock Exception
Adicionar Exceção de AdBlock
AdBlock Exceptions...
Exceções de AdBlock...
AdBlock Configuration...
Configuração de AdBlock...
AdBlockManager
Custom Rules
Regras Personalizadas
AdBlockSubscription
Load subscription rules
Carregar regras de subscrição
Unable to open adblock file '{0}' for reading.
Incapaz de abrir o ficheiro adblock '{0}' para leitura.
Downloading subscription rules
Descarregando regras de subscrição
<p>Subscription rules could not be downloaded.</p><p>Error: {0}</p>
<p>Não se pôde descarregar as regras de subscrição.</p><p>Erro: {0}</p>
Got empty subscription rules.
Obtidas regras de subscrição vazias.
Unable to open adblock file '{0}' for writing.
Impossível abrir o ficheiro adblock '{0}' para escritura.
Saving subscription rules
Guardando regras de subscrição
AdBlock file '{0}' does not start with [Adblock.
O ficheiro AdBlock '{0}' não começa com [Adblock.
<p>AdBlock subscription <b>{0}</b> has a wrong checksum.<br/>Found: {1}<br/>Calculated: {2}<br/>Use it anyway?</p>
<p>A subscrição de AdBlock <b>{0}</b> tem uma soma de verificação errada. <br/>Encontrado: {1}<br/>Calculado: {2}<br/>Usar de qualquer modo?</p>
AdBlockTreeWidget
Add Custom Rule
Adicionar Regra Personalizada
Write your rule here:
Escrever a sua regra aqui:
Add Rule
Adicionar Regra
Remove Rule
Retirar Regra
{0} (recently updated)
{0} (atualizado recentemente)
AddBookmarkDialog
Add Bookmark
Adicionar Marcador
Enter the name
Introduzir o nome
Enter the address
Introduzir a direção
Url
Title
Título
Add Folder
Adicionar Diretório
Name:
Nome:
Address:
Direção:
Description:
Descrição:
Enter a description
Introduzir uma descrição
Folder:
Diretório:
AddDirectoryDialog
Add Directory
Adicionar Diretório
Add a directory to the current project
Adicionar um diretório ao projeto atual
<b>Add Directory Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to add a directory to the current project.</p>
<b>Caixa de Diálogo Adicionar Diretório</b>
<p>Esta caixa de diálogo usa-se para adicionar um diretório ao projeto atual.</p>
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Select the target directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>Diretório de Destino</b>
<p>Selecionar o diretório de destino através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de diretórios.</p>
&Target Directory:
Diretório de &Destino:
Enter the name of the directory to add
Introduzir o nome do diretório a adicionar
<b>Source Directory</b>
<p>Enter the name of the directory to add to the current project.
You may select it with a dialog by pressing the button to
the right.</p>
<b>Diretório Fonte</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome do diretório a adicionar ao projeto atual.
Pode-o selecionar com a caixa de diálogo apertando o botão à
direita<p>
Select, whether a recursive add should be performed
Selecionar se uma adição recursiva deve ser realizada
&Recurse into subdirectories
&Recursão nos subdiretórios
Enter the target directory for the file
Introduza o diretório de destino para o ficheiro
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Enter the target directory. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>Diretório de Destino</b>
<p>Introduza o diretório de destino. Pode-o selecionar com uma caixa de diálogo apertando o botão à direita.</p>
<b>Source Directory</b>
<p>Select the source directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>Diretório Fonte</b>
<p>Escolha o diretório fonte através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de diretórios.</p>
&Source Directory:
Diretório &Fonte:
&File Type:
Tipo de &Ficheiro:
Source Files
Ficheiros Fonte
Forms Files
Ficheiros de Formulários
Resource Files
Ficheiros de Recursos
Interface Files
Ficheiros de Interface
Other Files (*)
Outros Ficheiros (*)
Select directory
Escolha o diretório
AddFileDialog
Add Files
Adicionar Ficheiros
<b>Add Files Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to add files to the current project.</p>
<b>Caixa de Diálogo Adicionar Ficheiros</b>
<p>Esta caixa de diálogo usa-se para adicionar ficheiros ao projeto atual.<p>
<b>Source Files</b>
<p>Select the source files via a files selection dialog.</p>
<b>Ficheiros Fonte</b>
<p>Selecionar os ficheiros fonte através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros.</p>
&Target Directory:
Diretório de &Destino:
Enter the target directory for the file
Introduza o diretório de destino para o ficheiro
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Enter the target directory. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>Diretório de Destino</b>
<p>Introduzir o diretório de destino. Pode-o selecionar
com uma caixa de diálogo apertando o botão à direita.</p>
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Select the target directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>Diretório de Destino</b>
<p>Selecionar o diretório de destino através de uma caixa de
diálogo de seleção de diretórios.</p>
&Source Files:
Ficheiros &Fonte:
Enter the name of files to add separated by the path separator
Introduzir o nome dos ficheiros a adicionar separados pelo separador de caminhos
<b>Source Files</b>
<p>Enter the name of files to add to the current project separated
by the path separator. You may select them with a dialog by pressing
the button to the right.</p>
<b>Ficheiros Fonte</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome dos ficheiros a adicionar ao projeto atual separados
pelo separador de caminhos. Pode-os selecionar com a caixa de diálogo
pressionando o botão à direita.</p>
Select, if the files should be added as sourcecode (overriding automatic detection)
Selecionar se os ficheiros devem ser adicionados como código fonte (ignorando a deteção automática)
Is source&code files
São ficheiros de &código fonte
Alt+C
Select target directory
Selecionar diretório objetivo
Source Files ({0});;Forms Files ({1});;Resource Files ({2});;Interface Files ({3});;Translation Files ({4});;All Files (*)
Ficheiros Fonte ({0});;Ficheiros de Formulário ({1});;Ficheiros de Recursos ({2});;Ficheiros de Interface ({3});;Ficheiros de Tradução ({4});;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select Files
Selecionar Ficheiros
Forms Files ({0})
Ficheiros de Formulários ({0})
Select user-interface files
Selecionar ficheiros de interface de utilizador
Resource Files ({0})
Ficheiros de Recursos ({0})
Select resource files
Selecionar ficheiros de recursos
Source Files ({0});;All Files (*)
Ficheiros Fonte ({0});;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select source files
Selecionar ficheiros fonte
Interface Files ({0})
Ficheiros de Interface ({0})
Select interface files
Selecionar ficheiros de interface
Translation Files ({0})
Ficheiros de Tradução ({0})
Select translation files
Selecionar os ficheiros de tradução
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select files
Selecionar ficheiros
AddFoundFilesDialog
Add found files to project
Adicionar ficheiros encontrados ao projeto
Adds the found files to the current project.
Adiciona os ficheiros encontrados ao projeto atual.
List of found files.
Lista de ficheiros encontrados.
Add All
Adicionar Tudo
Add all files.
Adicionar os ficheiros todos.
Add Selected
Adicionar Seleção
Add selected files only.
Adicionar apenas ficheiros selecionados.
AddLanguageDialog
Add Language
Adicionar Idioma
Add a language to the current project
Adicionar um idioma ao projeto atual
<b>Add Language Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to add a language to the current project.</p>
<b>Caixa de Diálogo para Adicionar Idioma</b>
<p>Esta caixa de diálogo utiliza-se para adicionar um idioma ao projeto atual.</p>
&Language:
&Idioma:
Select a language to add to the current project
Selecionar um idioma para adicionar ao projeto atual
<b>Language</b>
<p>Select a language to add to the current project.</p>
<b>Idioma</b>
<p>Selecionar um idioma para adicionar ao projeto atual.</p>
af
ar
bg
bo
br
bs
ca
cs
cy
da
de
el
en
en_GB
en_US
eo
es
et
eu
fi
fr
ga
gl
gu
he
hi
hu
id
is
it
ja
km
ko
lt
lv
mi
mk
mr
nl
no
no_NY
oc
pl
pt
pt_BR
ro
ru
sk
sl
sr
sv
ta
th
tr
uk
vn
wa
zh_CN.GB2312
zh_TW.Big5
AddProjectDialog
Add Project
Adicionar Projeto
&Name:
&Nome:
Enter the name of the project
Introduzirr o nome do projeto
Project&file:
&Ficheiro de Projeto:
Enter the name of the project file
Introduzir o nome do ficheiro de projeto
Select the project file via a file selection dialog
Selecionar o ficheiro de projeto através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
&Description:
&Descrição:
Enter a short description for the project
Introduzir uma pequena descrição para o projeto
Project Properties
Propriedades do Projeto
Project Files (*.e4p)
Ficheiros de Projeto (*.e4p)
Select to make this project the main project
Selecionar para fazer deste projeto o projeto principal
Is &main project
É o projeto p&rincipal
&Category:
Select a project category
ApplicationDiagramBuilder
Application Diagram {0}
Diagrama da Aplicação {0}
Parsing modules...
Analisando módulos...
<<Application>>
<<Aplicação>>
<<Others>>
<<Outros>>
Load Diagram
Carregar Diagrama
<p>The diagram belongs to the project <b>{0}</b>. Shall this project be opened?</p>
<p>O diagrama pertence ao projeto <b>{0}</b>. Abrir este projeto?</p>
%v/%m Modules
%v%m Módulos
Application Diagram
Diagrama da Aplicação
ApplicationPage
<b>Configure the application</b>
<b>Configurar a aplicação</b>
Select, if only one instance of the application should be running
Marcar para apenas permitir executar uma instância da aplicação
Single Application Mode
Modo de Aplicação Única
Select to show the startup splash screen
Marcar para mostrar a tela inicial
Show Splash Screen at startup
Mostrar a Tela Inicial ao começar
Open at startup
Abrir ao iniciar
Select to not open anything
Selecionar para não abrir nada
None
Nenhum
Select to open the most recently opened file
Selecionar para abrir o último ficheiro aberto
Last File
Último Ficheiro
Select to open the most recently opened project
Selecionar para abrir o último projeto aberto
Last Project
Úlimo Projeto
Select to open the most recently opened multiproject
Selecionar para abrir o último multiprojeto aberto
Last Multiproject
Úlimo Multiprojeto
Select to restore the global session
Selecionar para restaurar a sessão global
Global Session
Sessão Global
Check for updates
Verificar atualizações
Select to disable update checking
Selecionar para desabilitar verificação de atualizações
Select to check for updates at every startup
Selecionar para verificar atualizações sempre que inicie
Always
Sempre
Select to check for updates once a day
Selecionar para verificar atualizações uma vez por dia
Daily
Diariamente
Select to check for updates once a week
Selecionar para verificar atualizações uma vez por semana
Weekly
Semanalmente
Select to check for updates once a month
Selecionar para verificar atualizações uma vez por mês
Monthly
Mensualmente
Reporting
Informes
Select to use the system email client to send reports
Selecionar para usar o cliente de correio do sistema para enviar relatórios
Use System Email Client
Usar o Cliente de Correio do Sistema
Error Log
Registo de Erro
Select to check the existence of an error log upon startup
Selecionar para examinar registos de erro ao iniciar
Check for Error Log at Startup
Examinar Registos de Erro ao Iniciar
AuthenticationDialog
Authentication Required
Autenticação Requerida
Icon
Ícone
Info
Informação
Username:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter username
Introduzir nome de usuário
Password:
Senha:
Enter password
Introduzir senha
Select to save the login data
Selecionar para gravar os dados do login
Save login data
Gravar os dados do login
BackgroundService
{0} not configured.
Restart background client?
<p>The background client for <b>{0}</b> has stopped due to an exception. It's used by various plug-ins like the different checkers.</p><p>Select<ul><li><b>'Yes'</b> to restart the client, but abort the last job</li><li><b>'Retry'</b> to restart the client and the last job</li><li><b>'No'</b> to leave the client off.</li></ul></p><p>Note: The client can be restarted by opening and accepting the preferences dialog or reloading/changing the project.</p>
An error in Erics background client stopped the service.
Erics background client disconnected because of an unknown reason.
Background client disconnected.
The background client for <b>{0}</b> disconnect because of an unknown reason.<br>Should it be restarted?
BookmarkActionSelectionDialog
<b>Add/Edit Bookmark</b>
<b>Adicionar/Editar Marcador</b>
Add Bookmark
Adicionar Marcador
Edit Bookmark
Editar Marcador
Remove from Speed Dial
Retirar da Marcação Rápida
Add to Speed Dial
Adicionar à Marcação Rápida
BookmarkInfoDialog
Edit Bookmark
Editar Marcador
Edit this Bookmark
Editar este Marcador
Press to remove this bookmark
Pressionar para retirar este marcador
Remove this Bookmark
Retirar este Marcador
Title:
Título:
BookmarkPropertiesDialog
Bookmark Properties
Propriedades do Marcador
Name:
Nome:
Enter the name
Introduzir o nome
Address:
Direção:
Enter the address
Introduzir a direção
Description:
Descrição:
Enter a description
Introduzir uma descrição
BookmarkedFilesDialog
Configure Bookmarked Files Menu
Configurar Menú de Ficheiros Marcados
Delete the selected entry
Apagar a entrada selecionada
<b>Delete</b>
<p>Delete the selected entry.</p>
<b>Apagar</b>
<p>Apagar a entrada selecionada.</p>
&Delete
&Apagar
Alt+D
Move up
Mover para cima
<b>Move Up</b>
<p>Move the selected entry up.</p>
<b>Subir</b>
<p>Mover a entrada selecionada para cima.</p>
&Up
&Cima
Alt+U
Select the file via a file selection dialog
Selecionar o ficheiro através do diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
<b>File</b>
<p>Select the file to be bookmarked via a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>Ficheiro</b>
<p>Selecionar o ficheiro a marcar através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros.</p>
Move down
Mover para baixo
<b>Move Down</b>
<p>Move the selected entry down.</p>
<b>Baixar</b>
<p>Mover a entrada selecionada para baixo.</p>
&Down
&Abaixo
Add a new bookmarked file
Adicionar um novo ficheiro marcado
<b>Add</b>
<p>Add a new bookmarked file with the value entered below.</p>
<b>Adicionar</b>
<p>Adicionar um ficheiro novo marcado com o valor introduzido abaixo.</p>
&Add
&Adicionar
Alt+A
&File:
&Ficheiro:
Change the value of the selected entry
Alterar o valor da entrada selecionada
<b>Change</b>
<p>Change the value of the selected entry.</p>
<b>Alterar</b>
<p>Alterar o valor da entrada selecionada.</p>
C&hange
A<erar
Alt+H
Enter the filename of the file
Introduzir o nome do ficheiro
<b>File</b>
<p>Enter the filename of the bookmarked file.</p>
<b>Ficheiro</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome para o ficheiro marcado.</p>
Bookmarks
Mercurial Bookmark
Marcador de Mercurial
Delete Bookmark
Apagar Marcador
Select the bookmark to be deleted:
Selecionar o marcador a apagar:
Delete Mercurial Bookmark
Apagar o Marcador de Mercurial
Rename Mercurial Bookmark
Renomear o Marcador de Mercurial
Move Mercurial Bookmark
Mover o Marcador de Mercurial
Pull Bookmark
Puxar Marcador
Select the bookmark to be pulled:
Selecionar o marcador a puxar:
Pulling bookmark from a remote Mercurial repository
Puxando o marcador desde o repositório remoto de Mercurial
Push Bookmark
Empurrar Marcador
Select the bookmark to be push:
Selecione o marcador a empurrar:
Pushing bookmark to a remote Mercurial repository
Empurrando o marcador para o repositório remoto de Mercurial
BookmarksDialog
Manage Bookmarks
Gerir Marcadores
Enter search term for bookmarks
Introduzir o termo de pesquisa para marcadores
Press to delete the selected entries
Pressionar para apagar as entradas selecionadas
&Delete
&Apagar
Press to add a new bookmarks folder
Pressionar para adicionar um diretório de marcadores novo
Add &Folder
Adicionar &Diretório
&Open
A&brir
Open in New &Tab
Abrir em &Separador Novo
Edit &Name
Editar &Nome
Edit &Address
Editar &Direção
New Folder
Diretório Novo
&Properties...
&Propriedades...
BookmarksImportDialog
Import Bookmarks
Importar Marcadores
Choose source from which you want to import bookmarks:
Escolher a fonte de onde quer importar marcadores:
Choose the source to import from
Escolher a fonte de onde importar
Cancel
Cancelar
Choose Directory ...
Escolher Diretório ...
Choose File ...
Escolher Ficheiro ...
<b>Importing from {0}</b>
<b>Importando desde {0}</b>
Finish
Acabar
Error importing bookmarks
Erro ao importar marcadores
Shows the name of the bookmarks file or directory
Mostrar o nome do ficheiro ou diretório de marcadores
Next >
Próximo >
BookmarksImporters
XBEL File
Ficheiro XBEL
HTML File
Ficheiro HTML
BookmarksManager
Bookmarks Bar
Barra de Marcadores
Bookmarks Menu
Menú de Marcadores
Loading Bookmarks
Carregando Marcadores
Toolbar Bookmarks
Barra de Ferramentas de Marcadores
Menu
Menú
Saving Bookmarks
Guradando Marcadores
Error saving bookmarks to <b>{0}</b>.
Erro ao gravar marcadores para <b>{0}</b>.
Export Bookmarks
Exportar Marcadores
Exporting Bookmarks
Exportando Marcadores
Error exporting bookmarks to <b>{0}</b>.
Erro ao exportar marcadores para <b>{0}</b>.
Converted {0}
Convertido {0}
Remove Bookmark
Retirar Marcador
Insert Bookmark
Inserir Marcador
Name Change
Alterar Nome
Address Change
Alterar Endereço
XBEL bookmarks (*.xbel);;XBEL bookmarks (*.xml);;HTML Bookmarks (*.html)
Marcadores XBEL (*.xbel);;Marcadores XBEL (*.xml);;Marcadores HTML (*.html)
Error when loading bookmarks on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
Erro ao carregar marcadores na linha {0}, coluna {1}:
{2}
BookmarksMenu
Open all in Tabs
Abrir tudo em Separadores
&Open
A&brir
Open in New &TabCtrl+LMB
Abrir num &Separador NovoCtrl+Botão Esq. Rato
&Remove
&Retirar
&Properties...
&Propriedades...
BookmarksMenuBarMenu
Default Home Page
Página Inicial Padrão
Speed Dial
Marcação Rápida
Open all in Tabs
Abrir tudo em Separadores
BookmarksModel
Title
Título
Address
Direção
BookmarksProjectHelper
List bookmarks
Listar marcadores
List bookmarks...
Listar marcadores...
List bookmarks of the project
Listar marcadores do projeto
<b>List bookmarks</b><p>This lists the bookmarks of the project.</p>
<b>Listar marcadores</b><p>Lista os marcadores do projeto.</p>
Define bookmark
Definir marcador
Define bookmark...
Definir marcador...
Define a bookmark for the project
Definir um marcador para o projeto
<b>Define bookmark</b><p>This defines a bookmark for the project.</p>
<b>Definir marcador</b><p>Define um marcador para o projeto.</p>
Delete bookmark
Apagar marcador
Delete bookmark...
Apagar Marcador...
Delete a bookmark of the project
Apagar um marcador do projeto
<b>Delete bookmark</b><p>This deletes a bookmark of the project.</p>
<b>Apagar marcador</b><p>Apaga um marcador do projeto.</p>
Rename bookmark
Renomear marcador
Rename bookmark...
Renomear marcador...
Rename a bookmark of the project
Renomear um marcador do projeto
<b>Rename bookmark</b><p>This renames a bookmark of the project.</p>
<b>Renomear marcador</b><p>Renomeia um marcador do projeto</p>
Move bookmark
Mover marcador
Move bookmark...
Mover marcador...
Move a bookmark of the project
Mover um marcador do projeto
<b>Move bookmark</b><p>This moves a bookmark of the project to another changeset.</p>
<b>Mover marcador</b><p>Move o marcador do projeto.<p>
Show incoming bookmarks
Mostrar marcadores entrantes
Show a list of incoming bookmarks
Mostrar a lista de marcadores entrantes
<b>Show incoming bookmarks</b><p>This shows a list of new bookmarks available at the remote repository.</p>
<b>Mostrar marcadores entrantes</b><p>Mostra a lista de marcadores novos disponíveis no repositório remoto.</p>
Pull bookmark
Puxar marcador
Pull a bookmark from a remote repository
Puxa um marcador desde um repositório remoto
<b>Pull bookmark</b><p>This pulls a bookmark from a remote repository into the local repository.</p>
<b>Puxar marcador</b><p>Puxa um marcador desde um repositório remoto para o repositório local (pull).</p>
Show outgoing bookmarks
Mostrar marcadores saintes
Show a list of outgoing bookmarks
Mostrar a lista de marcadores saintes
<b>Show outgoing bookmarks</b><p>This shows a list of new bookmarks available at the local repository.</p>
<b>Mostrar marcadores saintes</b><p>Mostra a lista dos marcadores novos disponíveis no repositório local.</p>
Push bookmark
Empurrar marcador
Push a bookmark to a remote repository
Empurrar um marcador a um repositório remoto
<b>Push bookmark</b><p>This pushes a bookmark from the local repository to a remote repository.</p>
<b>Empurrar marcador</b><p>Empurra a um marcador do repositório local para o repositório remoto.</p>
Bookmarks
Marcadores
BookmarksToolBar
Bookmarks
Marcadores
&Open
A&brir
Open in New &TabCtrl+LMB
Abrir num &Separador NovoCtrl+Botão Esq. Rato
&Remove
&Retirar
Add &Bookmark...
Adicionar &Marcador...
Add &Folder...
Adicionar &Diretório...
&Properties...
&Propriedades...
BreakPointModel
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
Line
Linha
Condition
Condição
Temporary
Temporal
Enabled
Habilitado
Ignore Count
Ignorar Contagem
BreakPointViewer
Breakpoints
Pontos de quebra
Add
Adicionar
Edit...
Editar...
Enable
Habilitar
Enable all
Habilitar tudo
Disable
Desabilitar
Disable all
Desabilitar tudo
Delete
Apagar
Delete all
Apagar tudo
Goto
Ir a
Configure...
Configurar...
Enable selected
Habilitar seleção
Disable selected
Desabilitar seleção
Delete selected
Apagar seleção
Browser
File-Browser
Navegador de Ficheiros
Open
Abrir
Run unittest...
Executar teste unitário...
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Open in Icon Editor
Abrir no Editor de Ícones
Configure...
Configurar...
New toplevel directory...
Diretório de nível superior novo...
Add as toplevel directory
Adicionar como diretório de nível superior
Remove from toplevel
Retirar do nível superior
Refresh directory
Atualizar diretório
Find in this directory
Encontrar neste diretório
Find&&Replace in this directory
Encontrar&&Substituir neste diretório
New toplevel directory
Diretório de nível superior novo
Goto
Ir a
Line {0}
Linha {0}
<b>The Browser Window</b><p>This allows you to easily navigate the hierarchy of directories and files on your system, identify the Python programs and open them up in a Source Viewer window. The window displays several separate hierarchies.</p><p>The first hierarchy is only shown if you have opened a program for debugging and its root is the directory containing that program. Usually all of the separate files that make up a Python application are held in the same directory, so this hierarchy gives you easy access to most of what you will need.</p><p>The next hierarchy is used to easily navigate the directories that are specified in the Python <tt>sys.path</tt> variable.</p><p>The remaining hierarchies allow you navigate your system as a whole. On a UNIX system there will be a hierarchy with <tt>/</tt> at its root and another with the user home directory. On a Windows system there will be a hierarchy for each drive on the system.</p><p>Python programs (i.e. those with a <tt>.py</tt> file name suffix) are identified in the hierarchies with a Python icon. The right mouse button will popup a menu which lets you open the file in a Source Viewer window, open the file for debugging or use it for a unittest run.</p><p>The context menu of a class, function or method allows you to open the file defining this class, function or method and will ensure, that the correct source line is visible.</p><p>Qt-Designer files (i.e. those with a <tt>.ui</tt> file name suffix) are shown with a Designer icon. The context menu of these files allows you to start Qt-Designer with that file.</p><p>Qt-Linguist files (i.e. those with a <tt>.ts</tt> file name suffix) are shown with a Linguist icon. The context menu of these files allows you to start Qt-Linguist with that file.</p>
<b>A Janela de Navegação</b><p>Permite navegar facilmente pela hierarquia dos diretório e ficheiros do sistema, identificar os programas de Python e abri-los na janela do Visualizador de Fontes. A janela mostra várias hierarquias separadas.</p><p>Apenas se mostrará a primeira hierarquia se está aberto um programa para depurar e o seu diretório raíz é o diretório que o contém. Geralmente, os distintos ficheiros que formam uma aplicação Python mantêm-se no mesmo diretório, deste modo a hierarquia dá acesso à maior parte do que se necessite.</p><p>A hierarquia seguinte utiliza-se para navagar facilmente nos diretórios especificados pela variável Python <tt>sys.path</tt>.</p><p>As hierarquias restantes permitem navegar no seu sistema como um todo. Num sistema UNIX haverá uma hierarquia com <tt>/</tt> como raíz e outra com o diretório do usuário. Num sistema Windows haverá uma hierarquia para cada unidade de disco no sistema.</p><p>Os programas Python (como aqueles que têm a extensão <tt>.py</tt>) identificam-se nas hierarquias com um ícone Python. Um clique com o botão direito do rato frará aparecer um menú que permitirá abrir o ficheiro numa janela do Visualizador de Fontes, abrir para depurar ou usá-lo para executar um teste unitário.</p><p>O menú contextual de uma classe, função ou método permite abrir o ficheiro definindo esta classe, função ou método e assegurará que a linha de código correta esteja visível.</p><p>Os ficheiros de Qt-Designer (como os que têm extensão <tt>.ui</tt>) aparecem com o ícone de Designer. O menú contextual destes ficheiros permite abrí-los com Qt-Designer.</p><p>Os ficheiros de Qt-Linguist (como os que têm extensão <tt>.ts</tt>) aparecem com o ícone de Linguist. O menú contextual destes ficheiros permite abrí-los com Qt-Linguist.</p>
BrowserModel
Name
Nome
Coding: {0}
Codificação: {0}
Globals
Globais
Attributes
Atributos
Class Attributes
Atributos da Classe
CallStackViewer
Show source
Mostrar fonte
Clear
Limpar
Save
Gravar
File: {0}
Line: {1}
{2}{3}
Ficheiro: {0}
Linha: {1}
{2}{3}
File: {0}
Line: {1}
Ficheiro: {0}
Linha: {1}
Save Call Stack Info
Gravar Informação da Pilha de Chamadas
Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros de Texto (*.txt);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> já existe. Sobreescrever?</p>
Error saving Call Stack Info
Erro ao gravar a Informação da Pilha de Chamadas
<p>The call stack info could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>A informação da pilha de chamadas não se pôde escrever em <b>{0}</b></p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
Call Stack
Pilha de Chamadas
CallTraceViewer
Call Trace
Rastreio de Chamadas
Press to start tracing calls and returns
Pressionar para iniciar o rastreio de chamadas e retornos
Press to stop tracing calls and returns
Pressionar para parar o rastreio de chamadas e retornos
Press to resize the columns to their contents
Pressionar para ajustar o tamanho das colunas ao conteúdo
Press to clear the call trace
Pressionar para limpar o rastreio de chamadas
Press to save the call trace as a text file
Pressionar para gravar o rastreio de chamadas como ficheiro de texto
From
Desde
To
Para
Save Call Trace Info
Gravar Informação de rastreio de Chamadas
Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros de Texto (*.txt);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>Já existe o ficheiro <b>{0}</b> Sobreescrever?</p>
Error saving Call Trace Info
Erro ao gravar Informação de Rastreio de Chamadas
<p>The call trace info could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>A informação de rastreio de chamadas não se pôde escrever em {0}</b></p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
ChatWidget
Chat
Users
Usuários
Enter the text to send
Introduza o texto a enviar
Press to send the text above
Pressionar para enviar o texto de cima
Send
Enviar
Share Editor
Compartir Editor
Press to toggle the shared status of the current editor
Pressionar para alternar o estado de partilha do atual editor
Press to start a shared edit
Pressionar para começar a edição partilhada
Press to end the edit and send the changes
Pressionar para finalizar a edição e enviar as alterações
Press to cancel the shared edit
Presionar para cancelar a edição partilhada
Connection
Conexão
Host:
Anfitrião:
Press to clear the hosts list
Pressionar para limpar a lista de anfitriões
Clear
Limpar
Shows the connection status
Mostrar o estado da conexão
Server
Servidor
Port:
Porto:
Enter the server port
Introduza o porto do servidor
Shows the status of the server
Mostrar o estado do servidor
Start Server
Iniciar Servidor
! Unknown command: {0}
!Commando desconhecido: {0}
* {0} has joined.
* {0} juntou-se.
* {0} has left.
* {0} foi embora.
Stop Server
Parar Servidor
! Server Error: {0}
!Erro do Servidor: {0}
Disconnect
Desconetar
Connect
Conetar
Copy
Copiar
Cut all
Cortar tudo
Copy all
Copiar tudo
Save
Gravar
Save Chat
Gravar Chat
Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros de Texto (*.txt);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>Já existe um ficheiro <b>{0}</b> Sobreescrever?</p>
Error saving Chat
Erro ao gravar Chat
<p>The chat contents could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pode escrever o conteúdo do chat em <b>{0}</b></p><p>Motivo: {1}</p>
Kick User
Expulsar Usuário
Ban User
Banir Usuário
Ban and Kick User
Banir e Expulsar Usuário
* {0} has been kicked.
* {0} foi expulsado.
* {0} has been banned.
* {0} foi baneado.
* {0} has been banned and kicked.
* {0} foi baneado ou expulso.
New User
Novo Usuário
{0} has joined.
{0} juntou-se.
User Left
Usuário Foi Embora
{0} has left.
{0} foi embora.
Message from <{0}>
Mensagem de <{0}>
Enter the host and port to connect to in the form "host@port"
Introduza o anfitrião e o porto para conetar na forma "anfitrião@porto"
ChromeImporter
Google Chrome stores its bookmarks in the <b>Bookmarks</b> text file. This file is usually located in
Google Chrome armazena os marcadores no ficheiro de texto <b>Bookmarks</b>. Geralmente este ficheiro está localizado em
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
Por favor escolha o ficheiro para começar a importar marcadores.
Chromium stores its bookmarks in the <b>Bookmarks</b> text file. This file is usually located in
Chromium armazena os marcadores no ficheiro de texto <b>Bookmarks</b>. Geralmente este ficheiro está localizado em
File '{0}' does not exist.
Não existe o ficheiro '{0}'.
File '{0}' cannot be read.
Reason: {1}
Não se pode ler o ficheiro '{0}'. Motivo: {1}
Google Chrome Import
Importar de Google Chrome
Chromium Import
Importar de Chromium
Imported {0}
Importado {0}
ClickToFlash
Press to activate the content; context menu for more options
Pressionar para ativar o conteúdo, menú contextual para mais opções
Load
Carregar
Object blocked by ClickToFlash
Objeto bloqueado por ClickToFlash
Show information about object
Mostrar Informação sobre o objeto
Delete object
Apagar objeto
Add '{0}' to Whitelist
Adicionar '{0}' à Lista Branca
Remove '{0}' from Whitelist
Retirar '{0}' da Lista Branca
Configure Whitelist
Configurar Lista Branca
Flash Object
Objeto Flash
<b>Attribute Name</b>
<b>Nome do Atributo</b>
<b>Value</b>
<b>Valor</b>
No information available.
Não há informação disponível.
ClickToFlashWhitelistDialog
ClickToFlash Whitelist
Lista Branca de ClickToFlash
Press to add site to the whitelist
Pressionar para adicionar o sítio à lista branca
&Add...
&Adicionar...
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
R&emove All
R&etirar Tudo
Enter host name to add to whitelist:
Introduzir anfitrião para adicionar à lista branca:
Enter search term for hosts
Introduzir termo de busca para anfitriões
CodeMetricsDialog
Code Metrics
Métricas de Código
<b>Code Metrics</b>
<p>This dialog shows some code metrics.</p>
<b>Métricas de Código</b>
<p>Caixa de diálogo que mostra algumas métricas de código.</p>
Exclude Files:
Excluir Ficheiros:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
Introduzir os padrões dos ficheiros a ser excluídos, separados por uma vírgula
Press to start the code metrics run
Pressionar para iniciar a execução das métricas de código
Start
Iniciar
<b>Code metrics</b>
<p>This list shows some code metrics.</p>
<b>Métricas de Código</b>
<p>Lista algumas métricas de código.</p>
Name
Nome
End
Fim
Lines
Linhas
Lines of code
Linhas de código
Comments
Comentários
Empty
Vazio
<b>Summary</b>
<p>This shows some overall code metrics.</p>
<b>Sumário</b>
<p>Mostra algumas métricas de código globais.</p>
Summary
Sumário
#
Shows the progress of the code metrics action
Mostra o progresso do cálculo de métricas de código
Collapse all
Contrair tudo
Expand all
Expandir tudo
files
ficheiros
lines
linhas
bytes
comments
comentários
empty lines
linhas vazias
non-commentary lines
linhas não-comentário
documentation lines
linhas de documentação
%v/%m Files
%v/m Ficheiros
CodeStyleCheckerDialog
Code Style Check Result
Resultado da Verificação de Estilo do Código
<b>Code Style Check Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the results of the code style check. Double clicking an
entry will open an editor window and position the cursor at the respective line and position.</p>
<b>Resultado da Verificação de Estilo de Código</b>
<p>Caixa de diálogo que mostra o resultado da verificação de estilo do código. Duplo clique
numa entrada a abrirá a janela do editor e posiciona o cursor na respectiva linha e posição.</p>
Exclude Files:
Excluir Ficheiros:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
Introduzir padrões dos nomes dos ficheiros a excluir separados por uma vírgula
Press to start the code style check run
Pressionar para começar a verficação de estilo do código
Start
Iniciar
Press to fix the selected issues
Pressionar para corrigir os problemas selecionados
Fix Selected
Corrigir Selecionado
Press to load the default values
Pressionar para carregar os valores padrão
Load Defaults
Carregar Padrões
Press to store the current values as defaults
Pressionar para armazenar os valores atuais como padrão
Store Defaults
Armazenar Padrões
Press to reset the default values
Pressionar para repor os valores padrão
Reset Defaults
Repor Padrões
Exclude Messages:
Excluir Mensagens:
Enter message codes or categories to be excluded separated by a comma
Introduzir as categorias ou códigos de mensagens a excluir separados por uma vírgula
Press to select the message codes from a list
Pressionar para selecionar os códigos de mensagem desde uma lista
Included Messages:
Mensagens Incluídas:
Enter message codes or categories to be included separated by a comma
Introduzir categorias ou códigos de mensagem a incluir separados por uma vírgula
Fix Issues:
Corrigir Problemas:
Enter message codes of issues to be fixed automatically (leave empty to fix all)
Introduzir códigos de mensagem dos problemas a reparar automaticamente (deixar vazio para reparar tudo)
Don't Fix Issues:
Não Corrigir Problemas:
Enter message codes of issues not to be fixed automatically
Introduzir códigos de mensagem dos problemas a não reparar automaticamente
Max. Line Length:
Comprimento Max. Linha:
Enter the maximum allowed line length (PEP-8: 79 characters)
Introduzir o comprimento máximo de linha permitido (PEP-8: 79 caráteres)
Docstring Type:
Tipo de Docstring:
Select the rule set for docstrings
Selecionar o conjunto de regras para docstrings
Select to allow hanging closing brackets
Selecionar para permitir colocação de parêntesis finais
Allow hanging closing brackets
Permitir colocação de parêntesis finais
Select to repeat each message type
Selecionar para repetir cada tipo de mensagem
Repeat messages
Repetir Mensagens
Select to fix some issues
Selecionar para corrigir algum problema
Fix issues automatically
Corrigir problemas automaticamente
<b>Result List</b>
<p>This list shows the results of the code style check. Double clicking
an entry will open this entry in an editor window and position the cursor at
the respective line and position.</p>
<b>Lista de Resultados</b>
<p>Esta lista mostra o resultado da verificação de estilo do código. Duplo clique
na entrada para a abrir na janela do editor e posicionar o cursor na respetiva
linha e posição.</p>
File/Line
Ficheiro/Linha
Code
Código
Message
Mensagem
PEP-257
Eric
Statistics...
Estatísticas...
Press to show some statistics for the last run
Pressionar para mostrar algumas estatísticas da última execução
Show
Mostrar
Press to show all files containing an issue
Pressionar para mostrar todos os ficheiros que tenham algum problema
Error: {0}
Erro: {0}
Fix: {0}
Corrigir: {0}
No issues found.
Não se encontraram problemas.
Shows the progress of the code style check
Mostra o progresso da verificação do estilo do código
%v/%m Files
%v%m Ficheiros
Select to show ignored issues
Show ignored
{0} (ignored)
CodeStyleCheckerPlugin
Check Code Style
Verificar Estilo do Código
&Code Style...
Estilo do &Código...
Check code style.
Verificar o Estilo do código.
<b>Check Code Style...</b><p>This checks Python files for compliance to the code style conventions given in various PEPs.</p>
<b>Verificar Estilo do Código...</b><p>Verifica se os ficheiros Python cumprem com as convenções de estilo de código dadas em vários PEPs.</p>
CodeStyleCheckerPy2
Python2 interpreter not configured.
Interprete de Python2 não configurado.
Python2 interpreter did not finish within 15s.
Interprete de Python2 não acabou em 15s.
CodeStyleCodeSelectionDialog
Code Style Message Codes
Códigos de Mensagem de Estilos de Código
Select the message codes from the list:
Selecionar os códigos de mensagem da lista:
Select the message codes from this table
Selecionar os códigos de mensagem desta tabela
Code
Código
Message
Mensagem
CodeStyleFixer
Fix Code Style Issues
Reparar Problemas de Estilo do Código
<p>Could not save the file <b>{0}</b>. Skipping it.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde gravar o ficheiro <b>{0}</b>. Ignorando-o.</p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
Triple single quotes converted to triple double quotes.
Três aspas simples convertidas a três aspas duplas.
Introductory quotes corrected to be {0}"""
Corrigidas as aspas introdutórias para ser {0}"""
Single line docstring put on one line.
Docstring de linha única posta numa linha.
Period added to summary line.
Ponto adicionado à linha sumário.
Blank line before function/method docstring removed.
Retirada a linha vazia antes da docstring de função/método.
Blank line inserted before class docstring.
Linha branca inserida antes da docstring de classe.
Blank line inserted after class docstring.
Inserida linha vazia depois da docstring de classe.
Blank line inserted after docstring summary.
Inserida linha vazia depois da docstring de sumário.
Blank line inserted after last paragraph of docstring.
Inserida linha vazia depois do último parágrafo da docstring.
Leading quotes put on separate line.
Aspas iniciais postas numa linha separada.
Trailing quotes put on separate line.
Aspas finais postas numa linha separada.
Blank line before class docstring removed.
Retirada linha vazia antes da docstring de classe.
Blank line after class docstring removed.
Retirada linha vazia depois da docstring de classe.
Blank line after function/method docstring removed.
Retirada a linha vazia depois da docstring de função/método.
Blank line after last paragraph removed.
Retirada linha vazia depois do último parágrafo.
Tab converted to 4 spaces.
Tabulador convertido a 4 espaços.
Indentation adjusted to be a multiple of four.
Ajustada a indentação a múltiplos de quatro.
Indentation of continuation line corrected.
Corrigida a indentação da linha de continuação.
Indentation of closing bracket corrected.
Corrigida a indentação de parêntesis de fecho.
Missing indentation of continuation line corrected.
Corrigida falta de indentação na linha de continuação.
Closing bracket aligned to opening bracket.
Parêntesis de fecho alinhado com parêntesis de abertura.
Indentation level changed.
Alterado o nível da indentação.
Indentation level of hanging indentation changed.
Alterado o nível da indentação pendente.
Visual indentation corrected.
Indentação visual corrigida.
Extraneous whitespace removed.
Espaço estranho retirado.
Missing whitespace added.
Adicionado espaço branco em falta.
Whitespace around comment sign corrected.
Corrigido espaço em volta do símbolo de comentário.
One blank line inserted.
Inserida uma linha vazia.
%n blank line(s) inserted.
Linha vazia inserida.
%n linhas vazias inseridas.
%n superfluous lines removed
Linha sobrante retirada
%n linhas sobrantes retiradas
Superfluous blank lines removed.
Retiradas linhas vazias desnecessárias.
Superfluous blank lines after function decorator removed.
Retiradas linhas vazias desnecessárias após o decorador de função.
Imports were put on separate lines.
Imports foram postos em linhas separadas.
Long lines have been shortened.
Foram encolhidas as linhas compridas.
Redundant backslash in brackets removed.
Retirada barra invertida redundante entre parêntesis.
Compound statement corrected.
Instrução composta corrigida.
Comparison to None/True/False corrected.
Corrigida a comparação a None/True/False.
'{0}' argument added.
Adicionado o argumento '{0}'.
'{0}' argument removed.
Removido o argumento '{0}'.
Whitespace stripped from end of line.
Eliminado o espaço no fim de linha.
newline added to end of file.
Adicionada uma linha nova ao fim do ficheiro.
Superfluous trailing blank lines removed from end of file.
Retiradas linhas vazias desnecessárias do fim do ficheiro.
'<>' replaced by '!='.
'<>' substituido por '!='.
Could not save the file! Skipping it. Reason: {0}
no message defined for code '{0}'
CodeStyleStatisticsDialog
Code Style Checker Statistics
Estatísticas da Verificação de Estilo do Código
Count
Contagem
Code
Código
Message
Mensagem
%n issue(s) found
%n falho encontrado
%n falhos encontrados
%n issue(s) fixed
%n falho reparado
%n falhos reparados
%n file(s) checked
%n ficheiro verificado
%n ficheiros verificados
%n file(s) with issues found
%n ficheiro com falhos encontrado
%n fficheiros com falhos encontrados
%n issue(s) ignored
CodingError
The coding '{0}' is wrong for the given text.
A codificação '{0}' é incorreta para o texto indicado.
ColorDialogWizard
QColorDialog Wizard
Assistente QColorDialog
Q&ColorDialog Wizard...
Assistente Q&ColorDialog...
<b>QColorDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QColorDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>Assistente QColorDialog</b><p>Este assistente abre uma caixa de diálogo para introduzir os parâmetros necessários para criar um QColorDialog. O código gerado será inserido na posição atual do cursor.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
ColorDialogWizardDialog
QColorDialog Wizard
Assistente a QColorDialog
Type
Tipo
Select to generate a QColorDialog.getColor dialog
Selecionar para gerar uma caixa de diálogo QColorDialog.getColor
Colour
Cor
Select to generate a QColorDialog.getRgba dialog
Selecionar gerar uma caixa de diálogo QColorDialog.getRgba
RGBA
Title
Título
Enter the dialog title
Introduzir o título da caixa de diálogo
Enter a variable name or a colour
Introduzir o nome da variável ou uma cor
Qt.red
Qt.darkRed
Qt.green
Qt.darkGreen
Qt.blue
Qt.darkBlue
Qt.cyan
Qt.darkCyan
Qt.magenta
Qt.darkMagenta
Qt.yellow
Qt.darkYellow
Qt.white
Qt.lightGray
Qt.gray
Qt.darkGray
Qt.black
Qt.transparent
Qt.color0
Qt.color1
Enter a variable name
Introduzir o nome da variável
Enter the alpha value
Introduzir o valor de alfa
Enter the blue value
Introduzir o valor de azul
Enter the green value
Introduzir o valor de verde
Enter the red value
Introduzir o valor de vermelho
Alpha
Alfa
Blue
Azul
Red
Vermelho
Green
Verde
Test
Testar
QColorDialog Wizard Error
Erro do Assistente QColorDialog
<p>The colour <b>{0}</b> is not valid.</p>
<p>A cor <b>{0}</b> não é válida.</p>
Result
Resultado
Enter the result variable name
Introduzir o nome para a variável resultante
Colour Variable
Variável de Cor
Parent
Pai
Select "self" as parent
Selecionar "self" como pai
self
Select "None" as parent
Selecionar "None" como pai
None
Select to enter a parent expression
Selecionar para introduzir uma expressão pai
Expression:
Expressão:
Enter the parent expression
Introduzir a expressão pai
CompareDialog
File Comparison
Comparação de Ficheiros
File &1:
Ficheiro &1:
Enter the name of the first file
Introduzir o nome do primeiro ficheiro
Press to select the file via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o ficheiro através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
File &2:
Ficheiro &2:
Enter the name of the second file
Introduzir o nome do segundo ficheiro
Press to move to the first difference
Pressionar para ir à primeira diferença
Press to move to the previous difference
Pressionar para ir á diferença anterior
Press to move to the next difference
Pressionar para ir à diferença seguinte
Press to move to the last difference
Pressionar para ir à última diferença
Select, if the horizontal scrollbars should be synchronized
Selecionar, se as barras de deslocamento horizontais devem ser sincronizadas
&Synchronize horizontal scrollbars
&Sincronizar barras de deslocamento horizontais
Alt+S
Compare
Comparar
Press to perform the comparison of the two files
Pressionar para executar comparação de dois ficheiros
Total: {0}
Changed: {0}
Alterado: {0}
Added: {0}
Adicionado: {0}
Deleted: {0}
Apagado: {0}
Compare Files
Comparar Ficheiros
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde ler.</p>
Select file to compare
Selecionar o ficheiro para comparar
ConfigurationWidget
Application
Aplicação
Cooperation
Colaboração
CORBA
Email
Correio Eletrónico
Graphics
Gráficos
Icons
Ícones
Network
Rede
Plugin Manager
Gestor de Plugins
Printer
Impressora
Python
Qt
Shell
Tasks
Tarefas
Templates
Modelos
Version Control Systems
Sistemas de Control de Versão
Debugger
Depurador
General
Geral
Python3
Ruby
Editor
APIs
Autocompletion
Autocompletar
QScintilla
Calltips
Dicas
Filehandling
Tratamento de Ficheiros
Searching
Procurando
Spell checking
Verificação ortográfica
Style
Estilo
Typing
Digitação
Exporters
Exportadores
Highlighters
Realçadores
Filetype Associations
Associações de Tipos de Ficheiros
Styles
Estilos
Keywords
Palavras Chave
Properties
Propriedades
Help
Ajuda
Appearance
Aparência
Help Documentation
Documentação de Ajuda
Help Viewers
Visualizadores de Ajuda
Project
Projeto
Project Viewer
Visualizador de Projeto
Multiproject
Multiprojeto
Interface
Viewmanager
Gestor de Vista
Preferences
Preferências
Please select an entry of the list
to display the configuration page.
Por favor selecione uma entrada da lista
para mostrar a página de configuração.
Configuration Page Error
Erro na Página de Configuração
<p>The configuration page <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
<p>A página de configuração <b>{0}</b> não pôde ser carregada.</p>
Tray Starter
Iniciador de Bandeja de Sistema
VirusTotal Interface
Interface de VirusTotal
Security
Segurança
eric5 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5
Enter filter text...
Introduzir texto do filtro...
Notifications
Notificações
IRC
Code Checkers
Verificadores de Código
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
Connection
undefined
indefinido
unknown
desconhecido
* Connection attempted by banned user '{0}'.
* Tentativa de conexão por usuário banido '{0}'.
New Connection
Conexão Nova
<p>Accept connection from <strong>{0}@{1}</strong>?</p>
<p>Aceitar a conexão desde <strong>{0}@{1}</strong>?</p>
* Connection to {0}:{1} refused.
* Recusada a conexão a {0}:{1}.
CookieDetailsDialog
Cookie Details
Detalhes de Cookie
Domain:
Domínio:
Name:
Nome:
Path:
Caminho:
Secure:
Seguro:
Expires:
Caduca:
Contents:
Conteúdo:
CookieExceptionsModel
Website
Sítio Web
Status
Estado
Allow
Permitir
Block
Bloquear
Allow For Session
Permitir na Sessão
CookieModel
Website
Sítio Web
Name
Nome
Path
Caminho
Secure
Seguro
Expires
Caduca
Contents
Conteúdo
CookiesConfigurationDialog
Configure cookies
Configurar Cookies
<b>Configure cookies</b>
<b>Configurar Cookies</b>
&Accept Cookies:
&Aceitar Cookies:
Select the accept policy
Selecionar a política para aceitar
Always
Sempre
Never
Nunca
Only from sites you navigate to
Apenas de sítios onde navega
Show a dialog to configure exceptions
Mostrar uma caixa de diálogo para configurar exceções
&Exceptions...
&Exceções...
&Keep until:
Man&ter até:
Select the keep policy
Selecionar a ploítica de manter
They expire
Elas expiram
I exit the application
Saio da aplicação
At most 90 days
No máximo 90 dias
Show a dialog listing all cookies
Mostrar uma caixa de diálogo com todas as cookies
&Show Cookies...
&Mostrar Cookies...
Select to filter tracking cookies
Selecionar para filtrar cookies de rastreio
&Filter Tracking Cookies
&Filtrar Cookies de Rastreio
CookiesDialog
Cookies
Enter search term for cookies
Introduzir termo de busca para cookies
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
Remove &All
Retirar &Tudo
Press to open the cookies exceptions dialog to add a new rule
Pressionar para abrir a caixa de diálogo das exceções de cookies para adicionar uma regra nova
Add R&ule...
Adicionar Re&gra...
CookiesExceptionsDialog
Cookie Exceptions
Exceções das Cookies
New Exception
Nova Exceção
&Domain:
&Domínio:
Enter the domain name
Introduzir o nome do domínio
Press to always reject cookies for the domain
Pressionar para rejeitar sempre as cookies do domínio
&Block
&Bloquear
Press to accept cookies for the domain for the current session
Pressionar para aceitar cookies para o domínio na sessão atual
Allow For &Session
Permitir na &Sessão
Press to always accept cookies for the domain
Pressionar para aceitar sempre as cookies para o domínio
Allo&w
Permi&tir
Exceptions
Exceções
Enter search term for exceptions
Introduzir o termo de busca para as exceções
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
Remove &All
Retirar &Tudo
Allow For Session
Permitir na Sessão
CooperationClient
unknown
desconhecido
Illegal address: {0}@{1}
Endereço ilegal: {0}@{1}
No servers present.
Não há servidores.
CooperationPage
<b>Configure cooperation settings</b>
<b>Configurar definições de colaboração</b>
Server
Servidor
Select to start the server automatically
Selecionar iniciar automaticamente o servidor
Start server automatically
Iniciar servidor automaticamente
Server Port:
Porto do Servidor:
Enter the port number to listen on
Introduzir o número do porto de escuta
Select to incrementally try other ports for the server
Selecionar para provar incrementamente outros portos para o servidor
Try other ports for server
Tentar outros portos para o servidor
No. ports to try:
Nº de portos a provar:
Enter the maximum number of additional ports to try
Introduzir o número máximo de portos a provar
Connections
Conexões
Select to accept incomming connections automatically
Selecionar para aceitar automaticamente as conexões entrantes
Accept connections automatically
Aceitar conexões automaticamente
Banned Users
Usuários Banidos
Delete the selected entries from the list of banned users
Apagar entradas marcadas da lista de usuários banidos
Delete
Apagar
Enter the user and host of the banned user
Introduzir o usuário e anfitrião do usuário banido
Add the user to the list of banned users
Adicionar o usuário à lista de usuários banidos
Add
Adicionar
CorbaPage
<b>Configure CORBA support</b>
<b>Configurar suporte de CORBA</b>
IDL Compiler
Compilador IDL
Press to select the IDL compiler via a file selection dialog.
Pressionar para selecionar o compilador IDL através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros.
Enter the path to the IDL compiler.
Introduzir o caminho ao compilador IDL.
<b>Note:</b> Leave this entry empty to use the default value (omniidl or omniidl.exe).
<b>Nota:</b> Deixar esta entrada vazia para usar os valores padrão (omniidl ou omniidl.exe).
Select IDL compiler
Selecionar compilador IDL
CreateDialogCodeDialog
Forms code generator
Gerador de código de forms
&Filename:
Nome do &Ficheiro:
Press to generate a new forms class
Pressionar para gerar uma classe form nova
&New...
&Novo...
&Classname:
Nome da &Classe:
Select the class that should get the forms code
Selecionar a classe que recebirá o código do form
Displays the name of the file containing the code
Mostra o nome do ficheiro com o código
Enter a regular expression to filter the list below
Introduzir uma expressão regular para filtrar a lista de baixo
Filter &with:
Filtrar &com:
Create Dialog Code
Criar Código de Caixa de Diálogo
The file <b>{0}</b> exists but does not contain any classes.
O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> existe mas não tem classes.
uic error
erro uic
<p>There was an error loading the form <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>{1}</p>
<p>Houve um erro ao carregar o form <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>{1}</p>
Code Generation
Geração de Código
<p>Could not open the code template file "{0}".</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pode abrir o ficheiro modelo de código "{0}"</p><p>Motivo: {1}</p>
<p>Could not open the source file "{0}".</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pode abrir o ficheiro fonte "{0}".</p><p>Motivo: {1}</p>
<p>Could not write the source file "{0}".</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pode escrever o ficheiro fonte "{0}".</p><p>Motivo: {1}</p>
Crypto
Master Password
Senha Mestre
Enter the master password:
Introduzir a senha mestre:
The given password is incorrect.
A senha dada é incorreta.
There is no master password registered.
Não existe senha mestre registada.
DebugServer
created
must be same as in EditWatchpointDialog
criado
changed
must be same as in EditWatchpointDialog
alterado
Connection from illegal host
Conexão desde anfitrião ilegal
<p>A connection was attempted by the illegal host <b>{0}</b>. Accept this connection?</p>
<p>O anfitrião ilegal <b>{0}</b> tentou conectar. Aceitar esta conexão?</p>
Not connected
Não conectado
Passive debug connection received
Conexão de depuração passiva recebida
Passive debug connection closed
Conexão de depuração passiva fechada
Passive debug connection received
Passive debug connection closed
DebugUI
Run Script
Executar Script
&Run Script...
&Executar Script...
Run the current Script
Executar o Script atual
<b>Run Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the script outside the debugger. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
<b>Executar Script</b><p>Definir os argumentos da linha de comandos e executar o script fora do depurador. Poderão gravar-se primeiro as alterações que estejam por gravar.</p>
Run Project
Executar Projeto
Run &Project...
Executar &Projeto...
Run the current Project
Executar Projeto actual
<b>Run Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the current project outside the debugger. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
<b>Executar Projeto</b><p>Definir os argumentos da linha de comandos e executar o projeto atual fora do depurador. Poderão gravar-se primeiro as alterações dos ficheiros do projeto que estejam por gravar.</p>
Coverage run of Script
Coverage run of Script...
Perform a coverage run of the current Script
<b>Coverage run of Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the script under the control of a coverage analysis tool. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
Coverage run of Project
Coverage run of Project...
Perform a coverage run of the current Project
<b>Coverage run of Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the current project under the control of a coverage analysis tool. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
Profile Script
Perfilar Script
Profile Script...
Perfilar Script...
Profile the current Script
Perfilar o Script atual
<b>Profile Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and profile the script. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
<b>Perfilar Script</b><p>Define os argumentos da linha de comandos e perfila o script. Antes, poderá gravar as alterações.</p>
Profile Project
Perfilar Projeto
Profile Project...
Perfilar Projeto...
Profile the current Project
Perfilar o Projeto atual
<b>Profile Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and profile the current project. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
<b>Perfilar Projeto</b><p>Define os argumentos da linha de comandos e perfila o projeto atual. Poderá gravar antes os ficheiros alterados por gravar.</p>
Debug Script
Depurar Script
&Debug Script...
&Depurar Script...
Debug the current Script
Depurar o Script atual
<b>Debug Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and set the current line to be the first executable Python statement of the current editor window. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
<b>Depurar Script</b><p>Definir os argumentos da linha de comandos e definir a linha atual para que seja a primeira instrução Python executável da janela do editor atual. Poderão gravar-se primeiro as alterações que estejam por gravar.</p>
Debug Project
Depurar projeto
Debug &Project...
Depurar &Projeto...
Debug the current Project
Depurar o Projeto atual
<b>Debug Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and set the current line to be the first executable Python statement of the main script of the current project. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
<b>Depurar Projeto</b><p>Definir os argumentos da linha de comandos e definir a linha atual para que seja a primeira instrução Python executável do script principal do projeto atual. Poderão gravar-se primeiro as alterações dos ficheiros do projeto que estejam por gravar.</p>
Restart the last debugged script
Reiniciar o último script depurado
Stop the running script.
Parar o script em execução.
Continue
Continuar
&Continue
&Continuar
Continue running the program from the current line
Continuar a execução do programa a partir da linha atual
<b>Continue</b><p>Continue running the program from the current line. The program will stop when it terminates or when a breakpoint is reached.</p>
<b>Continue</b><p>Continuar a execução do programa a partir da linha atual. O programa parará quando terine ou alcance outro ponto de interrupção.</p>
Continue to Cursor
Continuar até ao cursor
Continue &To Cursor
Continuar a&té ao cursor
Continue running the program from the current line to the current cursor position
Continuar a execução do programa a partir da linha atual até à posição atual do cursor
<b>Continue To Cursor</b><p>Continue running the program from the current line to the current cursor position.</p>
<b>Continuar até Cursor</b><p>Continuar a execução do programa desde a linha atual até à posição atual do cursor.</p>
Single Step
Passo Único
Sin&gle Step
Passo &Único
Execute a single Python statement
Executar uma única instrução Python
<b>Single Step</b><p>Execute a single Python statement. If the statement is an <tt>import</tt> statement, a class constructor, or a method or function call then control is returned to the debugger at the next statement.</p>
<b>Passo Único</b><p>Executa uma.única instrução Python. Se a instrução é um <tt>import<tt>, um construtor de classe, uma chamada de função ou método, então o controlo é devolvido ao depurador na instrução seguinte.</p>
Step Over
Step &Over
Execute a single Python statement staying in the current frame
<b>Step Over</b><p>Execute a single Python statement staying in the same frame. If the statement is an <tt>import</tt> statement, a class constructor, or a method or function call then control is returned to the debugger after the statement has completed.</p>
Step Out
Step Ou&t
Execute Python statements until leaving the current frame
<b>Step Out</b><p>Execute Python statements until leaving the current frame. If the statements are inside an <tt>import</tt> statement, a class constructor, or a method or function call then control is returned to the debugger after the current frame has been left.</p>
Stop
Parar
&Stop
&Parar
Stop debugging
Parar de depurar
<b>Stop</b><p>Stop the running debugging session.</p>
<b>Parar</b><p>Parar a sessão de depuração.</p>
Evaluate
Evaluar
E&valuate...
E&valuar...
Evaluate in current context
Evaluar no contexto atual
<b>Evaluate</b><p>Evaluate an expression in the current context of the debugged program. The result is displayed in the shell window.</p>
<b>Evaluar</b><p>Evaluar uma expressão no contexto atual do programa depurado. O resultado mostra-se na janela de shell.</p>
Execute
Executar
E&xecute...
E&xecutar...
Execute a one line statement in the current context
Executar instrução de uma linha no contexto atual
<b>Execute</b><p>Execute a one line statement in the current context of the debugged program.</p>
<b>Executar</b><p>Executa instrução de uma linha no contexto atual do programa depurado.</p>
Variables Type Filter
Filtro do Tipo de Varáveis
Varia&bles Type Filter...
Filtro do Tipo de &Variáveis...
Configure variables type filter
Configurar o filtro de tipo de variáveis
<b>Variables Type Filter</b><p>Configure the variables type filter. Only variable types that are not selected are displayed in the global or local variables window during a debugging session.</p>
<b>Filtro de Tipo de Variáveis</b><p>Configurar o filtro do tipo de variáveis. Apenas se mostrarão as variáveis que não estejam selecionadas, na janela global ou local, durante a sessão de depuração.</p>
Exceptions Filter
Filtro de Exceções
&Exceptions Filter...
Filtro de &Exceções...
Configure exceptions filter
Configurar filtro de exceções
<b>Exceptions Filter</b><p>Configure the exceptions filter. Only exception types that are listed are highlighted during a debugging session.</p><p>Please note, that all unhandled exceptions are highlighted indepent from the filter list.</p>
<b>Filtro de Exceções</b><p>Configurar o filtro de exceções. Apenas os tipos de exceções que estão listadas serão ressaltadas durante a sessão de depuração.</p><p>Por favor tenha em conta que todas as exceções sem tratamento serão ressaltadas independentemente da lista do filtro.</p>
Ignored Exceptions
Exceções Ignoradas
&Ignored Exceptions...
Exceções &Ignoradas...
Configure ignored exceptions
Configurar exceções ignoradas
<b>Ignored Exceptions</b><p>Configure the ignored exceptions. Only exception types that are not listed are highlighted during a debugging session.</p><p>Please note, that unhandled exceptions cannot be ignored.</p>
<b>Exceções Ignoradas</b><p>Configura as exceções ignoradas. Apenas os tipos de exceções que não estão listadas são realçadas durante uma sessão de depuração.</p><p>Note-se que não se podem ignorar as exceções sem tratamento.</p>
Toggle Breakpoint
Alternar Pontos de Interrupção
Shift+F11
Debug|Toggle Breakpoint
<b>Toggle Breakpoint</b><p>Toggles a breakpoint at the current line of the current editor.</p>
<b>Alternar Ponto de Interrupção</b><p>Alterna um ponto de instrução na linha atual do editor atual.</p>
Edit Breakpoint
Editar o Ponto de Interrupção
Edit Breakpoint...
Editar o Ponto de Interrupção...
Shift+F12
Debug|Edit Breakpoint
<b>Edit Breakpoint</b><p>Opens a dialog to edit the breakpoints properties. It works at the current line of the current editor.</p>
<b>Editar Ponto de Interrupção</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo para editar as propriedades dos pontos de interrupção. Funciona na linha atual do editor atual.</p>
Next Breakpoint
Ponto de Interrupção Seguinte
Ctrl+Shift+PgDown
Debug|Next Breakpoint
<b>Next Breakpoint</b><p>Go to next breakpoint of the current editor.</p>
<b>Ponto de Interrupção Seguinte</b><p>Vai ao próximo ponto de interrupção do editor atual.</p>
Previous Breakpoint
Ponto de Interrupção Anterior
Ctrl+Shift+PgUp
Debug|Previous Breakpoint
<b>Previous Breakpoint</b><p>Go to previous breakpoint of the current editor.</p>
<b>Ponto de Interrupção Anterior</b><p>Vai ao ponto de interrupção anterior do editor atual.</p>
Clear Breakpoints
Limpar Pontos de Interrupção
Ctrl+Shift+C
Debug|Clear Breakpoints
<b>Clear Breakpoints</b><p>Clear breakpoints of all editors.</p>
<b>Limpar Pontos de Interrupção</b><p>Limpar pontos de interrupção dos editores todos.</p>
&Debug
&Depurar
&Start
&Iniciar
&Breakpoints
Pontos de &Interrupção
Start
Iniciar
Debug
Depurar
<p>The program has terminated with an exit status of {0}.</p>
<p>O programa terminou com um estado de saída {0}.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> has terminated with an exit status of {1}.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> terminou com estado de saída de {1}.</p>
The program being debugged contains an unspecified syntax error.
O programa a depurar tem um erro de sintaxe não especificado.
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> contains the syntax error <b>{1}</b> at line <b>{2}</b>, character <b>{3}</b>.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> tem um erro de sintaxe <b>{1}</b> na linha <b>{2}</b>, caráter <b>{3}</b>.</p>
An unhandled exception occured. See the shell window for details.
Ocurreu uma exceção sem tratamento. Ver a janela da shell para mais detalhes.
<p>The debugged program raised the exception <b>{0}</b><br>"<b>{1}</b>"<br>File: <b>{2}</b>, Line: <b>{3}</b></p><p>Break here?</p>
<p>O programa depurado provocou a exceção <b>{0}</b><br>"<b>{1}</b>"<br>Ficheiro: <b>{2}</b>, Linha :<b>{3}</b></p><p>Interromper aqui?</p>
<p>The debugged program raised the exception <b>{0}</b><br>"<b>{1}</b>"</p>
<p>O programa depurado provocou a exceção <b>{0}</b><br>"<b>{1}</b>"</p>
The program being debugged has terminated unexpectedly.
O programa a depurar acabou inesperadamente.
Breakpoint Condition Error
Erro de Condição de Ponto de Interrupção
<p>The condition of the breakpoint <b>{0}, {1}</b> contains a syntax error.</p>
<p>A condição do ponto de interrupção <b>{0}, {1}</b>tem um erro de sintaxe.</p>
Watch Expression Error
Observar Erro de Expressão
<p>The watch expression <b>{0}</b> contains a syntax error.</p>
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' already exists.</p>
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' for the variable <b>{1}</b> already exists.</p>
Watch expression already exists
Coverage of Project
Coverage of Script
There is no main script defined for the current project. Aborting
O projeto atual não tem um script principal definido. Abortando
Profile of Project
Perfil de Projeto
Profile of Script
Perfil do Script
There is no main script defined for the current project. No debugging possible.
O projeto atual não tem um script principal definido. Impossível depurar.
Enter the statement to evaluate
Introduzir a instrução a evaluar
Enter the statement to execute
Introduzir a instrução a executar
The program has terminated with an exit status of {0}.
O programa terminou com estado de saída {0}.
"{0}" has terminated with an exit status of {1}.
"{0}" terminou com o estado de saída {1}.
Program terminated
Programa Terminado
The program has terminated with an exit status of {0}.
O programa terminou com estado de saída {0}.
"{0}" has terminated with an exit status of {1}.
"{0}" terminou com o estado de saída {1}.
Restart
Reiniciar
<b>Restart</b><p>Set the command line arguments and set the current line to be the first executable Python statement of the script that was debugged last. If there are unsaved changes, they may be saved first.</p>
<b>Reiniciar</b><p>Define os argumentos da linha de comandos e define a linha atual como a primeira instrução Python executável do último script depurado. Poderão gravar-se primeiro as alterações não gravadas.</p>
<b>Stop</b><p>This stops the script running in the debugger backend.</p>
<b>Parar</b><p>Parar o script em execução na instalação de retaguarda do depurador.</p>
DebugViewer
Enter regular expression patterns separated by ';' to define variable filters.
Introduzir padrões de expressões regulares separados por ';' para definir os filtros de variáveis.
Enter regular expression patterns separated by ';' to define variable filters. All variables and class attributes matched by one of the expressions are not shown in the list above.
Introduza padrões de expressões regulares separados por ';' para definir os filtros de variáveis. Todos os atributos de classes e variáveis que coincidam com uma das expressões não se mostrarão na lista de cima.
Set
Definir
Source
Fonte
Threads:
Segmentos:
ID
Name
Nome
State
Estado
waiting at breakpoint
esperando no ponto de quebra
running
executando
DebuggerGeneralPage
<b>Configure general debugger settings</b>
<b>Configurar definições gerais do depurador</b>
Network Interface
Interface de Rede
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> These settings are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Nota:</b> Estas definições estarão activadas a próxima vez que arranque a aplicação.</font>
Select to listen on all available network interfaces (IPv4 mode)
Selecionar para escutar todas as interfaces de rede disponíveis (modo IPv4)
All network interfaces (IPv4)
Todas as interfaces de rede (IPv4)
Select to listen on all available network interfaces (IPv6 mode)
Selecionar para escutar todas as interfaces de rede disponíveis (modo IPv6)
All network interfaces (IPv6)
Todas as interfaces de rede (IPv6)
Select to listen on the configured interface
Selecionar para escutar na interface configurada
Only selected interface
Apenas a interface selecionada
Select the network interface to listen on
Selecionar em que interfaces de rede escutar
Allowed hosts
Anfitriões Permitidos
Delete
Apagar
Edit...
Editar...
Add...
Adicionar...
Passive Debugger
Depurador Passivo
Enables the passive debug mode
Habilita o modo de depuração passiva
<b>Passive Debugger Enabled</b>
<p>This enables the passive debugging mode. In this mode the debug client (the script) connects to the debug server (the IDE). The script is started outside the IDE. This way mod_python or Zope scripts can be debugged.</p>
<b>Depurador Passivo Habilitado</b>
<p>Habilita o modo depuração passiva. Neste modo, o cliente de depuração (o script) conecta ao servidor de depuração (o IDE). O script é iniciado fora do IDE. Assim podem ser depurados os scripts mod_python ou Zope.</p>
Passive Debugger Enabled
Depurador Passivo Habilitado
Debug Server Port:
Porto de Depuração do Servidor:
Enter the port the debugger should listen on
Introduzir o porto em que o depurador deverá escutar
<b>Debug Server Port</b>
<p>Enter the port the debugger should listen on.</p>
<b>Porto de Depuração do Sevidor</b>
<p>Introduzir o porto em que o depurador deve escutar.</p>
Debugger Type:
Tipo de Depurador:
Select the debugger type of the backend
Selecionar o tipo de instalação de retaguarda do depurador
Remote Debugger
Depurador Remoto
Remote Execution:
Execução Remota:
Enter the remote execution command.
Introduzir comando de execução remota.
<b>Remote Execution</b>
<p>Enter the remote execution command (e.g. ssh). This command is used to log into the remote host and execute the remote debugger.</p>
<b>Execução Remota</b>
<p>Introduzir comando de execução remota (ex. ssh). Este comando utiliza-se para iniciar sessão no anfitrião remoto e executar o depurador remoto.</p>
Enter the hostname of the remote machine.
Introduzir o nome da máquina remota.
<b>Remote Host</b>
<p>Enter the hostname of the remote machine.</p>
<b>Anfitrião Remoto</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome da máquina remota.</p>
Remote Host:
Anfitrião Remoto:
Enable remote debugging
Habilitar depuração remota
This enables the remote debugger. Please enter the hostname of the remote machine and the command for the remote execution (e.g. ssh) below.
Habilita o depurador remoto. Por favor introduza o nome da máquina remota e o comando para a execução remota (ex. ssh) abaixo.
Remote Debugging Enabled
Habilitada a Depuração Remota
Path Translation
Tradução de Caminho
Select to perform path translation
Selecionar para executar tradução de caminho
Perform Path Translation
Executar Tradução de Caminho
Local Path:
Caminho Local:
Enter the local path
Introduzir o caminho local
Enter the remote path
Introduzir o caminho remoto
Remote Path:
Caminho Remoto:
Console Debugger
Depurador de Consola
Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e)
Introduzir o comando consola (ex. xterm -e)
<b>Console Command</b>
<p>Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e). This command is used to open a command window for the debugger.</p>
<b>Comando Consola</b>
<p>Introduzir o comando consola (ex. xterm -e). Este comando usa-se para abrir uma janela de comandos para o depurador.</p>
Console Command:
Comando Consola:
Select to start the debugger in a console window (e.g. xterm)
Selecionar para iniciar o depurador numa janela de consola (ex. xterm)
Start debugger in console window
Iniciar depurador em janela de consola
Environment for Debug Client
Ambiente para o Cliente do Depurador
Select, if the environment should be replaced.
Selecionar se o ambiente deve ser substituido.
<b>Replace Environment</b>
<p>If this entry is checked, the environment of the debugger will be replaced by the entries of the environment variables field. If it is unchecked, the environment will be ammended by these settings.</p>
<b>Substituir Ambiente</b>
<p>Se esta entrada está marcada, o ambiente do depurador será substituido pelas entradas do campo de variáveis do ambiente. Se está desmarcada, o ambiente será alterado por estas definições.</p>
Replace Environment
Substituir Ambiente
Environment:
Ambiente:
Enter the environment variables to be set.
Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir.
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the debugger. The individual settings must be separate by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world"</p>
<b>Ambiente</b>
<p>Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir para o depurador. As definições individuais devem estar separadas por um espaço em branco e dadas na forma 'var=valor'.</p>
<p>Exemplo: var1=1 var2="olá mundo"</p>
Start Debugging
Começar a Depuração
Select, whether changed scripts should be saved upon a debug, run, ... action.
Selecionar para gravar os scripts alterados para depurar, executar, ... .
Autosave changed scripts
Autogravar scripts alterados
Debug Client Exit
Sair do Cliente de Depuração
Select, whether a reset of the debug client should be performed after a client exit
Selecionar para reiniciar o cliente de depuração após a saída do cliente
Automatic Reset after Client Exit
Reinicializar Automaticamente depois da Saída do Cliente
Select to suppress the client exit dialog for a clean exit
Selecionar para suprimir a caixa de diálogo de saída em saídas limpas
Don't show client exit dialog for a clean exit
Não mostrar caixa de diálogo de saída nas saídas limpas
Breakpoints
Pontos de Interrupção
Select to change the breakpoint toggle order from Off->On->Off to Off->On (permanent)->On (temporary)->Off
Selecionar para mudar ordem de alternância dos pontos de interrupção de Off->On->Off para Off->On (permanente)->On (temporal)->Off
Three state breakpoint
Ponto de interrupção de três estados
Exceptions
Exceções
Select to always break at exceptions
Selecionar para interromper sempre nas exceções
Always break at exceptions
Interromper sempre nas exceções
Add allowed host
Adicionar anfitrião permitido
Enter the IP address of an allowed host
Introduzir a direção IP de um anfitrião permitido
<p>The entered address <b>{0}</b> is not a valid IP v4 or IP v6 address. Aborting...</p>
<p>A direção <b>{0}</b> não é um direção IP v4 ou IP v6 válida. Abortando...</p>
Edit allowed host
Editar anfitrião permitido
Local Variables Viewer
Visualizador de Variáveis Locais
Automatically view source code when user changes the callstack frame in the callstack viewer.
Ver automaticamente o código fonte quando o usuário altere o quadro da pilha de chamadas no visualizador de pilha de chamadas.
Automatically view source code
Automaticamente ver o código fonte
Select to show exception information in the shell window
Show exceptions in Shell
DebuggerInterfacePython
Start Debugger
Iniciar o Depurador
<p>No Python2 interpreter configured.</p>
<p>Interpretador de Python2 não configurado.</p>
<p>The debugger backend could not be started.</p>
<p>A instalação de retaguarda do depurador não pode iniciar.</p>
Parent Process
Processo Pai
Child process
Processo Filho
Client forking
Bifurcação do Cliente
Select the fork branch to follow.
Selecionar o ramo da bifurcação a seguir.
DebuggerInterfacePython3
Start Debugger
Iniciar o Depurador
<p>The debugger backend could not be started.</p>
<p>A instalação de retaguarda do depurador não pode iniciar.</p>
Parent Process
Processo Pai
Child process
Processo Filho
Client forking
Bifurcação do Cliente
Select the fork branch to follow.
Selecionar o ramo da bifurcação a seguir.
<p>No Python3 interpreter configured.</p>
<p>Interpretador de Python2 não configurado.</p> {3 ?}
DebuggerInterfaceRuby
Start Debugger
Iniciar o Depurador
<p>The debugger backend could not be started.</p>
<p>A instalação de retaguarda do depurador não pode iniciar.</p>
<p>No Ruby interpreter configured.</p>
<p>Não há Intérprete de Ruby configurado.</p>
DebuggerPropertiesDialog
Debugger Properties
Propriedades do Depurador
Debug Client
Cliente de Depuração
Enter the path of the Debug Client to be used. Leave empty to use the default.
Introduzir o caminho do Cliente de Depuração a usar. Deixe vazio para usar o predefenido.
Press to select the Debug Client via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o Cliente de Depuração através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Interpreter for Debug Client
Intérprete para o Cliente de Depuração
Enter the path of the interpreter to be used by the debug client.
Introduzir o caminho do intérprete a usar pelo cliente de depuração.
Press to select the interpreter via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o intérprete através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Environment for Debug Client
Ambiente para o Cliente do Depurador
Select, if the environment of the debug client should be replaced
Selecionar se o ambiente do cliente de depuração deve ser substituido
Replace Environment
Substituir Ambiente
Enter the environment variables to be set.
Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir.
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the debugger. The individual settings must be separate by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world"</p>
<b>Ambiente</b>
<p>Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir para o depurador. As definições individuais devem estar separadas por um espaço em branco e dadas na forma 'var=valor'.</p>
<p>Exemplo: var1=1 var2="olá mundo"</p>
Environment:
Ambiente:
Select, if the debugger should be run remotely
Selecionar se o depurador deve executar-se remotamente
Remote Debugger
Depurador Remoto
Select, if path translation for remote debugging should be done
Selecionar se a tradução de caminho para depuração remota deve ser feita
Perform Path Translation
Executar Tradução de Caminho
Local Path:
Caminho Local:
Enter the local path
Introduzir o caminho local
Enter the remote path
Introduzir o caminho remoto
Remote Path:
Caminho Remoto:
Remote Host:
Anfitrião Remoto:
Enter the remote execution command.
Introduzir comando de execução remota.
<b>Remote Execution</b>
<p>Enter the remote execution command (e.g. ssh). This command is used to log into the remote host and execute the remote debugger.</p>
<b>Execução Remota</b>
<p>Introduzir comando de execução remota (ex. ssh). Este comando utiliza-se para iniciar sessão no anfitrião remoto e executar o depurador remoto.</p>
Remote Execution:
Execução Remota:
Enter the hostname of the remote machine.
Introduzir o nome da máquina remota.
<b>Remote Host</b>
<p>Enter the hostname of the remote machine.</p>
<b>Anfitrião Remoto</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome da máquina remota.</p>
Select, if the debugger should be executed in a console window
Selecionar se o depurador deve ser executado numa janela de consola
Console Debugger
Depurador de Consola
Console Command:
Comando Consola:
Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e)
Introduzir o comando consola (ex. xterm -e)
<b>Console Command</b>
<p>Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e). This command is used to open a command window for the debugger.</p>
<b>Comando Consola</b>
<p>Introduzir o comando consola (ex. xterm -e). Este comando usa-se para abrir uma janela de comandos para o depurador.</p>
Select to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric5 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
Redirigir stdin/stdout/stderr
Select to not set the debug client encoding
Selecionar para não definir a codificação do cliente de depuração
Don't set the encoding of the debug client
Não definir a codificação do cliente de depuração
Select interpreter for Debug Client
Selecionar intérprete para Cliente de Depuração
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select Debug Client
Selecionar Cliente de Depuração
Select to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5 {6 ?}
DebuggerPython3Page
<b>Configure Python3 Debugger</b>
<b>Configurar Depurador de Python3</b>
Python3 Interpreter for Debug Client
Intérprete de Python3 para Cliente de Depuração
Enter the path of the Python3 interpreter to be used by the debug client. Leave empty to use the default.
Introduzir o caminho do intérprete de Python3 a usar. Deixe vazio para usar o predefenido.
Custom Python Interpreter
Intérprete Python Personalizado
Press to select the Python3 interpreter via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o intérprete de Python3 através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Debug Client Type
Tipo de Cliente de Depuração
Enter the path of the Debug Client to be used. Leave empty to use the default.
Introduzir o caminho do Cliente de Depuração a usar. Deixe vazio para usar o predefenido.
Press to select the Debug Client via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o Cliente de Depuração através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Select the standard debug client
Selecionar o cliente de depuração padrão
Standard
Padrão
Select the custom selected debug client
Selecionar o cliente de depuração personalizado
Custom
Personalizado
Select the multi threaded debug client
Selecionar o cliente de depuração multi-segmento
Multi Threaded
Multi-Segmento
Source association
Associação Fonte
Enter the file extensions to be associated with the Python3 debugger separated by a space. They must not overlap with the ones for Python2.
Introduzir as extensões a associar com o depurador de Python3, separadas por um espaço. Não devem sobrepôr-se às de Python2.
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric5 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
Redirigir stdin/stdout/stderr
Select to not set the debug client encoding
Selecionar para não definir a codificação do cliente de depuração
Don't set the encoding of the debug client
Não definir a codificação do cliente de depuração
Select Python interpreter for Debug Client
Selecionar intérprete de Python para o Cliente de Depuração
Select Debug Client
Selecionar Cliente de Depuração
Python Files (*.py *.py3)
Ficheiros Python (*.py *.py3)
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5 {6 ?}
DebuggerPythonPage
<b>Configure Python Debugger</b>
<b>Configurar Depurador de Python</b>
Python Interpreter for Debug Client
Intérprete de Python para Cliente de Depuração
Press to select the Python interpreter via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o intérprete de Python através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Debug Client Type
Tipo de Cliente de Depuração
Enter the path of the Debug Client to be used. Leave empty to use the default.
Introduzir o caminho do Cliente de Depuração a usar. Deixe vazio para usar o predefenido.
Press to select the Debug Client via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o Cliente de Depuração através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Select the standard debug client
Selecionar o cliente de depuração padrão
Standard
Padrão
Select the custom selected debug client
Selecionar o cliente de depuração personalizado
Custom
Personalizado
Select the multi threaded debug client
Selecionar o cliente de depuração multi-segmento
Multi Threaded
Multi-Segmento
Source association
Associação Fonte
Enter the file extensions to be associated with the Python2 debugger separated by a space. They must not overlap with the ones for Python3.
Introduzir as extensões a associar com o depurador de Python2, separadas por um espaço. Não devem sobrepôr-se às de Python3.
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric5 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
Redirigir stdin/stdout/stderr
Select to not set the debug client encoding
Selecionar para não definir a codificação do cliente de depuração
Don't set the encoding of the debug client
Não definir a codificação do cliente de depuração
Select Python interpreter for Debug Client
Selecionar intérprete de Python para o Cliente de Depuração
Select Debug Client
Selecionar Cliente de Depuração
Python Files (*.py *.py2)
Ficheiros Python (*.py *.py2)
Enter the path of the Python interpreter to be used by the debug client.
Introduzir o caminho do intérprete a usar pelo cliente de depuração.
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5 {6 ?}
DebuggerRubyPage
<b>Configure Ruby Debugger</b>
<b>Configurar Depurador de Ruby</b>
Ruby Interpreter for Debug Client
Intérprete de Ruby para Cliente de Depuração
Enter the path of the Ruby interpreter to be used by the debug client.
Introduzir o caminho do intérprete de Ruby a usar pelo cliente de depuração.
Press to select the Ruby interpreter via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o intérprete de Ruby através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric5 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
Redirigir stdin/stdout/stderr
Select Ruby interpreter for Debug Client
Selecionar intérprete de Ruby para o Cliente de Depuração
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
Selecionar para redirigir stdin, stdout e stderr do programa a depurar para o IDE eric5 {6 ?}
DeleteFilesConfirmationDialog
Dummy
Simulado
DiffDialog
File Differences
Diferenças entre Ficheiros
File &1:
Ficheiro &1:
Enter the name of the first file
Introduzir o nome do primeiro ficheiro
Press to select the file via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o ficheiro através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
File &2:
Ficheiro &2:
Enter the name of the second file
Introduzir o nome do segundo ficheiro
Select to generate a unified diff
&Unified Diff
Alt+U
Select to generate a context diff
Co&ntext Diff
Alt+N
Compare
Comparar
Press to perform the comparison of the two files
Pressionar para executar comparação de dois ficheiros
Save
Gravar
Save the output to a patch file
Save Diff
Patch Files (*.diff)
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br />Reason: {1}</p>
Compare Files
Comparar Ficheiros
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde ler.</p>
There is no difference.
Não há diferenças.
Select file to compare
Selecionar o ficheiro para comparar
DirectorySyncHandler
Error creating the shared directory.
{0}
Erro ao criar o diretório partilhado.
{0}
Cannot read remote file.
{0}
Não pode ler o ficheiro remoto.
{0}
Cannot write remote file.
{0}
Não pode escrever o ficheiro remoto.
{0}
Synchronization finished
Acabou a sincronização
DocStyleChecker
module is missing a docstring
public function/method is missing a docstring
private function/method may be missing a docstring
public class is missing a docstring
private class may be missing a docstring
docstring not surrounded by """
docstring containing \ not surrounded by r"""
docstring containing unicode character not surrounded by u"""
one-liner docstring on multiple lines
docstring has wrong indentation
docstring summary does not end with a period
docstring summary is not in imperative mood (Does instead of Do)
docstring summary looks like a function's/method's signature
docstring does not mention the return value type
function/method docstring is separated by a blank line
class docstring is not preceded by a blank line
class docstring is not followed by a blank line
docstring summary is not followed by a blank line
last paragraph of docstring is not followed by a blank line
private function/method is missing a docstring
private class is missing a docstring
leading quotes of docstring not on separate line
trailing quotes of docstring not on separate line
docstring does not contain a @return line but function/method returns something
docstring contains a @return line but function/method doesn't return anything
docstring does not contain enough @param/@keyparam lines
docstring contains too many @param/@keyparam lines
keyword only arguments must be documented with @keyparam lines
order of @param/@keyparam lines does not match the function/method signature
ordem das linhas @param/@keyparam não coincidem com a assinatura de função/método
class docstring is preceded by a blank line
class docstring is followed by a blank line
function/method docstring is preceded by a blank line
function/method docstring is followed by a blank line
last paragraph of docstring is followed by a blank line
docstring does not contain a @exception line but function/method raises an exception
docstring contains a @exception line but function/method doesn't raise an exception
no message for this code defined
nenhuma mensagem definida para este código
{0}: {1}
docstring does not contain a summary
docstring summary does not start with '{0}'
DownloadAskActionDialog
What to do?
Fazer o quê?
You are about to download this file:
Está preste a descarregar este ficheiro:
Type:
Tipo:
From:
Desde:
Select to open the downloaded file
Selecionar para abrir o ficheiro descarregado
&Open File
&Abrir Ficheiro
Select to scan the file with VirusTotal
Selecionar para escanear o ficheiro com VirusTotal
Scan with &VirusTotal
Escanear com &VirusTotal
Select to save the file
Selecionar para gravar o ficheiro
&Save File
&Gravar Ficheiro
<b>What do you want to do?</b>
<b>O que é que deseja fazer?</b>
DownloadDialog
Eric5 Download
Descarga Eric5
Icon
Ícone
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
Info
Informação
Select to keep the dialog open when finished
Selecionar para manter a caixa de diálogo aberta quando acabe
Keep open when finished
Manter aberta quando acabe
DownloadItem
Icon
Ícone
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
Press to repeat the download
Pressionar para repetir a descarga
Press to cancel the download
Pressionar para cancelar a descarga
Press to open the downloaded file
Pressionar para abrir o ficheiro descarregado
Download canceled: {0}
Descarga cancelada: {0}
Save File
Gravar Ficheiro
Download directory ({0}) couldn't be created.
O diretório de descarga ({0}) não pôde ser criado.
Error opening save file: {0}
Erro ao abrir o ficheiro a gravar: {0}
Error saving: {0}
Erro ao gravar: {0}
Network Error: {0}
Erro de Rede: {0}
?
{0} of {1} - Stopped
{0} de {1} - Parado
VirusTotal scan scheduled: {0}
Escaneio de VirusTotal programado: {0}
Press to pause the download
Pressionar para pausar a descarga
{0} of {1} ({2}/sec)
{3}
{0} de {1} ({2}/seg)
{3}
{0} downloaded
SHA1: {1}
MD5: {2}
{0} descarregado
SHA1: {1}
MD5: {2}
DownloadManager
Downloads
Descargas
Press to clean up the list of downloads
Pressionar para limpar a lista de descargas
0 Items
0 Artigos
%n Download(s)
Uma Descarga
%n Descargas
There are %n downloads in progress.
Do you want to quit anyway?
Há uma descarga em progresso.
Ainda assim deseja abandonar?
Há %n descargas em progresso.
Ainda assim deseja abandonar?
Clear List
Limpa Lista
Retry
Tentar de Novo
Open
Abrir
Cancel
Cancelar
Open Containing Folder
Abrir o Diretório Contentor
Go to Download Page
Ir à página de Descargas
Copy Download Link
Copia Vínculo de Descarga
Select All
Selecionar Tudo
Remove From List
Retirar da Lista
Downloading %n file(s)
Descarregando um ficheiro
Descarregando %n ficheiros
DownloadUtilities
%n seconds remaining
Falta um segundo
Faltam %n segundos
Bytes
KiB
MiB
GiB
%n:{0:02} minutes remaining
%n:{0:02} minute remaining
%n:{0:02} minutes remaining
E5ErrorMessage
Debug Message:
Mensagem do Depurador:
Warning:
Aviso:
Critical:
Crítico:
Fatal Error:
Erro Fatal:
Warning
Aviso
Critical
Crítico
Fatal Error
Erro Fatal
Debug Message
Mensagem do Depurador
No message handler installed.
Não há um gestor de mensagens instalado.
E5ErrorMessageFilterDialog
Error Messages Filter
Filtro de Mensagens de Erro
Enter search term for message
Introduzir termo de busca para a mensagem
Press to add filter to the list
Pressionar para adicionar filtro à lista
&Add...
&Adicionar...
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
R&emove All
R&etirar Tudo
Enter message filter to add to the list:
Introduza o filtro de mensagens para juntar à lista:
E5GraphicsView
<b>Graphics View</b>
<p>This graphics view is used to show a diagram.
There are various actions available to manipulate the
shown items.</p>
<ul>
<li>Clicking on an item selects it.</li>
<li>Ctrl-clicking adds an item to the selection.</li>
<li>Ctrl-clicking a selected item deselects it.</li>
<li>Clicking on an empty spot of the canvas resets the selection.</li>
<li>Dragging the mouse over the canvas spans a rubberband to
select multiple items.</li>
<li>Dragging the mouse over a selected item moves the
whole selection.</li>
</ul>
<b>Vista Gráfica<b>
<p>Esta vista gráfica usa-se para mostrar um diagrama.
Há várias ações disponíveis para manipular os artigos
mostrados.</p>
<ul>
<li>Selecionar um artigo clicando nele.</li>
<li>Adicionar um artigo à seleção com Ctrl-Clique.</li>
<li>Desselecionar um artigo com Ctrl-Clique.</li>
<li>Reiniciar a seleção clicando numa área vazia do lenço.</li>
<li>Selecionar vários artigos arrastando o rato sobre o lenço.</li>
<li>Mover toda a seleção arrastando um artigo selecionado
com o rato.</li>
</ul>
{0}, Page {1}
{0}, Página {1}
E5MainWindow
Loading Style Sheet
Carregando Folha de Estilos
<p>The Qt Style Sheet file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.<br>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro de Folha de Estilos do Qt <b>{0}</b> nao pode ser lido. <br>Razao: {1}</p>
E5MessageBoxWizard
E5MessageBox Wizard
Assistente E5MessageBox
&E5MessageBox Wizard...
Assistente de &E5MessageBox...
<b>E5MessageBox Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create an E5MessageBox. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>Assistente E5MessageBox</b><p>Este assistente abre uma caixa de diálogo para introduzir todos os parâmetros necessários para criar E5MessageBox. O código gerado será inserido na posição atual do cursor.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
E5MessageBoxWizardDialog
E5MessageBox Wizard
Assistente E5MessageBox
Type
Tipo
Generate an Information message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem de Informação
Information
Informação
Generate a Question message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem de Questão
Question
Questão
Generate a Warning message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem de Aviso
Warning
Aviso
Generate a Critical message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem Crítica
Critical
Crítico
Generate a Yes/No message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem de Sim/Não
Yes/No
Sim/Não
Generate a retry/abort message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem retentar/abortar
Retry/Abort
Tentar de Novo/Abortar
Generate an "ok to clear data" message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem "aprovado, limpar dados"
OK to clear data
Aprovado, limpar dados
Generate an About message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem de Acerca
About
Acerca
Generate an AboutQt message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem AboutQt
About Qt
Acerca de Qt
Generate a standard message box
Gerar uma caixa de mensagem normal
Standard message box
Caixa de mensagem Normal
Title
Título
Enter the title for the message box
Introduzir o título da caixa de mensagem
Message
Mensagem
Enter the message to be shown in the message box
Introduzir a mensagem a mostrar na caixa de mensagem
Parent
Pai
Select "self" as parent
Selecionar "self" como pai
self
Select "None" as parent
Selecionar "None" como pai
None
Select to enter a parent expression
Selecionar para introduzir uma expressão pai
Expression:
Expressão:
Enter the parent expression
Introduzir a expressão pai
Standard Buttons
Botões Padrão
Abort
Abortar
Apply
Aplicar
Cancel
Cancelar
Close
Fechar
Discard
Descartar
Help
Ajuda
Ignore
Ignorar
No
Não
No to all
Não a tudo
Ok
Open
Abrir
Reset
Reinicializar
Restore defaults
Repor predefinições
Retry
Tentar de Novo
Save
Gravar
Save all
Gravar tudo
Yes
Sim
Yes to all
Sim a tudo
Default Button
Botão Predefinido
Select the default button
Selecionar o botão predefinido
Icon
Ícone
Show an Information icon
Mostrar o ícone de Informação
Show a Question icon
Mostrar o ícone de Questão
Show a Warning icon
Mostrar o ícone de Aviso
Show a Critical icon
Mostrar ícone de Crítico
Select to generate a modal message box
Selecionar para gerar uma caixa de mensagem modal
Modal Message Box
Caixa de Mensagem Modal
Select to make 'Yes' the default
Selecionar para fazer "Sim" a predefinição
Yes is default
Sim por predefinição
Save function:
Gravar função:
Enter the name of the save function
Introduzir o nome da função a gravar
No button
Sem botões
Test
Teste
Result:
Resultado:
Enter the result variable name
Introduzir o nome para a variável resultante
E5NetworkHeaderDetailsDialog
Header Details
Pormenores do Cabeçalho
Name:
Nome:
Value:
Valor:
E5NetworkMonitor
Network Monitor
Monitor de Rede
Network Requests
Pedidos de Rede
Enter search term for requests
Introduzir um termo de busca para os pedidos
Press to remove the selected requests
Pressionar para retirar os pedidos selecionados
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all requests
Pressionar para retirar todos os pedidos
Remove &All
Retirar &Tudo
Request Headers
Cabeçalhos de Pedidos
Response Headers
Cabeçalhos Resposta
Name
Nome
Value
Valor
E5NetworkProxyFactory
<b>Connect to proxy '{0}' using:</b>
<b>Conetar a proxy '{0}' usando:</b>
Proxy Configuration Error
Erro na Configuração de Proxy
Proxy usage was activated but no proxy host for protocol '{0}' configured.
O uso de proxy foi ativado mas não há um anfitrião configurado para o protocolo '{0}'.
E5RequestModel
Method
Método
Address
Direção
Response
Resposta
Length
Comprimento
Content Type
Tipo de conteúdo
Info
Informação
Redirect: {0}
Redirigir: {0}
Unknown
Desconhecido
E5SideBar
Deselect to activate automatic collapsing
Desmarque para ativar o colapso automático
E5SslCertificatesDialog
SSL Certificate Manager
Gestor de Certificados SSL
&Servers
&Servidores
You have saved certificates identifying these servers:
Gravou certificados que identificam estes servidores:
Certificate name
Nome certificado
Server
Servidor
Expiry Date
Validade
Press to view the selected certificate
Pressionar para ver o certificado selecionado
&View...
&Ver...
Press to import a certificate
Pressionar para importar um certificado
&Import...
&Importar...
Press to export the selected certificate
Pressionar para exportar o certificado selecionado
&Export...
&Exportar...
Press to delete the selected certificate
Pressionar para apagar o certificado selecionado
&Delete...
&Apagar...
Certificate &Authorities
&Autoridades Certificadoras
You have saved certificates identifying these certification authorities:
Gravou certificados que identificam estas autoridades certificadoras:
(Unknown)
(desconhecido)
(Unknown common name)
(Nome comum desconhecido)
Delete Server Certificate
Apagar Certificado de Servidor
<p>Shall the server certificate really be deleted?</p><p>{0}</p><p>If the server certificate is deleted, the normal security checks will be reinstantiated and the server has to present a valid certificate.</p>
Import Certificate
Importar Certificado
<p>The certificate <b>{0}</b> already exists. Skipping.</p>
Delete CA Certificate
Apagar Certificado CA
<p>Shall the CA certificate really be deleted?</p><p>{0}</p><p>If the CA certificate is deleted, the browser will not trust any certificate issued by this CA.</p>
Export Certificate
Exportar Certificado
Certificate File (PEM) (*.pem);;Certificate File (DER) (*.der)
Ficheiro Certificado (PEM) (*.pem);;Ficheiro Certificado (DER) (*.der)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> já existe. Sobreescrever?</p>
<p>The certificate could not be written to file <b>{0}</b></p><p>Error: {1}</p>
Certificate Files (*.pem *.crt *.der *.cer *.ca);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros Certificado (*.pem *.crt *.cer *.ca);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
<p>The certificate could not be read from file <b>{0}</b></p><p>Error: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde ler o certificado desde o ficheiro <b>{0}</b></p><p>Erro: {1}</p>
E5SslCertificatesInfoDialog
SSL Certificate Info
Informação do Certificado SSL
E5SslCertificatesInfoWidget
<h2>Certificate Information</h2>
<h2>Informação de Certificado</h2>
Certificate Chain:
Cadeia de Certificado:
This certificated has been blacklisted.
Este certificado está em lista negra.
<b>Issued for:</b>
<b>Emitido para:</b>
Common Name (CN):
Nome Comum (CN):
Organization (O):
Organização (O):
Organizational Unit (OU):
Unidade Organizacional (OU):
Serialnumber:
Número de Série:
<b>Issued by:</b>
<b>Emitido por:</b>
<b>Validity:</b>
<b>Validade:</b>
Issued on:
Emitido por:
Expires on:
Expira a:
This certificate is not valid yet or has expired.
Este certificado ainda não é válido ou já caducou.
<b>Fingerprints:</b>
<b>Impressões Digitais</b>
SHA1-Fingerprint:
Impressão Digital SHA1:
MD5-Fingerprint:
Impressão Digital MD5:
<not part of the certificate>
<Não faz parte do certificado>
E5SslErrorHandler
SSL Errors
Erros SSL
<p>SSL Errors for <br /><b>{0}</b><ul><li>{1}</li></ul></p><p>Do you want to ignore these errors?</p>
<p>Erros de SSL para <br/><b>{0}</b><ul><li>{1}</li></ul></p><p>Deseja ignorar estes erros?</p>
Certificates
Certificados
<p>Certificates:<br/>{0}<br/>Do you want to accept all these certificates?</p>
<p>Certificados: <br/>{0}<br/>Deseja aceitar estes certificados todos?</p>
Name: {0}
Nome: {0}
<br/>Organization: {0}
<br/>Organização: {0}
<br/>Issuer: {0}
<br/>Not valid before: {0}<br/>Valid Until: {1}
E5SslInfoWidget
Identity
Identidade
Warning: this site is NOT carrying a certificate.
Aviso: este sítio NÃO tem certificado.
The certificate for this site is valid and has been verified by:
{0}
O certificado deste sítio é válido e confirmado por:
{0}
Certificate Information
Informação do Certificado
Encryption
Criptografia
Your connection to "{0}" is NOT encrypted.
A conexão a "{0}" NÃO está encriptada.
Your connection to "{0}" is encrypted.
A conexão a "{0}" está encriptada.
unknown
desconhecido
It uses protocol: {0}
Utiliza protocolo: {0}
It is encrypted using {0} at {1} bits, with {2} for message authentication and {3} as key exchange mechanism.
Está encriptado usando {0} a {1} bits, com {2} para autenticação de mensagem e {3} como mecanismo de troca de chaves.
The certificate for this site is NOT valid.
O certificado deste sítio NÃO é válido.
E5ToolBarDialog
Configure Toolbars
Configurar Barra de Ferramentas
&Toolbar:
&Barra de Ferramentas:
Select the toolbar to configure
Selecionar a barra de ferramentas a configurar
Press to create a new toolbar
Pressionar para criar uma barra de ferramentas nova
&New
&Novo
Press to remove the selected toolbar
Pressionar para retirar a barra de ferramentas selecionada
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to rename the selected toolbar
Pressionar para renomear a barra de ferramentas selecionada
R&ename
R&enomear
Actions:
Ações:
Current Toolbar Actions:
Ações da Barra de Ferramentas Atual:
Select the action to add to the current toolbar
Selecionar as ações para adicionar à atual barra de ferramentas
Select the action to work on
Selecionar a ação a ser trabalhada
<b>Current Toolbar Actions</b><p>This list shows the actions of the selected toolbar. Select an action and use the up or down button to change the order of actions or the left button to delete it. To add an action to the toolbar, select it in the list of available actions and press the right button.</p>
<b>Ações da Barra de Ferramentas Atual</b><p>Esta lista mostra as ações da barra de ferramentas selecionada. Selecionar uma ação e usar os botões cima ou baixo para alterar a ordem das ações ou o botão esquerdo para a apagar. Para adicionar uma ação à barra de ferramentas, selecionar-la na lista de ações disponíveis e pressionar o botão direito.</p>
Press to move the selected action up.
Pressionar para subir a ação selecionada.
Press to delete the selected action from the toolbar
Pressionar para apagar a ação da barra de ferramentas
Press to add the selected action to the toolbar
Pressionar para adicionar a ação selecionada à barra de ferramentas
Press to move the selected action down.
Pressionar para baixar a ação selecionada.
--Separator--
--Separador--
New Toolbar
Nova Barra de Ferramentas
Toolbar Name:
Nome da Barra de Ferramentas:
A toolbar with the name <b>{0}</b> already exists.
Já existe uma barra de ferramentas <b>{0}</b>.
Remove Toolbar
Retirar Barra de Ferramentas
Should the toolbar <b>{0}</b> really be removed?
A barra de ferramentas <b>{0}</b> deve realmente ser retirada?
Rename Toolbar
Renomear Barra de Ferramentas
New Toolbar Name:
Nome da Nova Barra de Ferramentas:
E5ZoomWidget
Zoom out
Afastar
Drag to zoom
Arrastar para fazer zoom
Zoom in
Aproximar
Zoom reset
Restaurar zoom
EditBreakpointDialog
Edit Breakpoint
Editar Ponto de Interrupção
Select, whether the breakpoint is enabled
Selecionar, se o ponto de quebra está habilitado
Enabled
Habilitado
Select whether this is a temporary breakpoint
Selecionar se é um ponto de quebra temporal
Temporary Breakpoint
Ponto de Quebra Temporal
Enter the filename of the breakpoint
Introduzir o nome do ficheiro para o ponto de quebra
Enter or select a condition for the breakpoint
Introduzir ou selecionar uma condição para o ponto de quebra
Enter an ignore count for the breakpoint
Enter the linenumber of the breakpoint
Introduzir o número de linha do ponto de quebra
Press to open a file selection dialog
Pressionar para abrir uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Linenumber:
Número de linha:
Filename:
Nome do Ficheiro:
Condition:
Condição:
Ignore Count:
Add Breakpoint
Adicionar Ponto de Quebra
Select filename of the breakpoint
Selecionar nome do ficheiro do ponto de quebra
EditWatchpointDialog
Edit Watch Expression
Enter an ignore count for the watch expression
Ignore Count:
Select, whether the watch expression is enabled
Enabled
Habilitado
Select whether this is a temporary watch expression
Temporary Watch Expression
Variable:
Variável:
Expression:
Expressão:
Enter a variable and select the special condition below
Introduzir uma variável e selecione abaixo a condição especial
Select a special condition
Selecionar uma condição especial
created
criado
changed
alterado
Enter the expression for the watch expression
Editor
Open File
Abrir Ficheiro
<p>The size of the file <b>{0}</b> is <b>{1} KB</b>. Do you really want to load it?</p>
<p>O tamanho do ficheiro <b>{0}</b> é <b>{1} KB</b>. De certeza que o quer carregar?</p>
<b>A Source Editor Window</b><p>This window is used to display and edit a source file. You can open as many of these as you like. The name of the file is displayed in the window's titlebar.</p><p>In order to set breakpoints just click in the space between the line numbers and the fold markers. Via the context menu of the margins they may be edited.</p><p>In order to set bookmarks just Shift click in the space between the line numbers and the fold markers.</p><p>These actions can be reversed via the context menu.</p><p>Ctrl clicking on a syntax error marker shows some info about this error.</p>
Undo
Desfazer
Redo
Refazer
Revert to last saved state
Voltar ao último estado guardado
Cut
Cortar
Copy
Copiar
Paste
Colar
Indent
Indentar
Unindent
Comment
Comentar
Uncomment
Descomentar
Stream Comment
Box Comment
Select to brace
Selecionar até parentesis
Select all
Selecionar tudo
Deselect all
Desmarcar tudo
Check spelling...
Verificação ortográfica...
Check spelling of selection...
Verificação ortográfica da seleção...
Remove from dictionary
Retirar do dicionário
Shorten empty lines
Encolher linhas vazias
Use Monospaced Font
Usar Tipo de Letra de Tamanho Único
Autosave enabled
Ativado autogravar
Typing aids enabled
Habilitada a ajuda à escritura
Autocompletion enabled
Autocompletar Habilitado
Close
Fechar
Save
Gravar
Save As...
Gravar Como...
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Print
Imprimir
Autocomplete
Autocompletar
dynamic
dinâmico
from Document
desde Documento
from APIs
desde APIs
from Document and APIs
desde Documento e APIs
Calltip
Check
Verificar
Show
Mostrar
Code metrics...
Code coverage...
Show code coverage annotations
Hide code coverage annotations
Profile data...
Diagrams
Diagramas
Class Diagram...
Diagrama de Classes...
Package Diagram...
Diagrama do Pacote...
Imports Diagram...
Diagrama de Imports...
Application Diagram...
Diagrama da Aplicação...
Languages
Idiomas
No Language
Sem Idioma
Guessed
Alternatives
Alternativas
Encodings
Codificações
End-of-Line Type
Tipo do Fim-de-Linha
Unix
Windows
Macintosh
Export as
Exportar como
Toggle bookmark
Alternar marcadores
Next bookmark
Marcador seguinte
Previous bookmark
Marcador anterior
Clear all bookmarks
Limpar os marcadores todos
Toggle breakpoint
Alternar pontos de interrupção
Toggle temporary breakpoint
Alternar pontos de interrupção temporais
Edit breakpoint...
Editar ponto de interrupção...
Enable breakpoint
Habilitar pontos de interrupção
Next breakpoint
Ponto de interrupção seguinte
Previous breakpoint
Ponto de interrupção anterior
Clear all breakpoints
Limpar os pontos de quebra todos
Goto syntax error
Ir ao erro de sintaxe
Show syntax error message
Mostrar a mensagem de erro de sintaxe
Clear syntax error
Limpar o erro de sintaxe
Next warning
Aviso seguinte
Previous warning
Aviso anterior
Show warning message
Mostrar mensagem de aviso
Clear warnings
Limpar avisos
Next uncovered line
Previous uncovered line
Next task
Tarefa seguinte
Previous task
Tarefa anterior
LMB toggles bookmarks
Botão Esq. do Rato alterna marcadores
LMB toggles breakpoints
Botão Esq. do Rato alterna pontos de interrupção
Export source
Exportar fonte
<p>No exporter available for the export format <b>{0}</b>. Aborting...</p>
<p>Não está disponível um exportador para formato <b>{0}</b>. Abortando...</p>
No export format given. Aborting...
Não foi dado o formato para exportar. Abortando...
Alternatives ({0})
Alternativas ({0})
Pygments Lexer
Analizador Léxico Pygments
Select the Pygments lexer to apply.
Selecionar o analizador léxico Pygments a aplicar.
Modification of Read Only file
Modificação do ficheiro de Apenas Leitura
You are attempting to change a read only file. Please save to a different file first.
Tenta alterar um ficheiro de Apenas Leitura. Por favor guarde-o primeiro num ficheiro diferente.
Printing...
Imprimindo...
Printing completed
Impressão completa
Error while printing
Erro durante a impressão
Printing aborted
Impressão cancelada
File Modified
Ficheiro Modificado
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> has unsaved changes.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> tem alterações por gravar.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be opened.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde abrir o ficheiro <b>{0}</b>.</p><p> Motivo: {1}</p>
Save File
Gravar Ficheiro
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde gravar. <br/>Motivo: {1}</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> já existe. Sobreescrever?</p>
Autocompletion
Autocompletar
Autocompletion is not available because there is no autocompletion source set.
Autocompletar não está disponivel porque a fonte de autocompletar não está definida.
Disable breakpoint
Desativar ponto de interrupção
Code Coverage
Please select a coverage file
Show Code Coverage Annotations
All lines have been covered.
There is no coverage file available.
Profile Data
Dados de Perfil
Please select a profile file
Escolha um ficheiro de perfil por favor
Syntax Error
Erro de Sintaxe
No syntax error message available.
Não está disponível a mensagem de erro de sintaxe.
Macro Name
Nome de Macro
Select a macro name:
Selecionar um nome de macro:
Load macro file
Carregar ficheiro macro
Macro files (*.macro)
Ficheiros Macro (*.macro)
Error loading macro
Erro ao carregar macro
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> is corrupt.</p>
Save macro file
Gravar ficheiro macro
Save macro
Gravar macro
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Error saving macro
Erro ao gravar macro
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Start Macro Recording
Iniciar Registo de Macro
Macro recording is already active. Start new?
A gravação de macro já está ativada. Começar nova?
Macro Recording
Gravação de Macro
Enter name of the macro:
Introduza o nome de macro:
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> has been changed while it was opened in eric5. Reread it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> foi alterado enquanto estava aberto em eric5. Recarregar?</p>
File changed
Ficheiro alterado
{0} (ro)
Drop Error
<p><b>{0}</b> is not a file.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> não é um ficheiro.</p>
Resources
Recursos
Add file...
Adicionar Ficheiro...
Add files...
Adicionar Ficheiros...
Add aliased file...
Adicionar ficheiro com pseudónimo...
Add localized resource...
Adicionar recursos localizado...
Add resource frame
Add file resource
Adicionar recurso de ficheiro
Add file resources
Adicionar recursos de ficheiro
Add aliased file resource
Adicionar recurso de ficheiro com pseudónimo
Alias for file <b>{0}</b>:
Pseudónimo para o ficheiro <b>{0}</b>:
Package Diagram
Diagrama do Pacote
Include class attributes?
Incluir atributos de classes?
Imports Diagram
Diagrama de Imports
Include imports from external modules?
Incluir imports de módulos externos?
Application Diagram
Diagrama da Aplicação
Include module names?
Incluir nome dos módulos?
Add to dictionary
Adicionar dicionário
Ignore All
Ignorar Tudo
Warning: {0}
Aviso: {0}
Error: {0}
Erro: {0}
<br><b>Warning:</b> You will lose your changes upon reopening it.
<br><b>Aviso:</b> Perderá todas as alterações uma vez que o volte a abrir.
Activating Auto-Completion Provider
Ativando o Fornecedor de Preenchimento Automático
Auto-completion provider cannot be connected because there is already another one active. Please check your configuration.
Não se pode conetar o fornecedor de autocompletar porque já há outro ativo. Por favor verifique a sua configuração.
Activating Calltip Provider
Ativando Fornecedor de Dicas
Calltip provider cannot be connected because there is already another one active. Please check your configuration.
Open 'rejection' file
Abrir ficheiro de 'rejeição'
Load Diagram...
Carregar Diagrama...
Next change
Alteração seguinte
Previous change
Alteração anterior
Sort Lines
Ordenar Linhas
The selection contains illegal data for a numerical sort.
A seleção contém dados ilegais para uma ordenação numérica.
Warning
Aviso
No warning messages available.
Não estão disponíveis mensagens de aviso.
Style: {0}
Estilo: {0}
New Document View
Vista de Documento Novo
New Document View (with new split)
Vista de Documento Novo (com divisão nova)
Tools
Ferramentas
Re-Open With Encoding
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> has been changed while it was opened in eric6. Reread it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> foi alterado enquanto estava aberto em eric5. Recarregar?</p> {0}?} {6.?}
EditorAPIsPage
<b>Configure API files</b>
<b>Configurar ficheiros API</b>
Select to compile the APIs automatically upon loading
Selecionar para compilar APIs automaticamente ao carregar
Compile APIs automatically
Compilar APIs automaticamente
Language:
Linguagem:
Select the language to be configured.
Escolher a linguagem a configurar.
APIs
List of API files
Lista de ficheiros API
Press to delete the selected file from the list
Pressionar para apagar o ficheiro selecionado da lista
Delete
Apagar
Press to add the entered file to the list
Pressionar para adicionar o ficheiro Introduzido à lista
Add
Adicionar
Enter a file to be added
Introduza o ficheiro a adicionar
Press to select an API file via a selection dialog
Pressionar para escolher um ficheiro API através de uma caixa de diálogo
Press to select an API file from the list of installed API files
Pressionar para selecionar um ficheiro API da lista de ficheiros API instalados
Add from installed APIs
Adicionar desde APIs instalados
Press to select an API file from the list of API files installed by plugins
Pressionar para selecionar um ficheiro API da lista de ficheiros API instalados pelos complementos
Add from Plugin APIs
Adicionar desde APIs de Complementos
Press to compile the selected APIs definition
Pressionar para compilar a definição de APIs selecionada
Compile APIs
Compilar APIs
Select API file
Escolher ficheiro API
API File (*.api);;All Files (*)
Ficheiro API (*.api);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select from the list of installed API files
Escolher da lista de ficheiros API instalados
Select from the list of API files installed by plugins
Escolher da lista de ficheiros API instalados por complementos
Cancel compilation
Cancelar compilação
There are no APIs installed yet. Selection is not available.
Ainda não há APIs instalados. A escolha não está disponível.
EditorAutocompletionPage
<b>Configure Autocompletion</b>
<b>Configurar Autocompletar</b>
Select this to enable autocompletion
Selecionar para ativar autocompletar
<b>Autocompletion Enabled</b><p>Select to enable autocompletion. In order to get autocompletion from alternative autocompletion providers (if installed), these have to be enabled on their respective configuration page. Only one alternative provider might be enabled.</p>
<b>Autocompletar Ativado</b><p>Selecionar para habilitar o preenchimento automático. Para ter o preenchimento automático de fornecedores de autocompletar alternativos (se instalados), têm que estar habilitados nas suas respetivas páginas de configuração. Apenas se pode habilitar um fornecedor alternativo</p>
Autocompletion Enabled
Ativado Autocompletar
General
Geral
Select this to have case sensitive auto-completion lists
Selecionar para ter listas de autocompletar sensíveis a maiúsculas e minúsculas
Case sensitive
Sensível a maiúsculas e minúsculas
Select this, if the word to the right should be replaced by the selected entry
Selecionar se a palavra à direita deverá ser substituida pela entrada selecionada
Replace word
Substituir a palavra
Threshold:
Limiar:
Move to set the threshold for display of an autocompletion list
Mover para definir o limiar para mostrar a lista de preenchimento automático
Displays the selected autocompletion threshold
Mostra o limiar selecionado para autocompletar
EditorAutocompletionQScintillaPage
<b>Configure QScintilla Autocompletion</b>
<b>Configurar Autocompletar de QScintilla</b>
Select this, if single entries shall be inserted automatically
Show single
Select to enable the use of fill-up characters to autocomplete the current word
<b>Use fill-up characters</b><p>Select to enable the use of fill-up characters to autocomplete the current word. A fill-up character is one that, when entered while an auto-completion list is being displayed, causes the currently selected item from the list to be added to the text followed by the fill-up character.</p>
Use fill-up characters
Source
Fonte
Select this to get autocompletion from current document
from Document
desde o Documento
Select this to get autocompletion from installed APIs
from API files
desde ficheiros API
Select this to get autocompletion from current document and installed APIs
from Document and API files
desde Documento e ficheiros API
EditorCalltipsPage
<b>Configure Calltips</b>
<b>Configurar Dicas</b>
Select this to enable calltips
Selecionar para habilitar dicas
Calltips Enabled
Dicas Habilitadas
Move to set the maximum number of calltips shown (0 = all available)
Mover para definir o número máximo de dicas mostradas (0 = todas as disponiveis)
Displays the maximum number of calltips to be shown
Mostra o número máximo de dicas a mostrar
Colours
Cores
Background colour:
Cor de fundo:
Select the background colour for calltips.
Selecionar a cor de fundo para as dicas.
Plug-In Behavior
Comportamento do Complemento
Select to show QScintilla provided calltips, if the selected plugin fails
Selecionar para mostrar dicas fornecidas por QScintilla se os complementos selecionados falham
Qscintilla provided calltips are shown, if this option is enabled and calltips shall be provided by a plug-in (see calltips sub-page of the plug-in) and the plugin-in doesn't deliver any calltips.
Se esta opção está habilitada serão mostradas as dicas fornecidas por QScintilla quando devam ser fornecidas por um complemento (ver su-página de dicas do complemento) e o este não fornece nehuma.
Show QScintilla calltips, if plug-in fails
Mostrar dicas de QScintilla se falha o complemento
Visible Calltips
Dicas Visiveis
Calltips Position
Posição das Dicas
Select the position for the calltips
Selecionar a posição para as dicas
Below Text
Abaixo do Texto
Above Text
Em Cima do Texto
EditorCalltipsQScintillaPage
<b>Configure QScintilla Calltips</b>
<b>Configurar Dicas de QScintilla</b>
Context display options
Opções de visualização de contexto
Select to display calltips without a context
Selecionar para mostrar dicas sem contexto
Don't show context information
Não mostrar informação de contexto
Select to display calltips with a context only if the user hasn't already implicitly identified the context using autocompletion
Selecionar para mostrar dicas com contexto apenas se previamente o usuário não identificou implicitamente o contexto usando autocompletar
Show context information, if no prior autocompletion
Mostrar informação de contexto se não houve previamente um autocompletar
Select to display calltips with a context
Selecionar para mostrar dicas com um contexto
Show context information
Mostrar informção de contexto
A context is any scope (e.g. a C++ namespace or a Python module) prior to the function/method name.
Um contexto é qualquer âmbito (ex. espaço de nomes em C++ ou um módulo de Python) prévio ao nome da função/método.
EditorExportersPage
<b>Configure exporters</b>
<b>Configurar Exportadores</b>
Exporter Type:
Tipo de Exportador:
Select the exporter to be configured.
Selecionar o exportador a configurar.
Select to export in WYSIWYG mode
Selecionar para exportar em modo WYSIWYG
Use WYSIWYG mode
Usar modo WYSIWYG
Select to include folding functionality
Selecionar para incluir a funcionalidade de dobramento
Include folding functionality
Incluir funcionalidade de dobramento
Select to include only used styles
Selecionar para incluir apenas os estilos usados
Include only used styles
Apenas incluir estilos usados
Select to use the full pathname as the document title
Selecionar para usar o caminho completo do ficheiro como título do documento
Use full pathname as document title
Usar o caminho completo do ficheiro como título do documento
Select to use tabs in the generated file
Selecionar para usar separadores no ficheiro gerado
Use tabs
Usar Separadores
Magnification:
Ampliação:
Select the magnification value to be added to the font sizes of the styles
Selecionar o valor da ampliação a adicionar aos tamanhos dos tipos de letra dos estilos
Displays the selected magnification value
Mostrar o valor de ampliação selecionado
Font:
Tipo de Letra:
Select the font from the list
Selecionar o tipo de letra na lista
Pagesize:
Tamanho de Página:
Select the page size from the list
Selecionar o tamanho da página na lista
Margins
Margens
Select the top margin in points (72 pt == 1")
Selecionar a margem superior em pontos (72 pt ==1")
Select the left margin in points (72 pt == 1")
Selecionar a margem esquerda em pontos (72 pt ==1")
Select the right margin in points (72 pt == 1")
Selecionar a margem direita em pontos (72 pt ==1")
Select the bottom margin in points (72 pt == 1")
Selecionar a margem inferior em pontos (72 pt ==1")
Press to select the font for the RTF export
Pressionar para selecionar o tipo de letra para a exportação RTF
Select Font
Selecionar Tipo de Letra
Font for RTF export
Tipo de letra para exportação RTF
Courier
Helvetica
Times
A4
Letter
Carta
EditorFilePage
<b>Configure file handling settings</b>
<b>Configurar definições do tratamento de ficheiros</b>
Open && Close
Abrir && Fechar
Select, whether breakpoint belonging to an editor should be cleared, when the editor is closed
Selecionar se deve limpar-se o ponto de interrupção pertencente ao editor quando este se feche
Clear Breakpoints upon closing
Limpar Pontos de Interrupção ao fechar
Select to reread the file automatically, if it was changed externally
Selecionar para recarregar automaticamente o ficheiro se foi alterado externamente
Warn, if file is greater than
Avisar se o ficheiro é maior que
Enter the filesize, a warning dialog should be shown.
Introduzir o tamanho do ficheiro, deverá mostra-se um aviso.
KB
End of Line
Fim de Linha
End of Line Characters
Caráter de Fim de Linha
Select Unix type end of line
Selecionar o tipo de fim de linha de Unix
Unix
Select Macintosh type end of line
Selecionar o tipo de fim de linha de Macintosh
Macintosh
Select Windows type end of line
Selecionar o tipo de fim de linha de Windows
Windows/DOS
Select whether the eol type should be converted upon opening the file.
Selecione se o tipo de fim de linha deve ser convertido ao abrir o ficheiro.
Automatic End of Line Conversion
Conversão Automática do Fim de Linha
Save
Gravar
Select, whether trailing whitespace should be removed upon save
Selecionar se os espaços finais devem ser eliminados ao gravar
Strip trailing whitespace upon save
Select, whether a backup file shall be generated upon save
Create backup file upon save
Autosave interval:
Intervalo para autogravar:
Move to set the autosave interval in minutes (0 to disable)
Mover para definir o intervalo em minutos para autogravar (0 para desabilitar)
Displays the selected autosave interval.
Mostra o intervalo para autogravar selecionado.
Encoding
Codificação
Select to use the advanced encoding detection
Selecionar para utilizar a deteção de codificação avançada
<b>Advanced encoding detection</b>
<p>Select to use the advanced encoding detection based on the "universal character encoding detector" from <a href="http://chardet.feedparser.org">http://chardet.feedparser.org</a>.</p>
<b>Deteção de codificação avançada</b>
<p>Selecionar para usar a deteção de codificação avançada baseada no "detetor de codificação de carater universal" de <a href="http://chardet.feedparser.org">http://chardet.feedparser.org</a>.</p>
Use advanced encoding detection
Usar deteção de codificação avançada
Default Encoding:
Codificação Padrão:
Select the string encoding to be used.
Default File Filters
Open Files:
Abrir Ficheiros:
Save Files:
Gravar Ficheiros:
Additional File Filters
Filtros de Ficheiros Adicionais
<b>Note:</b> Save file filters must contain one wildcard pattern only.
Select to edit the open file filters
Selecionar para editar os filtros de abrir ficheiros
Open Files
Abrir Ficheiros
Select to edit the save file filters
Selecionar para editar os filtros de gravar ficheiros
Save Files
Gravar Ficheiros
Add...
Adicionar...
Edit...
Editar...
Delete
Apagar
Add File Filter
Adicionar Filtro de Ficheiros
A Save File Filter must contain exactly one wildcard pattern. Yours contains {0}.
A File Filter must contain at least one wildcard pattern.
Enter the file filter entry:
Introduzir entrada do filtro de ficheiros:
Reread automatically when changed externally
Recarregar automaticamente quando alterado externamente
File Preview
Antevisão do Ficheiro
Extensions of HTML files:
Extensões dos ficheiros HTML:
Enter the filename extensions of HTML files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
Introduzir as extensões dos ficheiros HTML que se podem antever (separados por um espaço)
Extensions of Markdown files:
Enter the filename extensions of Markdown files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
Extensions of ReST files:
Enter the filename extensions of ReStructuredText files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
Extensions of QSS files:
Enter the filename extensions of Qt Stylesheet files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
EditorGeneralPage
<b>Configure general editor settings</b>
<b>Configurar as definições gerais do editor</b>
Tabs && Indentation
Tabuladores && Indentação
Tab width:
Largura do Tabulador:
Move to set the tab width.
Mover para definir a largura do tabulador.
Displays the selected tab width.
Mostra a largura selecionada do tabulador.
Indentation width:
Largura da indentação:
Move to set the indentation width.
Mover para definir a largura da indentação.
Displays the selected indentation width.
Mostra a largura selecionada da indentação.
Select whether indentation guides should be shown.
Selecionar se as guias de indentação devem estar visíveis.
Show Indentation Guides
Mostrar Guias de Indentação
Select whether tab characters are used for indentations.
Use tabs for indentations
Usar tabulador para indentações
Select whether autoindentation shall be enabled
Auto indentation
Indentação Automática
Select whether tabs shall be converted upon opening the file
Convert tabs upon open
Convertir tabuladores ao abrir
Select whether pressing the tab key indents.
Selecionar se indenta ao pressionar o tabulador.
Tab key indents
Tabulador indenta
Comments
Comentários
Select to insert the comment sign at column 0
<b>Insert comment at column 0</b><p>Select to insert the comment sign at column 0. Otherwise, the comment sign is inserted at the first non-whitespace position.</p>
Insert comment at column 0
Inserir comentário na coluna 0
Virtual Space
Virtual space is the space after the last character of a line. It is not allocated unless some text is entered or copied into it. Usage of virtual space can be configured with these selections.
Select to enable a rectangular selection to extend into virtual space
Selection may access virtual space
Select to allow the cursor to be moved into virtual space
Cursor can move into virtual space
EditorHighlightersPage
<b>Configure syntax highlighters</b>
<b>Configurar ressaltadores de sintaxe</b>
Filename Pattern
Lexer Language
Filename Pattern:
Enter the filename pattern to be associated
Press to add or change the entered association
Add/Change
Adicionar/Alterar
Lexer Language:
Select the lexer language to associate
Press to delete the selected association
Delete
Apagar
Alternative Lexer:
Select the alternative lexer to associate
Alternative
Alternativa
EditorHighlightingStylesPage
<b>Configure syntax highlighting</b>
Lexer Language:
Select the lexer language to be configured.
Style Element
Select the foreground colour.
Foreground Colour
Select the background colour.
Background Colour
Select the font.
Font
Tipo de Letra
Select end of line fill.
Fill to end of line
to Default
Select the background colour for all styles
All Background Colours
Select the font for all styles.
All Fonts
Select the eol fill for all styles
All Fill to end of line
Press to set all styles to their default values
All to Default
Sample Text
Imports all styles of the currently selected language
Import styles
Exports all styles of the currently selected language
Export styles
Imports all styles of all languages
Import all styles
Exports all styles of all languages
Export all styles
Family and Size only
Family only
Size only
Enabled
Habilitado
Disabled
Select fill to end of line for all styles
Export Highlighting Styles
Highlighting styles file (*.e4h)
<p>The highlighting styles could not be exported to file <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Import Highlighting Styles
<p>The highlighting styles could not be read from file <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Press to set the current style to its default values
<b>Note:</b> The tick in the list above indicates the entrie's 'fill to end of line' setting.
EditorKeywordsPage
<b>Configure syntax highlighter keywords</b>
Language:
Linguagem:
Select the language to be configured.
Selecionar a linguagem a ser configurada.
Set:
Enter the keywords separated by a blank
Introduzir as palavras chave separadas por um espaço
EditorMarkerMap
<b>Editor Map</b><p>This shows a 'map' of the editor. The visible area is highlighted by the box and all markers like bookmarks, breakpoints, errors or changed lines are indicated by differently colored lines configurable via the Editoru279dStyle page of the configuration dialog.</p>
EditorPropertiesPage
<b>Configure lexer properties</b>
<b>Configurar propriedades léxicas</b>
All Lexers Properties
Todas as Propriedades Léxicas
Select to include trailing blank lines in a fold block
Fold compact (except CMake, Python)
Bash Lexer Properties
Select whether folding of comments shall be possible
Fold comments
Dobrar comentários
C++ , C# , IDL, Java and JavaScript Lexer Properties
Select whether folding at else statement should be possible
Fold at else
Dobrar em else
Select whether folding of preprocessor directives shall be possible
Fold preprocessor directives
Select, whether the line containing the opening brace should be indented
Indent opening brace
Select, whether the line containing the closing brace should be indented
Indent closing brace
Select to use case insensitive keywords
Case insensitive keywords (C/C++ only)
Select to allow '$' characters in identifier names
Allow '$' in identifier names
CMake Lexer Properties
CSS Lexer Properties
D Lexer Properties
HTML Lexer Properties
Select to enable folding of script comments
Fold script comments
Dobrar comentários dos scripts
Select to enable folding of script heredocs
Fold script heredocs
Select whether HTML tags should be case sensitive
Case sensitive tags
XML Lexer Properties
Select to enable styling of scripts
Style scripts
Pascal Lexer Properties
Select to enable smart highlighting of keywords
Smart Highlighting
Perl Lexer Properties
Select to enable folding of Perl packages
Fold packages
Select to enable folding of Perl POD blocks
Fold POD blocks
PostScript Lexer Properties
Select to mark tokens
Mark Tokens
PostScript Level:
Select the PostScript level
Povray Lexer Properties
Select whether folding of directives shall be possible
Fold directives
Python Lexer Properties
Select whether bad indentation shall be highlighted
Select whether folding of strings shall be possible
Fold strings
Select whether text should be autoindented after a ':'
Auto indentation after ':'
Select to allow Python v2 unicode string literals (e.g. u"utf8")
Allow v2 unicode string literals
Select to allow Python v3 binary and octal literals (e.g. 0b1011, 0o712)
Allow v3 binary and octal literals
Select to allow Python v3 bytes string literals (e.g. b"bytes")
Allow v3 bytes string literals
SQL Lexer Properties
Select to enable Backslash Escapes
Backslash Escapes
VHDL Lexer Properties
Select whether folding of blocks at a parenthesis shall be possible
Fold at parenthesis
Select whether folding of begin blocks shall be possible
Fold at begin
YAML Lexer Properties
Select to style preprocessor lines
Style preprocessor lines
Select to enable support for Django templates
Enable Django templates
Select to enable support for Mako templates
Enable Mako templates
Properties Lexer Properties
Select to allow initial spaces in a line
Allow initial spaces
Select whether folding of triple quoted strings shall be possible
Fold triple quoted strings
Select to allow strings to span newline characters
Strings may span newline characters
Ruby Lexer Properties
Select whether only BEGIN blocks can be folded
Only BEGIN blocks can be folded
Select if words may contain dots
Words may contain dots
Select to allow '#' as a comment character
Allow '#' as comment character
Select to enable quoted identifiers
Enable quoted identifiers
TCL Lexer Properties
TeX Lexer Properties
Select to treat comments as TeX source
Treat comments as TeX source
Select to treat \if<unknown> as a command
Treat \if<unknown> as command
Highlight triple quoted strings
Highlight sub-identifiers
Select to highlight triple quoted strings
Select to highlight sub-identifiers defined in keyword set 2
Select to highlight hash quoted strings
Highlight hash quoted strings
Select to activate HSS support
HSS support
Select to activate Less CSS support
Less CSS support
Select to activate Sassy CSS support
Sassy CSS support
CoffeeScript
Gettext Lexer Properties
Highlight bad indentation:
No Warning
Inconsistent
Tabs after Spaces
Spaces
Tabs
Separadores
EditorSearchPage
<b>Configure editor search options</b>
<b>Configurar opções de busca do editor</b>
Search Markers
Select, whether markers for all occurrences of the current word shall be shown
Highlight all occurrences of current word
Select, whether search markers shall be shown for a standard search
Highlight all occurrences of search text
Select, whether search markers shall be shown for a quicksearch
Highlight all occurrences of quicksearch text
Timeout for current word highlighting:
Enter the time in milliseconds after which occurrences of the current word shall be highlighted
ms
Marker Colour:
Select the colour for the search markers.
EditorSpellCheckingPage
<b>Configure editor spell checking options</b>
<b>Configurar opções de verificação ortográfica do editor</b>
<font color="#FF0000">Spell checking with PyEnchant is not available.</font>
<font color="#FF0000">A verificção ortográfica com PyEnchant não está disponível.</font>
Select to enable spell checking
Selecionar para habilitar a verificação ortográfica
Spell checking enabled
Verificação ortográfica ativada
Defaults
Default language:
Select the default language
Spell checking options
Select to check strings only
Spell check strings only
Minimum word size:
Move to set the minimum size of words to be checked
Displays the minimum size of words to be checked
Colours
Cores
Marker Colour:
Select the colour for the spelling markers.
Personal lists
Personal word list file:
Enter the filename of the personal word list
Select the personal word list file via a file selection dialog
Personal exclude list file:
Enter the filename of the personal exclude list
Select the personal exclude list file via a file selection dialog
<b>Note:</b> leave these entries empty to use the default
<b>Note:</b> valid for all newly opened editors
Automatic spell checking
Verificação ortográfica automática
Select to enable spellchecking
Automatic spell checking enabled
Amount of lines to autocheck at once:
Enter the number of lines to check per go. Higher values increase checking speed but decrease GUI responsivenes
Select personal word list
Dictionary File (*.dic);;All Files (*)
Select personal exclude list
EditorStylesPage
<b>Configure editor styles</b>
Fonts
Tipos de Letra
Select, whether the monospaced font should be used as default
Use monospaced as default
Default Text
Press to select the default font for the editor's text
Default Text Font
Press to select the font to be used as the monospaced font
Monospaced Font
Monospaced Text
Margins
Margens
Select whether line numbers margin should be shown.
Show Line Numbers Margin
Select whether the fold margin should be shown.
Show Fold Margin
Select to show unified margins (like eric4 < 4.3.0)
Show unified margins
Folding style:
Select the folding style to be used in the folding margin
<b>Folding style</b>
<p>Select the desired folding style to be used in the folding margin.</p>
<p>The available styles are:
<ul>
<li>Plain - simple plus and minus symbols</li>
<li>Circled - circled plus and minus symbols</li>
<li>Boxed - boxed plus and minus symbols</li>
<li>Circled Tree - circled plus and minus symbols and flattened tree with rounded corners</li>
<li>Boxed Tree - boxed plus and minus symbols and flattened tree with rectangled corners</li>
</ul>
</p>
Plain
Circled
Boxed
Circled Tree
Boxed Tree
Arrow
Arrow Tree
Margins foreground:
Select the foreground colour for the margins
Margins background:
Select the background colour for the margins
Foldmargin background:
Select the background colour for the foldmargin
Foldmarkers foreground:
Select the foreground colour of the foldmarkers
Foldmarkers background:
Select the background colour of the foldmarkers
Press to select the font for the editor line numbers
Line Numbers Font
2345
Selection
Select to use custom selection colours
<b>Use custom selection colours</b><p>Select this entry in order to use custom selection colours in the editor and shell windows. The colours for the selection foreground and background are defined on the colours page.</p>
Use custom selection colours
Select, if selected text should be colourized by the lexer.
Colourize selected text
Select to extend selection to end of line
Extend selection to end of line
Selection foreground:
Select the foreground colour for the selection.
Selection background:
Select the background colour for the selection.
Caret
Select, whether the caretline should be highlighted
Caretline visible
Caret width:
Select caret width (1, 2 or 3 pixels)
Caret foreground:
Select the colour for the caret.
Caretline background:
Select the background colour for the line containing the caret.
Debugging Line Markers
Current line marker:
Select the colour for the current line marker.
Error line marker:
Select the colour for the error line marker.
Braces
Select whether matching and bad braces shall be highlighted.
Highlight braces
Matched braces:
Select the colour for highlighting matching braces.
Matched braces background:
Select the background colour for highlighting matching braces.
Unmatched brace:
Select the colour for highlighting nonmatching braces.
Unmatched brace background:
Select the background colour for highlighting nonmatching braces.
End of Line
Fim de Linha
Select whether end of line shall be shown
Show End of Line
Wrap long lines
Edge Mode
Select the colour for the edge marker.
Background colour:
Cor de fundo:
Move to set the edge column.
Displays the selected tab width.
Mostra a largura selecionada do tabulador.
Column number:
Mode:
Disabled
Draw Line
Change Background Colour
Zoom
Initial zoom factor:
Move to set the initial zoom factor
Displays the selected initial zoom factor
Various
Vários
Select whether whitspace characters shall be shown
Show Whitespace
Select to show a minimalistic context menu
Show minimal context menu
<b>Note:</b> Fonts and colors of the syntax highlighters have to be configured on the syntax highlighter styles page.
Annotations
Select to enable the display of annotations
Show annotations
Warnings
Press to select the foreground colour
Foreground
Press to select the background colour
Background
Errors
Erros
Whitespace
Whitespace size:
Select the size of the dots used to represent visible whitespace
Whitespace foreground:
Select the foreground colour for visible whitespace
Whitespace background:
Select the background colour for visible whitespace
Select to set the colour of the edit area different to the default style
Override edit area colours
Edit area foreground:
Select the foreground colour for the edit area.
Edit area background:
Select the background colour for the edit area.
Colours
Cores
Change Tracing
Select to mark changed lines
Mark changed lines
Timeout for marking changed lines:
Enter the time in milliseconds after which changed lines will be marked
ms
Unsaved changes colour:
Select the colour for the change marker for unsaved changes.
Saved changes colour:
Select the colour for the change marker for saved changes.
Select the wrap mode for long lines
Indication:
Select, how wrapped lines are indicated
Word Boundary
Character Boundary
No Indicator
Indicator by Text
Indicator by Margin
Indicator in Line Number Margin
Warning: There might be an issue.
Error: There is an issue.
Style
Estilo
Style: There is a style issue.
Select, whether the caretline should be highlighted even if the editor doesn't have the focus
Caretline always visible
Marker Map
Errors:
Erros:
Select the colour for error markers
Warnings:
Select the colour for warning markers
Bookmarks:
Marcadores:
Select the colour for bookmark markers
Breakpoints:
Select the colour for breakpoint markers
Tasks:
Select the colour for task markers
Changes:
Select the colour for change markers
Coverage:
Select the colour for coverage markers
Current Line:
Select the colour for the current line marker
Background:
Select the background colour for the marker map
EditorSyntaxPage
Select to enable the online syntax checker
<b>Online Syntax Check</b><p>Select this to enable syntax checks while typing. The check is performed, if typing is interrupted for the configured timeout period.</p>
Online Syntax Check
Timeout Interval:
Enter the timeout for the online syntax checker
<b>Timeout Interval</b><p>Enter the timeout interval for the online syntax check. The check is performed, if typing is interrupted for the configured timeout period.</p>
Automatic Syntax Check
Verificação de Sintaxe Automática
Select, whether source files should be checked automatically for syntax errors
<b>Automatic Syntax Check</b><p>Select to enable the automatic syntax checker. The syntax is checked, when a file is loaded or saved or the programming language of the editor is selected.</p>
<b>Verificação de Sintaxe Automática</b><p>Selecionar para ativar o verificador de sintaxe automático. A sintaxe é verificada quando o ficheiro é gravado, carregado ou a linguagem de programação de editor é selecionada.</p>
s
<b>Configure Code Checker settings</b>
<b>Configurar as definições do Verificador de Código</b>
PyFlakes
Select to include a PyFlakes check after the syntax check
Selecionar para incluir verificação Pyflakes depois da verificação de sintaxe
Include PyFlakes Checks after syntax check
Incluir Verificações Pyflakes após a verificação de sintaxe
Select to suppress star import warnings
Suppress star import warnings
EditorTypingPage
<b>Configure typing</b>
Programming Language:
Linguagem de Programação:
Select the programming language to be configured.
Selecionar a linguagem de programação a ser configurada.
Select to enable Python typing aids
Selecionar para habilitar as ajudas à escritura Python
Enable Python typing aids
Select to insert a closing parenthesis
Automatic parenthesis insertion
Select to skip matching braces when typing
Automatically skip matching braces when typing
Select to skip a ':', if typed next to another ':'
Automatic colon detection
Select to indent to the brace level after typing 'return'
After '(' indent to its level
Select to insert the matching quote character
Automatic quote insertion
Select to dedent 'else:' and 'elif' to the matching 'if'
Automatic dedent of 'else:' and 'elif'
Select to dedent 'except' and 'finally' to the matching 'try:'
Automatic dedent of 'except' and 'finally'
Select to treat code as Python 2.4 code
Python 2.4 style 'try:' blocks
Blocos 'try' ao estilo de Python 2.4
Select to insert the 'import' string
Automatic insertion of the 'import' string on 'from xxx'
Select to insert the 'self' string when declaring a method
Automatic insertion of 'self' when declaring methods
Select to insert a blank after ','
Automatic insertion of ' ' (blank) after ','
Select to dedent 'def' statements to the last 'def' or 'class'
Automatic dedent of 'def' statements
Select to enable Ruby typing aids
Enable Ruby typing aids
Select to automatically complete a here document
Automatic completion of here document
Select to automatically insert '=end' after entering '=begin'
Automatic insertion of '=end' after '=begin'
EmailDialog
Send bug report
Enviar relatório de falho
Message
Mensagem
&Subject:
A&ssunto:
Enter the subject
Introduzir o assunto
Attachments
Anexos
Name
Nome
Type
Tipo
Press to add an attachment
Pressionar para juntar anexo
&Add...
&Adicionar...
Alt+A
Delete the selected entry from the list of attachments
Apagar as entradas selecionadas da lista de anexos
&Delete
&Apagar
Alt+D
Send feature request
Enviar pedido de funcionalidade
Enter your &feature request below. Version information is added automatically.
Introduza abaixo o seu pedido de &funcionalidade. A informação de versão adiciona-se automaticamente.
Enter your &bug description below. Version information is added automatically.
Introduza abaixo a descrição do &falho. A informação de versão adiciona-se automaticamente.
Send
Enviar
Close dialog
Caixa de diálogo de fecho
Do you really want to close the dialog?
Tem a certeza que quer fechar a caixa de diálogo?
Mail Server Password
Senha do Servidor de Correio
Enter your mail server password
Introduzir a senha do seu servidor de correio
<p>Authentication failed.<br>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>Falho na autenticação. <br>Razão: {0}</p>
<p>Message could not be sent.<br>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>Não se pôde enviar a mensagem. <br>Razão: {0}</p>
Attach file
Anexar ficheiro
EmailPage
<b>Configure Email</b>
<b>Configurar Email</b>
Outgoing mail server (SMTP):
Servidor de correio de saída (SMTP):
Enter the address of your mail server
Introduza a direção do seu servidor de correio
Outgoing mail server port:
Porto do servidor de correio de saída:
Enter the port of the mail server
Introduza o porto do servidor de correio
Email address:
Direção do correio eletrónico:
Enter your email address
Introduzir o direção do seu correio eletrónico
Signature:
Assinatura:
Enter your email signature
Introduzir a assinatura do seu correio eletrónico
Select to use TLS
Selecionar para usar TLS
Use TLS
Usar TLS
Select to authenticatate against the mail server
Mail server needs authentication
Servidor de correio necessita autenticação
Username:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter your mail server username
Introduzir nome de usuário no seu servidor de correio
Password:
Senha:
Enter your password for accessing the mail server
Introduzir a sua senha para aceder ao servidor de correio
Press to test the login data
Test Login
Login Test
The login test succeeded.
<p>The login test failed.<br>Reason: {0}</p>
EricAccessHandler
Speed Dial
Marcação Rápida
URL
Title
Título
Apply
Aplicar
New Page
Página Nova
Edit
Editar
Remove
Retirar
Reload
Recarregar
Load title from page
Carregar título da página
Speed Dial Settings
Definições de Marcação Rápida
Add New Page
Adicionar Nova Página
Maximum pages in a row:
Máximo de páginas numa fila:
Change size of pages:
Mudar tamanho das páginas:
Close
Fechar
Are you sure to remove this speed dial?
EricapiConfigDialog
Ericapi Configuration
Configuração de Ericapi
Enter an output filename
Introduzir o nome do ficheiro de saída
<b>Output Filename</b><p>Enter the filename of the output file. A '%L' placeholder is replaced by the language of the API file.</p>
Press to open a file selection dialog
Pressionar para abrir uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Output File:
Ficheiro de Saída:
Languages
Idiomas
Select the languages of the APIs to generate
Additional source extensions:
Extensões de fontes adicionais:
Enter additional source extensions separated by a comma
Introduzir as extensões de fontes adicionais separadas por uma vírgula
Select to recurse into subdirectories
Selecionar para recursar nos subdiretórios
Recurse into subdirectories
Recursão nos subdiretórios
Select to include private classes, methods and functions in the API file
Include private classes, methods and functions
Base package name:
Enter the name of the base package
Exclude Files:
Excluir Ficheiros:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
Exclude Directories
Excluir Diretórios
Enter a directory basename to be ignored
Press to add the entered directory to the list
Pressionar para adicionar o diretório introduzido na lista
Add
Adicionar
Press to delete the selected directory from the list
Pressionar para apagar o diretório selecionado da lista
Delete
Apagar
Press to open a directory selection dialog
Pressionar para abrir uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de diretórios
List of directory basenames to be ignored
Select output file
Selecionar o ficheiro de saída
API files (*.api);;All files (*)
Select directory to exclude
Selecionar o diretório a excluir
EricapiExecDialog
Ericapi
Messages
Mensagens
<b>Ericapi Execution</b>
<p>This shows the output of the Ericapi generator command.</p>
Errors
Erros
<b>Ericapi Execution</b>
<p>This shows the errors of the Ericapi generator command.</p>
{0} - {1}
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
{0} finished.
{0} acabado.
EricapiPlugin
Eric5 API File Generator
Gerador de Ficheiros API de Eric5
Generate API file (eric5_api)
Gerar ficheiro API (eric5_api)
Generate &API file (eric5_api)
Gerar ficheiro &API (eric5_api)
Generate &API file (eric6_api)
Gerar ficheiro &API (eric5_api) {6_?}
<b>Generate API file</b><p>Generate an API file using eric5_api.</p>
<b>Gerar ficheiro API</b><p>Gerar um ficheiro API usando eric5_api.</p>
Eric6 API File Generator
Gerador de Ficheiros API de Eric5 {6 ?}
Generate API file (eric6_api)
Gerar ficheiro API (eric5_api) {6_?}
Generate an API file using eric6_api
Gerar um ficheiro API usando eric5_api {6_?}
<b>Generate API file</b><p>Generate an API file using eric6_api.</p>
<b>Gerar ficheiro API</b><p>Gerar um ficheiro API usando eric5_api.</p> {6_?}
EricdocConfigDialog
Ericdoc Configuration
Configuração de Ericdoc
General
Geral
Output Directory:
Diretório de Saída:
Enter an output directory
Introduzir um diretório de saída
Press to open a directory selection dialog
Pressionar para abrir uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de diretórios
Additional source extensions:
Extensões de fontes adicionais:
Enter additional source extensions separated by a comma
Introduzir as extensões de fontes adicionais separadas por uma vírgula
Select to recurse into subdirectories
Selecionar para recursar nos subdiretórios
Recurse into subdirectories
Recursão nos subdiretórios
Select, if no index files should be generated
Selecionar se não se deve gerar ficheiros de índice
Don't generate index files
Não gerar ficheiros de índice
Select to exclude empty modules
Selecionar para excluir módulos vazios
Don't include empty modules
Não incluir módulos vazios
Exclude Files:
Excluir Ficheiros:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
Introduzir padrões de nomes dos ficheiros a excluir separados por uma vírgula
Exclude Directories
Excluir Diretórios
Enter a directory basename to be ignored
Press to add the entered directory to the list
Pressionar para adicionar o diretório introduzido na lista
Add
Adicionar
Press to delete the selected directory from the list
Pressionar para apagar o diretório selecionado da lista
Delete
Apagar
List of directory basenames to be ignored
Style
Estilo
Style Sheet
Folha de Estilo
Enter the filename of a CSS style sheet. Leave empty to use the colours defined below.
Introduzir o nome do ficheiro da folha de estilo CSS. Deixe vazio para usar as cores definidas abaixo.
Press to open a file selection dialog
Pressionar para abrir uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Colours
Cores
Press to select the class and function header background colour.
Class/Function Header Background
Fundo do Cabeçalho de Classe/Função
Press to select the class and function header foreground colour.
Class/Function Header Foreground
Press to select the level 2 header background colour.
Level 2 Header Background
Fundo de Cabeçalho de Nível 2
Press to select the level 2 header foreground colour.
Level 2 Header Foreground
Press to select the level 1 header background colour.
Level 1 Header Background
Fundo de Cabeçalho de Nível 1
Press to select the level 1 header foreground colour.
Level 1 Header Foreground
Press to select the body background colour.
Body Background
Fundo do Corpo
Press to select the body foreground colour.
Body Foreground
Press to select the foreground colour of links.
Links
Vínculos
This shows an example of the selected colours.
Mostra um exemplo das cores selecionadas.
QtHelp
Generate QtHelp Files
Gerar Ficheiros QtHelp
Namespace:
Enter the namespace
Virtual Folder:
Enter the name of the virtual folder (must not contain '/')
Filter Name:
Nome do Filtro:
Enter the name of the custom filter
Filter Attributes:
Atributos do Filtro:
Enter the filter attributes separated by ':'
Title:
Título:
Enter a short title for the top entry
Select to generate the QtHelp collection files
Generate QtHelp collection files
Gerar coleção de ficheiros QtHelp
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN""http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"><html><head><title></title></head><body style="background-color:{BodyBgColor};color:{BodyColor}"><h1 style="background-color:{Level1HeaderBgColor};color:{Level1HeaderColor}">Level 1 Header</h1><h3 style="background-color:{Level2HeaderBgColor};color:{Level2HeaderColor}">Level 2 Header</h3><h2 style="background-color:{CFBgColor};color:{CFColor}">Class and Function Header</h2>Standard body text with <a style="color:{LinkColor}">some links</a> embedded.</body></html>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//PT""http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"><html><head><title></title></head><body style="background-color:{BodyBgColor};color:{BodyColor}"><h1 style="background-color:{Level1HeaderBgColor};color:{Level1HeaderColor}">Cabeçalho de Nível 1</h1><h3 style="background-color:{Level2HeaderBgColor};color:{Level2HeaderColor}">Cabeçalho de Nível 2</h3><h2 style="background-color:{CFBgColor};color:{CFColor}">Cabeçalho de classe e função</h2>Corpo de texto normal com <a style="color:{LinkColor}">alguns vínculos</a> incorporados.</body></html>
Select output directory
Selecionar o diretório de saída
Select directory to exclude
Selecionar o diretório a excluir
Select CSS style sheet
Selecionar folha de estilo CSS
Style sheet (*.css);;All files (*)
Folha de estilo (*.css);;Ficheiros todos (*)
Select output directory for QtHelp files
Selecionar o diretório de saída para os ficheiros QtHelp
EricdocExecDialog
Ericdoc
Messages
Mensagens
<b>Ericdoc Execution</b>
<p>This shows the output of the Ericdoc generator command.</p>
<b>Execução Ericdoc</b>
<p>Mostra a saída do comando gerador de Ericdoc.</p>
Errors
Erros
<b>Ericdoc Execution</b>
<p>This shows the errors of the Ericdoc generator command.</p>
<b>Execução Ericdoc</b>
<p>Mostra os erros do comando gerador de Ericdoc.</p>
{0} - {1}
Process Generation Error
Erro no Processo de Geração
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
{0} finished.
{0} acabout.
EricdocPlugin
Eric5 Documentation Generator
Gerador de Documentação do Eric5
Generate documentation (eric5_doc)
Criar documentação (eric5_doc)
Generate &documentation (eric5_doc)
Criar &documentação (eric5_doc)
Generate &documentation (eric6_doc)
Criar &documentação (eric5_doc) {6_?}
<b>Generate documentation</b><p>Generate API documentation using eric5_doc.</p>
<b>Criar documentação</b><p>Criar documentação da API utilizando eric5_doc.</p>
Qt Help Tools
Ferramentas de Ajuda de Qt
Eric6 Documentation Generator
Gerador de Documentação do Eric5 {6 ?}
Generate documentation (eric6_doc)
Criar documentação (eric5_doc) {6_?}
Generate API documentation using eric6_doc
Criar documentação da API utilizando eric5_doc {6_?}
<b>Generate documentation</b><p>Generate API documentation using eric6_doc.</p>
<b>Criar documentação</b><p>Criar documentação da API utilizando eric5_doc.</p> {6_?}
ErrorLogDialog
Error Log Found
Encontrado Registo de Erros
<b>An error log file was found. What should be done with it?</b>
<b>Encontrado um ficheiro de registo de erros. Que é que se lhe deve fazer?</b>
Press to send an email
Pressionar para enviar um correio eletrónico
Send Bug Email
Enviar Falho por Correio Eletrónico
Press to ignore the error and delete the log file
Pressionar para ignorar o erro e apagar o ficheiro do registo
Ignore and Delete
Ignorar e Apagar
Press to ignore the error but keep the log file
Pressionar para ignorar o erro mas manter o ficheiro do registo
Ignore but Keep
Ignorar mas Manter
Delete
Apagar
Close
Fechar
Error Log
Registo de Erro
ExceptionLogger
Exceptions
Exceções
Exception
Exceção
<b>Exceptions Logger</b><p>This windows shows a trace of all exceptions, that have occured during the last debugging session. Initially only the exception type and exception message are shown. After the expansion of this entry, the complete call stack as reported by the client is show with the most recent call first.</p>
Show source
Mostrar fonte
Clear
Limpar
Configure...
Configurar...
An unhandled exception occured. See the shell window for details.
Ocurreu uma exceção sem tratamento. Ver a janela da shell para mais detalhes.
ExceptionsFilterDialog
Exceptions Filter
Filtro de Exceções
<b>Exception Filter</b>
<p>This dialog is used to enter the exception types, that shall be highlighted during a debugging session. If this list is empty, all exception types will be highlighted. If the exception reporting flag in the "Start Debugging" dialog is unchecked, no exception will be reported at all.</p>
<p>Please note, that unhandled exceptions are always highlighted independent of these settings.</p>
<b>Filtro de Exceções</b>
<p>Esta caixa de diálogo usa-se para introduzir os tipos de exceções que se devem ressaltar durante a sessão de depuração. Se esta lista está vazia, todas os tipos de exceções serão ressaltados. Se o sinalizador de relatório de exceções na caixa de diálogo "Começar Depuração" está desmarcado, nenhuma exceção será reportada.</p>
<p>Por favor note-se que as exceções sem tratar sempre serão ressaltadas, independentemente das definições.</p>
List of exceptions that shall be highlighted
Lista de exceções que deverão ser ressaltadas
Press to add the entered exception to the list
Pressionar para adicionar à lista a exceção introduzida
Add
Adicionar
Enter an exception type that shall be highlighted
Introduzir um tipo de exceção que deva ser ressaltada
Press to delete the selected exception from the list
Pressionar para apagar a exceção marcada da lista
Delete
Apagar
Press to delete all exceptions from the list
Pressionar para apagar todas as exceções da lista
Delete All
Apagar Tudo
Ignored Exceptions
Exceções Ignoradas
List of ignored exceptions
Lista de exceções ignoradas
Exporter
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
ExporterBase
Export source
Exportar fonte
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> já existe. Sobrescrever?</p>
ExporterHTML
HTML Files (*.html)
Ficheiros HTML (*.html)
Export source
Exportar fonte
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde exportar a fonte para <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
ExporterODT
ODT Files (*.odt)
Ficheiros ODT (*.odt)
Export source
Exportar fonte
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>A fonte não pôde ser exportada para <b>{0}</b>.</p>
ExporterPDF
PDF Files (*.pdf)
Ficheiros PDF (*.pdf)
Export source
Exportar fonte
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde exportar a fonte para <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
ExporterRTF
RTF Files (*.rtf)
Ficheiros RTF (*.rtf)
Export source
Exportar fonte
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde exportar a fonte para <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
ExporterTEX
TeX Files (*.tex)
Ficheiros TeX (*.tex)
Export source
Exportar fonte
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde exportar a fonte para <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
Exporters
HTML
RTF
PDF
TeX
ODT
FeedEditDialog
Edit Feed Data
Editar Dados da Fonte
Fill title and URL of a feed:
Preencher o título e URL da fonte:
Feed title:
Título da fonte:
Enter the title of the feed
Introduzir o título da fonte
Feed URL:
URL da fonte:
Enter the URL of the feed
Introduzir a URL da fonte
FeedsDialog
Add Feed
Adicionar Fonte
Add Feeds from this site
Adicionar Fontes deste sítio
Add
Adicionar
Add RSS Feed
Adicionar Fonte RSS
The feed was added successfully.
fonte foi adicionada com êxito.
The feed was already added before.
A fonte já tinha sido adicionada antes.
FeedsManager
Feeds Manager
News
Notícias
Press to reload all feeds
Pressionar para recarregar as fontes todas
Reload &All
Recarregar &Tudo
Press to reload the selected feed
&Reload
&Recarregar
Press to edit the selected feed
&Edit Feed
&Editar Fonte
Press to delete the selected feed
&Delete Feed
&Apagar Fonte
Duplicate Feed URL
URL da Fonte Duplicada
A feed with the URL {0} exists already. Aborting...
Já existe uma fonte com URL {0}. Abortando...
Delete Feed
Apagar Fonte
<p>Do you really want to delete the feed <b>{0}</b>?</p>
<p>Realmente deseja apagar a fonte <b>{0}</b>?</p>
Error fetching feed
&Open
A&brir
Open in New &Tab
Abrir num &Separador Novo
&Copy URL to Clipboard
&Copiar URL para Área de Transferência
&Show error data
&Mostrar dados do erro
Error loading feed
Erro ao carregar fonte
Fetch
Fetching from a remote Mercurial repository
Recuperando desde um repositório Mercurial remoto
FetchProjectHelper
Fetch changes
Fetch changes from a remote repository
<b>Fetch changes</b><p>This pulls changes from a remote repository into the local repository. If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed. Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new changes.</p>
Fetch
The project should be reread. Do this now?
FileDialogWizard
QFileDialog Wizard
Assistente para QFileDialog
Q&FileDialog Wizard...
Assistente para Q&FileDialog...
<b>QFileDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QFileDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>Assistente para QFileDialog</b><p>Este assistente abre uma caixa de diálogo para introduzir os parâmetros necessários para criar um QFileDialog. O código gerado será inserido na posição atual do cursor.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
FileDialogWizardDialog
QFileDialog Wizard
Assistente de QFileDialog
Type
Tipo
Select to create an 'Open File' dialog
Selecionar para criar uma caixa de diálogo "Abrir Ficheiro"
Open File
Abrir Ficheiro
Select to create an 'Open Files' dialog
Selecionar para criar uma caixa de diálogo "Abrir Ficheiros"
Open Files
Abrir Ficheiros
Select to create a 'Save File' dialog
Selecionar para criar uma caixa de diálogo "Gravar Ficheiro"
Save File
Gravar Ficheiro
Select to create a 'Select Directory' dialog
Select Directory
Selecionar Diretório
Select to create an 'Open File' dialog capturing the selected filter
Open File and Filter
Abrir Ficheiro e Filtro
Select to create an 'Open Files' dialog capturing the selected filter
Open Files and Filter
Abrir Ficheiros e Filtro
Select to create a 'Save File' dialog capturing the selected filter
Save File and Filter
Gravar Ficheiro e Filtro
Check to resolve symbolic links
Resolve Symlinks
File Dialog Properties
Check this if the contents of the edit names a variable or variable function
Is Variable
Enter the filter specifications separated by ';;'
Enter the working directory or a filename
Filters
Filtros
Select to show an overwrite confirmation dialog
Show overwrite confirmation
Start With / Working Directory
Directory Dialog Properties
Enter the working directory
Introduzir o diretório de trabalho
Working Directory
Check to display directories only
Show Directories Only
Test
PyQt Variant:
Enter the title text
Introduzir o texto do título
Parent
Pai
Select "self" as parent
Selecionar "self" como pai
self
Select "None" as parent
Selecionar "None" como pai
None
Select to enter a parent expression
Selecionar para introduzir uma expressão pai
Expression:
Expressão:
Enter the parent expression
Introduzir a expressão pai
Initial Filter
Enter the initial filter
Results
Resultados
Name Variable:
Filter Variable:
Title:
Título:
FileReply
<p><a class="link_parent" href="{0}">Change to parent directory</a></p>
<p><a class="link_parent" href="{0}">Mudar para o diretório pai</a></p>
<tr><th align="left">Name</th><th>Size</th><th align="left">Last modified</th></tr>
<tr><th align="left">Nome</th><th>Tamanho</th><th align="left">Última Modificação</th></tr>
{0} {1}
size unit
Listing of {0}
Lista de {0}
FiletypeAssociationDialog
Filetype Associations
Associações de Tipos de Ficheiros
Filename Pattern
Filetype
Tipo de Ficheiro
Press to delete the selected association
Delete
Apagar
Select the filetype to associate
Filetype:
Tipo de Ficheiro:
Enter the filename pattern to be associated
Filename Pattern:
Press to add or change the entered association
Add/Change
Adicionar/Alterar
Sources
Fontes
Forms
Formulários
Translations
Traduções
Resources
Recursos
Interfaces
Others
Outros
Ignore
Ignorar
FindFileDialog
Find in Files
Find &text:
Enter the search text or regular expression
Replace te&xt:
Enter the replacement text or regular expression
Select to match case sensitive
&Match upper/lower case
Select to match whole words only
Whole &word
Select if the searchtext is a regular expression
Regular &Expression
Select to open the first occurence automatically
Feeling Like
File type
Search in source files
&Sources
Search in resources
&Resources
Search in forms
&Forms
Search in interfaces
&Interfaces
Select to filter the files by a given filename pattern
Fi<er
Enter the filename wildcards separated by ';'
Find in
Search in files of the current project
&Project
&Projeto
Search in files of a directory tree to be entered below
&Directory tree
Enter the directory to search in
Select the directory via a directory selection dialog
Search in open files only
&Open files only
Shows the progress of the search action
File/Line
Ficheiro/Linha
Text
Press to apply the selected replacements
Replace
Substituir
Stop
Parar
Find
Encontrar
Replace in Files
Substituir em Ficheiros
Invalid search expression
<p>The search expression is not valid.</p><p>Error: {0}</p>
Select directory
Escolha o diretório
<p>Could not read the file <b>{0}</b>. Skipping it.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Could not save the file <b>{0}</b>. Skipping it.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde gravar o ficheiro <b>{0}</b>. Ignorando-o.</p><p>Razão: {1}</p>
Open
Abrir
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
<p>The current and the original hash of the file <b>{0}</b> are different. Skipping it.</p><p>Hash 1: {1}</p><p>Hash 2: {2}</p>
%v/%m Files
{0} / {1}
occurrences / files
%n occurrence(s)
%n file(s)
FindFileNameDialog
Find File
Enter filename (? matches any single character, * matches everything)
Enter file name to search for
.
Enter file extension to search for
Enabled to include the entered directory into the search
Search Path:
Enter the directory, the file should be searched in
Press to select the directory, the file should be searched in
Select to search in the project path
Search in &project
Alt+P
Select to search in sys.path
Search in &sys.path
Alt+S
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
Path
Caminho
Stop
Parar
Press to stop the search
Opens the selected file
Select search directory
FirefoxImporter
Mozilla Firefox stores its bookmarks in the <b>places.sqlite</b> SQLite database. This file is usually located in
Mozilla Firefox armazena os seus marcadores na base de dados SQLite </b>places.sqlite</b>. Normalmente este ficheiro está localizado em
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
Por favor escolha o ficheiro para começar a importar marcadores.
File '{0}' does not exist.
O ficheiro '{0}' não existe.
Unable to open database.
Reason: {0}
Incapaz de abrir a base de dados.
Razão: {0}
Mozilla Firefox Import
Importar de Mozilla Firefox
Imported {0}
Importado {0}
FontDialogWizard
QFontDialog Wizard
Assistente a QFontDialog
Q&FontDialog Wizard...
Assistente a Q&FontDialog...
<b>QFontDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QFontDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>Assistente a QFontDialog</b><p>Este assistente abre uma caixa de diálogo para introduzir os parâmetros necessários para criar um QFontDialog. O código gerado será inserido na posição atual do cursor.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
FontDialogWizardDialog
QFontDialog Wizard
Assistente a QFontDialog
Press to select a font via a dialog
Select Font ...
Selecionar Tipo de Letra...
Enter a variable name
Introduzir nome da variável
Test
Result:
Resultado:
Enter the result variable name
Introduzir o nome para a variável resultante
Font Variable:
Title:
Título:
Enter the title for the message box
Introduzir o título para caixa de mensagem
Parent
Pai
Select "self" as parent
Selecionar "self" como pai
self
Select "None" as parent
Selecionar "None" como pai
None
Select to enter a parent expression
Selecionar para introduzir uma expressão pai
Expression:
Expressão:
Enter the parent expression
Introduzir a expressão pai
FtpReply
<p><a class="link_parent" href="{0}">Change to parent directory</a></p>
<p><a class="link_parent" href="{0}">Mudar para o diretório pai</a></p>
<tr><th align="left">Name</th><th>Size</th><th align="left">Last modified</th></tr>
<tr><th align="left">Nome</th><th>Tamanho</th><th align="left">Última Modificação</th></tr>
{0} {1}
size unit
Listing of {0}
Lista de {0}
The proxy type seems to be wrong. If it is not in the list of supported proxy types please report it with the instructions given by the proxy.
{0}
O tipo de proxy parece estar mal. Se não está na lista de tipos de proxys suportadas por favor comunique-o com as instruções dadas pela proxy.
{0}
<b>Connect to proxy '{0}' using:</b>
<b>Conetar à proxy '{0}' usando:</b>
FtpSyncHandler
Cannot log in to FTP host.
Synchronization finished.
Acabada a sincronização.
No synchronization required.
Não necessita sincronizar.
GotoDialog
Goto
Ir a
&Line Number:
Número de &Linha:
Enter linenumber to go to
Introduza o número da linha onde ir
<b>Linenumber</b>
<p>Enter the linenumber to go to in this entry field.</p>
<b>Número de Linha</b>
<p>Introduzir neste campo o número da linha onde ir.</p>
Gpg
Verify Signatures
Verificar Assinaturas
Sign Revision
Revisão de Assinaturas
GpgProjectHelper
List Signed Changesets
List Signed Changesets...
List signed changesets
<b>List Signed Changesets</b><p>This opens a dialog listing all signed changesets.</p>
Verify Signatures
Verificar Assinaturas
Verify all signatures there may be for a particular revision
<b>Verify Signatures</b><p>This verifies all signatures there may be for a particular revision.</p>
Sign Revision
Revisão de Assinaturas
Add a signature for a selected revision
<b>Sign Revision</b><p>This adds a signature for a selected revision.</p>
GPG
GraphicsPage
<b>Configure graphics settings</b>
<b>Configurar definições gráficas</b>
Press to select the font for the graphic items
Pressionar para selecionar o tipo de letra para os itens gráficos
Graphics Font
Tipo de Letra dos Gráficos
GreaseMonkeyAddScriptDialog
GreaseMonkey Script Installation
Instalação de Script GreaseMonkey
<h2>GreaseMonkey Script Installation</h2>
<h2>Instalação de Script GreaseMonkey</h2>
You are about to install this userscript into GreaseMonkey:
<b>You should only install scripts from sources you trust!</b>
Are you sure you want to install it?
Press to open an editor with the script's source
Show source code of script
<p>runs at:<br/><i>{0}</i></p>
<p>does not run at:<br/><i>{0}</i></p>
<p><b>{0}</b> installed successfully.</p>
<p>Cannot install script.</p>
<p>Não pode instalar script.</p>
GreaseMonkeyConfigurationDialog
GreaseMonkey Scripts Configuration
<h2>GreaseMonkey Scripts</h2>
Press to open the scripts directory
Open Scripts Directory
Remove Script
<p>Are you sure you want to remove <b>{0}</b>?</p>
Double clicking script will show additional information.
<p>Get more scripts from <a href="www.userscript.org">userscript.org</a>.</p>
GreaseMonkeyConfigurationScriptInfoDialog
<h2>GreaseMonkey Script Details</h2>
<h2>Detalhes de Script GreaseMonkey</h2>
Name:
Nome:
Version:
URL:
Start at:
Description:
Descrição:
Runs at:
Does not run at:
Press to open an editor with the script's source
Show source code of script
Script Details of {0}
GreaseMonkeyDownloader
GreaseMonkey Download
Descárrega GreaseMonkey
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be opened for writing.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde abrir o ficheiro <b>{0}</b> para escrever.<br/>Razão: {1}</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> is already installed.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> já está instalado.</p>
HelpAppearancePage
<b>Configure help viewer appearance</b>
<b>Configurar a aparencia do visualizador de ajuda</b>
Fonts
Tipos de Letra
Press to select the standard font
Pressionar para escolher o tipo de letra padrão
Standard Font
Tipo de Letra Padrão
Times 16
Press to select the fixed-width font
Pressionar para selecionar o tipo de letra de largura fixa
Fixed-Width Font
Tipo de Letra de Largura Fixa
Courier 13
Colours
Cores
Background colour of secure URLs:
Cor de Fundo das URL seguras:
Select the background colour for secure URLs.
Selecionar a cor de fundo para as URL seguras.
Images
Imagens
Select to load images
Marcar para carregar imagens
Load images
Carregar Imagens
Style Sheet
Folha de Estilo
User Style Sheet:
Folha de Estilo de Usuário:
Enter the file name of a user style sheet
Introduzir o nome de ficheiro de uma folha de estilo do usuário
Select the user style sheet via a file selection dialog
Selecionar a folha de estilo do usuário através de uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Select Style Sheet
Selecionar a Folha de Estilo
Tabs
Separadores
Show only one close button instead of one for each tab
Apenas mostrar um botão de fechar em vez de um por separador
Warn, if multiple tabs are about to be closed
Avisar se está prestes a fechar múltiplos separadores
Select to issue a warning, if multiple tabs are about to be closed
Selecionar para que avise quanto esteja prestes a fechar múltiplos separadores
HelpBrowser
<b>Help Window</b><p>This window displays the selected help information.</p>
<b>Janela de Ajuda</b><p>Esta janela mostra a informação da ajuda selecionada.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not exist.</p>
<p>Não existe o ficheiro <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start a viewer for file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start an application for URL <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Open Link in New TabCtrl+LMB
Save Lin&k
Gravar Enla&ce
Bookmark this Link
Copy Link to Clipboard
Copiar Vínculo para a Área de Transferência
Open Image in New Tab
Abrir imagem num Separador Novo
Save Image
Gravar Imagem
Copy Image to Clipboard
Copiar Imagem para a Área de Transferência
Copy Image Location to Clipboard
Copiar Localização da Imagem para a Área de Transferência
Block Image
Bloquear Imagem
Bookmark this Page
Marcar esta Página
Search with...
Procurar com...
Add to web search toolbar
Web Inspector...
Inspetor Web...
Method not supported
{0} method is not supported.
Search engine
Motor de busca
Choose the desired search engine
Engine name
Nome do Motor
Enter a name for the engine
Introduzir um nome para o motor
Error loading page: {0}
Erro ao carregar a página: {0}
When connecting to: {0}.
Check the address for errors such as <b>ww</b>.example.org instead of <b>www</b>.example.org
If the address is correct, try checking the network connection.
If your computer or network is protected by a firewall or proxy, make sure that the browser is permitted to access the network.
If your cache policy is set to offline browsing,only pages in the local cache are available.
Web Database Quota
<p>The database quota of <strong>{0}</strong> has been exceeded while accessing database <strong>{1}</strong>.</p><p>Shall it be changed?</p>
New Web Database Quota
Enter the new quota in MB (current = {0}, used = {1}; step size = 5 MB):
bytes
kB
MB
Scan Link with VirusTotal
Escanear Vínculo com VirusTotal
Scan Image with VirusTotal
Escanear Imagem com VirusTotal
eric5 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5
Send Link
Enviar Link
Send Image Link
Enviar Vínculo da Imagem
This Frame
Show &only this frame
Show in new &tab
Mostrar num &separador novo
&Print
Im&primir
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Print as PDF
Imprimir como PDF
Zoom &in
Apro&ximar
Zoom &reset
&Repor Zoom
Zoom &out
A&fastar
Show frame so&urce
Send Page Link
Enviar o Vínculo da Página
Send Text
Enviar Texto
Google Translate
Dictionary
Dicionário
Go to web address
User Agent
Try Again
Tentar de Novo
Play
Pause
Pausa
Unmute
Mute
Copy Media Address to Clipboard
Send Media Address
Save Media
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5. Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Imprimir não está disponível devido a um falho em PyQt4. Por favor atualize.</p> {5.?}
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5.Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Imprimir não está disponível devido a um falho em PyQt4.Por favor atualize.</p> {5.?}
HelpClearPrivateDataDialog
Clear Private Data
Select to clear the browsing history
&Browsing History
Select to clear the search history
&Search History
Select to clear the cookies
&Cookies
Select to clear the disk cache
Cached &Web Pages
Select to clear the website icons
Website &Icons
Select to clear the saved passwords
Saved &Passwords
Select to delete all web databases
Web &Databases
Select to clear the download history
Select the history period to be deleted
Last Hour
Última Hora
Last Day
Último Dia
Last Week
Última Semana
Last 4 Weeks
Últimas 4 Semanas
Whole Period
Select to clear cookies set by the Adobe Flash Player
Download &History
Cookies from Adobe &Flash Player
HelpDocsInstaller
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be registered. <br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde registar. <br/>Motivo: {1}</p>
HelpDocumentationPage
<b>Configure help documentation</b>
<b>Configurar a documentação de ajuda</b>
Qt4 Documentation
Documentação de Qt4
Press to select the Qt4 documentation directory via a dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o diretório da documentação de Qt4 por meio da caixa de diálogo
Enter the Qt4 documentation directory
Introduza o diretório da documentação de Qt4
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the QT4DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>Nota</b>: Deixar vazio para usar a variável de ambiente QT4DOCDIR, se definida.
PyQt4 Documentation
Documentação de PyQt4
Press to select the PyQt4 documentation directory via a dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o diretório da documentação de PyQt4 por meio da caixa de diálogo
Enter the PyQt4 documentation directory
Introduza o diretório da documentação de PyQt4
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYQT4DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>Nota</b>: Deixar vazio para usar a variável de ambiente PYQT4DOCDIR, se definida.
PySide Documentation
Documentação de PySide
Press to select the PySide documentation directory via a dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o diretório da documentação de PySide por meio da caixa de diálogo
Enter the PySide documentation directory
Introduza o diretório da documentação de Pyside
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYSIDEDOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>Nota</b>: Deixar vazio para usar a variável de ambiente PYSIDEDOCDIR, se definida.
HTML Files (*.html *.htm);;Compressed Help Files (*.chm);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros HTML (*.html *.htm);;Ficheiros de Ajuda Comprimidos (*.chm);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select Qt4 documentation entry
Selecionar a entrada de documentação de Qt4
HTML Files (*.html *.htm);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros HTML (*.html *.htm);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select PyQt4 documentation entry
Selecionar a entrada de documentação de PyQt4
Select PySide documentation entry
Selecionar a entrada de documentação de PySide
Python 2 Documentation
Documentação de Python 2
Press to select the Python 2 documentation directory via a dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o diretório da documentação de Python 2 por meio da caixa de diálogo
Enter the Python 2 documentation directory
Introduza o diretório da documentação de Python 2
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYTHON2DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>Nota</b>: Deixar vazio para usar a variável de ambiente PYTHON2DOCDIR, se definida.
Python 3 Documentation
Documentação de Python 3
Press to select the Python 3 documentation directory via a dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o diretório da documentação de Python 3 por meio da caixa de diálogo
Enter the Python 3 documentation directory
Introduza o diretório da documentação de Python 3
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYTHON3DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>Nota</b>: Deixar vazio para usar a variável de ambiente PYTHON3DOCDIR, se definida.
Select Python 2 documentation entry
Selecionar a entrada de documentação de Python 2
Select Python 3 documentation entry
Selecionar a entrada de documentação de Python 3
Qt5 Documentation
Documentação de Qt5
Press to select the Qt5 documentation directory via a dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o diretório da documentação de Qt5 por meio da caixa de diálogo
Enter the Qt5 documentation directory
Introduza o diretório da documentação de Qt5
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the QT5DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>Nota</b>: Deixar vazio para usar a variável de ambiente QT5DOCDIR, se definida.
Select Qt5 documentation entry
Selecionar a entrada de documentação de Qt5
PyQt5 Documentation
Documentação de PyQt5
Press to select the PyQt5 documentation directory via a dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o diretório da documentação de PyQt5 por meio da caixa de diálogo
Enter the PyQt5 documentation directory
Introduza o diretório da documentação de PyQt5
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYQT5DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>Nota</b>: Deixar vazio para usar a variável de ambiente PYQT5DOCDIR, se definida.
Select PyQt5 documentation entry
Selecionar a entrada de documentação de PyQt5
HelpIndexWidget
&Look for:
&Procurar por:
Open Link
Abrir Vínculo
Open Link in New Tab
Abrir Vínculo Num Separador Novo
HelpInterfacePage
<b>Configure User Interface</b>
<b>Configurar Interface de Usuário</b>
Style:
Select the interface style
Style Sheet:
Enter the name of the style sheet file
Select the style sheet file via a file selection dialog
System
Sistema
Select style sheet file
Qt Style Sheets (*.qss);;Cascading Style Sheets (*.css);;All files (*)
HelpLanguagesDialog
Languages
Idiomas
Languages in order of preference:
Idiomas em ordem de preferência:
&Up
&Cima
&Down
&Abaixo
&Remove
&Retirar
&Add
&Adicionar
HelpSearchWidget
Open Link
Abrir Vínculo
Open Link in New Tab
Abrir Vínculo Num Separador Novo
HelpTabWidget
Show a navigation menu
Mostrar um menú de navegação
Close the current help window
Fechar a janela de ajuda actual
Open a new help window tab
New Tab
Separador Novo
Move Left
Mover à esquerda
Move Right
Mover à direita
Duplicate Page
Duplicar Página
Close
Fechar
Close Others
Fechar Outros
Close All
Fechar Tudo
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Print
Imprimir
Print as PDF
Imprimir como PDF
Bookmark All Tabs
Marcar Todos os Separadores
...
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt4.Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Imprimir não está disponível devido a um falho em PyQt4.Por favor atualize.</p>
Loading...
Carregando...
Finished loading
Acabou de carregar
Failed to load
Falhou ao carregar
Are you sure you want to close the window?
Tem a certeza de que quer fechar a janela?
Are you sure you want to close the window?
You have %n tab(s) open.
Tem a certeza de que quer fechar a janela?
Tem um separador aberto.
Tem a certeza de que quer fechar a janela?
Tem %n separadores abertos.
&Close
Fe&char
&Quit
Sai&r
C&lose Current Tab
F&echar o Separador Atual
eric5 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5
Show a navigation menu for closed tabs
Mostrar um menú de navegação para os separadores fechados
Reload All
Recarregar Tudo
Restore Closed Tab
Restaurar o Separador Fechado
Restore All Closed Tabs
Restaurar Todos os Separadores Fechados
Clear List
Limpar Lista
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt4. Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Imprimir não está disponível devido a um falho em PyQt4. Por favor atualize.</p>
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5. Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Imprimir não está disponível devido a um falho em PyQt4. Por favor atualize.</p> {5.?}
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5.Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Imprimir não está disponível devido a um falho em PyQt4.Por favor atualize.</p> {5.?}
HelpTocWidget
Open Link
Abrir Vínculo
Open Link in New Tab
Abrir Vínculo Num Separador Novo
HelpTopicDialog
Select Help Topic
Selecionar o Tópico de Ajuda
&Topics:
&Tópicos:
Choose a &topic for <b>{0}</b>:
Escolha um &tópico para <b>{0}</b>:
HelpViewersPage
<b>Configure help viewers</b>
<b>Configurar os visualizadores de ajuda</b>
Help Viewer
Visualizador de Ajuda
Enter the custom viewer to be used
Introduzir o visualizador personalizado a usar
Press to select the custom viewer via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o visualizador personalizado através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Select to use a custom viewer
Selecionar para usar um visualizador personalizado
Custom
Personalizado
Select to use Qt Assistant
Selecionar para usar Assistente Qt
Qt Assistant
Assistente Qt
Select to use the Eric Web Browser
Selecionar para usar Navegador Web Eric
Eric Web Browser
Navegador Web Eric
Select Custom Viewer
Selecionar o Visualizador Personalizado
Select Web-Browser
Selecionar Navegaor Web
Select PDF-Viewer
Selecionar o Visualizador de PDF
Select CHM-Viewer
Selecionar o Visualizador de CHM
Select to use the configured web browser of the system
Selecionar para usar o navegador web configurado no sistema
System Web Browser
Navegador Web do Sistema
HelpVirusTotalPage
<b>Configure VirusTotal Interface</b>
<b>Configurar Interface de VirusTotal</b>
Select to enable the VirusTotal interface
Selecionar para habilitar a interface de VirusTotal
Enable VirusTotal
Habilitar VirusTotal
Service Key
Chave de Serviço
Enter your personal VirusTotal service key (s. <a href="http://virustotal.com">VirusTotal ©</a> for details):
Introduzir a sua chave de serviço pessoal de VirusTotal (s. <a href="http://virustotal.com">VirusTotal ©</a> para mais pormenores):
Test Service Key
Testar Chave de Serviço
Select to use secure (https) connections
Selecionar para usar conexões seguras (https)
Use secure (https) connections
Usar conexões seguras (https)
Checking validity of the service key...
Verificando validade da chave de serviço...
The service key is valid.
A chave de serviço é válida.
<font color="#FF0000">The service key is not valid.</font>
<font color="#FF0000">A chave de serviço não é válida.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Error:</b> {0}</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Erro:</b> {0}</font>
HelpWebBrowserPage
<b>Configure web browser</b>
<b>Configurar o navegador web</b>
Select to use a single help browser window only
Selecionar para usar uma única janela de navegador de ajuda
Use single web browser window
Usar uma única janela de navegação web
Select to enable suggestions for web searches
Selecionar para habilitar sugestões nas buscas na web
Show suggestions for web searches
Mostrar sugestões para buscas web
Select to save the window size and position
Selecionar para gravar o tamanho e posição da janela
Save size and position upon exit
Guardar tamanho e posição ao sair
Select to show a page preview when the mouse hovers over the tab
Selecionar para mostrar uma antevisão quando o rato se mantem sobre o separador
Show preview when hovering tab
Mostrar antevisão ao manter no separador
Startup
On startup:
Select the startup behavior
Home Page:
Página de Início:
Enter the desired home page
Introduzir a página de início desejada
Press to set the current page as the home page
Pressionar para definir a página atual como Página de Início
Set to current page
Definir para a página atual
Press to set the default home page
Pressionar para definir a página de início padrão
Set to default home page
Definir para página de início padrão
Scheme
Esquema
Default Scheme:
Esquema Padrão:
Select the default scheme
Selecionar o esquema padrão
<b>Default Scheme</b><p>Select the default scheme. This scheme is prepended to URLs, that don't contain one.</p>
<b>Esquema Padrão</b><p>Seleciona o esquema padrão. Este esquema será anteposto a URLs que não tenham um.</p>
Privacy
Privacidade
Select to enable Java
Selecionar para habilitar Java
Enable Java
Habilitar Java
Select to enable JavaScript
Selecionar para habilitar JavaScript
Enable JavaScript
Habilitar JavaScript
Select to allow JavaScript to open windows
Selecionar para habilitar JavaScript abrir janelas
JavaScript can open windows
JavaScript pode abrir janelas
Select to allow JavaScript to access the clipboard
Selecionar para permitir o JavaScript aceder à área de transferência
JavaScript can access clipboard
JavaScript pode aceder área de transferência
Select to enable plugins in web pages
Selecionar para habilitar complementos nas páginas web
Enable Plugins
Habilitar Plugins
History
Historial
Remove history items:
Retirar artigos do historial:
Select the period for expiration of history entries
Selecione a data em que expiram as entradas do historial
After one day
Após um dia
After one week
Após uma semana
After two weeks
Após duas semanas
After one month
Após um mês
After one year
Após um ano
Manually
Manualmente
On application exit
Ao fechar a aplicação
Browser Cache
Enable disk cache
Policy
Política
Select to prefer the network
Keep cache in sync
Select to prefer cached data
Use cache whenever possible
Select to use cached data only
Offline browsing mode
Modo de navegação desligado
Cache size:
Enter the maximum size of the disk cache
MB
Printing
Imprimindo
Select to print background colours and images
Selecionar para imprimir imagens e cores de fundo
Print background colours and images
Imprimir imagens e cores de fundo
Select to enable support for access keys
Enable access keys
Web Search
Procurar na Web
Language:
Linguagem:
Select the language to be used for web searches
Select to enabled the "Do Not Track" feature
Tell web sites I do not want to be tracked
Select to enable the browser's workaround for broken sites
Enable workaround for broken sites
Security
Segurança
Select to enable XSS auditing
Enable XSS Auditing
Navigation
Navegação
Select to enable the spatial navigation feature
<b>Enable Spatial Navigation</b>
<p>This enables or disables the Spatial Navigation feature, which consists in the ability to navigate between focusable elements in a Web page, such as hyperlinks and form controls, by using Left, Right, Up and Down arrow keys. For example, if a user presses the Right key, heuristics determine whether there is an element he might be trying to reach towards the right and which element he probably wants.</p>
Enable Spatial Navigation
Select to include links in focus chain
<b>Include Links in Focus Chain</b>
<p>This selects whether hyperlinks should be included in the keyboard focus chain.</p>
Include Links in Focus Chain
<b>Enable XSS Auditing</b>
<p>This selects whether load requests should be monitored for cross-site scripting attempts. Suspicious scripts will be blocked. These will be reported in theWeb Inspector's JavaScript console. Enabling this feature might have an impact on performance.</p>
Select to activate the Flash blocker
Use ClickToFlash on Flash plugins
Usar ClickToFlash nos plugins Flash
Select to send referer headers to the server
Send Referer header to servers
Show Home Page
Show Speed Dial
Show Empty Page
Press to edit the list of whitelisted hosts
Edit Referer Whitelist ...
Press to edit the list of hosts exempted from caching
Edit Exempted Hosts ...
HelpWebPage
Error loading page: {0}
Erro ao carregar a página: {0}
When connecting to: {0}.
Check the address for errors such as <b>ww</b>.example.org instead of <b>www</b>.example.org
If the address is correct, try checking the network connection.
If your computer or network is protected by a firewall or proxy, make sure that the browser is permitted to access the network.
If your cache policy is set to offline browsing,only pages in the local cache are available.
Resending POST request
In order to display the site, the request along with all the data must be sent once again, which may lead to some unexpected behaviour of the site e.g. the same action might be performed once again. Do you want to continue anyway?
Try Again
Tentar de Novo
Content blocked by AdBlock Plus
Blocked by rule: <i>{0}</i>
Select files to upload...
SSL Info
This site does not contain SSL information.
HelpWebSearchWidget
Suggestions
Sugestões
No Recent Searches
Buscas Recentes Inexistentes
Recent Searches
Buscas Recentes
Add '{0}'
Adicionar '{0}'
Clear Recent Searches
Limpar Buscas Recentes
HelpWindow
eric5 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5
Contents
Conteúdo
Index
Índice
Search
Procurar
New Tab
Separador Novo
&New Tab
Separador &Novo
Ctrl+T
File|New Tab
Open a new help window tab
<b>New Tab</b><p>This opens a new help window tab.</p>
New Window
Janela Nova
New &Window
&Janela Nova
Ctrl+N
File|New Window
Open a new help browser window
<b>New Window</b><p>This opens a new help browser window.</p>
Open File
Abrir Ficheiro
&Open File
&Abrir Ficheiro
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Open a help file for display
<b>Open File</b><p>This opens a new help file for display. It pops up a file selection dialog.</p>
Open File in New Tab
Open File in New &Tab
Shift+Ctrl+O
File|Open in new tab
Open a help file for display in a new tab
<b>Open File in New Tab</b><p>This opens a new help file for display in a new tab. It pops up a file selection dialog.</p>
&Save As...
&Gravar Como...
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Save the current page to disk
<b>Save As...</b><p>Saves the current page to disk.</p>
Import Bookmarks
Importar Marcadores
&Import Bookmarks...
&Importar Marcadores...
Import bookmarks from other browsers
<b>Import Bookmarks</b><p>Import bookmarks from other browsers.</p>
Export Bookmarks
Exportar Marcadores
&Export Bookmarks...
Export the bookmarks into a file
<b>Export Bookmarks</b><p>Export the bookmarks into a file.</p>
Print
Imprimir
&Print
Im&primir
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Print the displayed help
<b>Print</b><p>Print the displayed help text.</p>
Print as PDF
Imprimir como PDF
Print the displayed help as PDF
<b>Print as PDF</b><p>Print the displayed help text as a PDF file.</p>
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Print preview of the displayed help
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview of the displayed help text.</p>
Close
Fechar
&Close
Fe&char
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Close the current help window
Fechar a janela de ajuda actual
<b>Close</b><p>Closes the current help window.</p>
<b>Fechar</b><p>Fechar a janela de ajuda actual.</p>
Close All
Fechar Tudo
Close &All
Fechar &Tudo
Close all help windows
Fechar todas as janelas de ajuda
<b>Close All</b><p>Closes all help windows except the first one.</p>
Private Browsing
Navegação Privada
Private &Browsing
Navega&ção Privada
<b>Private Browsing</b><p>Enables private browsing. In this mode no history is recorded anymore.</p>
Quit
Sair
&Quit
Sai&r
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Backward
Retroceder
&Backward
&Retroceder
Alt+Left
Go|Backward
Backspace
Go|Backward
Move one help screen backward
<b>Backward</b><p>Moves one help screen backward. If none is available, this action is disabled.</p>
Forward
Avançar
&Forward
&Avançar
Alt+Right
Go|Forward
Shift+Backspace
Go|Forward
Move one help screen forward
<b>Forward</b><p>Moves one help screen forward. If none is available, this action is disabled.</p>
Home
&Home
Ctrl+Home
Go|Home
Move to the initial help screen
<b>Home</b><p>Moves to the initial help screen.</p>
Reload
Recarregar
&Reload
&Recarregar
Ctrl+R
Go|Reload
F5
Go|Reload
Reload the current help screen
<b>Reload</b><p>Reloads the current help screen.</p>
Stop
Parar
&Stop
&Parar
Ctrl+.
Go|Stop
Esc
Go|Stop
Stop loading
Parar a carga
<b>Stop</b><p>Stops loading of the current tab.</p>
Copy
Copiar
&Copy
&Copiar
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Copy the selected text
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected text to the clipboard.</p>
Find...
Encontrar...
&Find...
&Encontrar...
Ctrl+F
Edit|Find
Find text in page
Encontrar o texto na página
<b>Find</b><p>Find text in the current page.</p>
Find next
Encontrar seguinte
Find &next
Encontrar &seguinte
F3
Edit|Find next
Find next occurrence of text in page
<b>Find next</b><p>Find the next occurrence of text in the current page.</p>
Find previous
Find &previous
Encontrar &anterior
Shift+F3
Edit|Find previous
Find previous occurrence of text in page
<b>Find previous</b><p>Find the previous occurrence of text in the current page.</p>
Manage Bookmarks
Gerir Marcadores
&Manage Bookmarks...
&Gerir Marcadores...
Ctrl+Shift+B
Help|Manage bookmarks
Open a dialog to manage the bookmarks.
<b>Manage Bookmarks...</b><p>Open a dialog to manage the bookmarks.</p>
Add Bookmark
Adicionar Marcador
Add &Bookmark...
Adicionar &Marcador...
Ctrl+D
Help|Add bookmark
Open a dialog to add a bookmark.
<b>Add Bookmark</b><p>Open a dialog to add the current URL as a bookmark.</p>
Add Folder
Adicionar Diretório
Add &Folder...
Adicionar &Diretório...
Open a dialog to add a new bookmarks folder.
<b>Add Folder...</b><p>Open a dialog to add a new bookmarks folder.</p>
Bookmark All Tabs
Marcar Todos os Separadores
Bookmark All Tabs...
Bookmark all open tabs.
<b>Bookmark All Tabs...</b><p>Open a dialog to add a new bookmarks folder for all open tabs.</p>
What's This?
Que é isto?
&What's This?
&Que é Isto?
Shift+F1
Help|What's This?'
Context sensitive help
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
About
Acerca
&About
A&cerca
Display information about this software
Mostra a informação acerca deste software
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>Acerca</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca deste software.</p>
About Qt
Acerca de Qt
About &Qt
Acerca de &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
Mostra informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>Acerca de Qt</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt.</p>
Zoom in
Aproximar
Zoom &in
Apro&ximar
Ctrl++
View|Zoom in
Zoom in on the text
Aproximar no texto
<b>Zoom in</b><p>Zoom in on the text. This makes the text bigger.</p>
<b>Aproximar</b><p>Aproximar no texto. Isto faz o texto mais grande.</p>
Zoom out
Afastar
Zoom &out
A&fastar
Ctrl+-
View|Zoom out
Zoom out on the text
Afastar no texto
<b>Zoom out</b><p>Zoom out on the text. This makes the text smaller.</p>
<b>Afastar</b><p>Afastar no texto. Isto faz o texto mais pequeno.</p>
Zoom reset
Restaurar zoom
Zoom &reset
Ctrl+0
View|Zoom reset
Reset the zoom of the text
Reiniciar o zoom do texto
<b>Zoom reset</b><p>Reset the zoom of the text. This sets the zoom factor to 100%.</p>
Zoom text only
Zoom &text only
Zoom text only; pictures remain constant
<b>Zoom text only</b><p>Zoom text only; pictures remain constant.</p>
Show page source
Mostrar código da página
Ctrl+U
Show the page source in an editor
<b>Show page source</b><p>Show the page source in an editor.</p>
Full Screen
Ecrã Inteiro
&Full Screen
Ecrã &Inteiro
F11
Show next tab
Mostrar o separador seguinte
Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Show previous tab
Mostrar o separador anterior
Shift+Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Switch between tabs
Mudar entre separadores
Ctrl+1
Preferences
Preferências
&Preferences...
&Preferências...
Set the prefered configuration
<b>Preferences</b><p>Set the configuration items of the application with your prefered values.</p>
Languages
Idiomas
&Languages...
&Idiomas...
Configure the accepted languages for web pages
<b>Languages</b><p>Configure the accepted languages for web pages.</p>
Cookies
C&ookies...
Configure cookies handling
<b>Cookies</b><p>Configure cookies handling.</p>
Offline Storage
Offline &Storage...
Configure offline storage
<b>Offline Storage</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure offline storage.</p>
Sync with Table of Contents
Sincronizar com a Tabela de Conteúdos
Synchronizes the table of contents with current page
Sincroniza a tabela de conteúdos com a página atual
<b>Sync with Table of Contents</b><p>Synchronizes the table of contents with current page.</p>
Table of Contents
Tabela de Conteúdos
Shows the table of contents window
<b>Table of Contents</b><p>Shows the table of contents window.</p>
Shows the index window
Mostra a janela de Índice
<b>Index</b><p>Shows the index window.</p>
Shows the search window
Mostra a janela de procura
<b>Search</b><p>Shows the search window.</p>
Manage QtHelp Documents
Gerir Documentação QtHelp
Manage QtHelp &Documents
Gerir &Documentação QtHelp
Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp documentation set
<b>Manage QtHelp Documents</b><p>Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp documentation set.</p>
Manage QtHelp Filters
Gerir Filtros QtHelp
Manage QtHelp &Filters
Gerir &Filtros QtHelp
Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp filters
<b>Manage QtHelp Filters</b><p>Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp filters.</p>
Reindex Documentation
Reindexar a Documentação
&Reindex Documentation
&Reindexar a Documentação
Reindexes the documentation set
Reindexa a Documentação
<b>Reindex Documentation</b><p>Reindexes the documentation set.</p>
Clear private data
Limpar dados privados
&Clear private data
&Limpar dados privados
<b>Clear private data</b><p>Clears the private data like browsing history, search history or the favicons database.</p>
Clear icons database
Limpar base de dados dos ícones
Clear &icons database
L&impar base de dados dos Ícones
Clear the database of favicons
<b>Clear icons database</b><p>Clears the database of favicons of previously visited URLs.</p>
Configure Search Engines
Configure Search &Engines...
Configure the available search engines
<b>Configure Search Engines...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the available search engines.</p>
Manage Saved Passwords
Gerir Senhas Gravadas
Manage Saved Passwords...
Gerir Senhas Gravadas...
Manage the saved passwords
Gerir as senhas gravadas
<b>Manage Saved Passwords...</b><p>Opens a dialog to manage the saved passwords.</p>
Ad Block
&Ad Block...
Configure AdBlock subscriptions and rules
<b>Ad Block...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure AdBlock subscriptions and rules.</p>
Show the network monitor dialog
&File
&Ficheiro
&Edit
&Editar
&View
&Vista
Text Encoding
&Go
&Ir
H&istory
H&istorial
&Bookmarks
&Marcadores
&Settings
Definiçõe&s
&Tools
&Ferramentas
&Window
&Janela
&Help
&Ajuda
File
Ficheiro
Edit
Editar
View
Vista
Find
Encontrar
Filter
Filtro
Filtered by:
Settings
Definições
Help
Ajuda
Go
Ir
Help Files (*.html *.htm);;PDF Files (*.pdf);;CHM Files (*.chm);;All Files (*)
Saved Tabs
<b>Are you sure you want to turn on private browsing?</b><p>When private browsing is turned on, web pages are not added to the history, searches are not added to the list of recent searches and web site icons and cookies are not stored. HTML5 offline storage will be deactivated. Until you close the window, you can still click the Back and Forward buttons to return to the web pages you have opened.</p>
Could not find an associated content.
Updating search index
Actualizando o índice de busca
Looking for Documentation...
Procurando a Documentação...
Unfiltered
Help Engine
ISO
Windows
ISCII
Unicode
Other
Outro
IBM
Default Encoding
Downloads
Descargas
Shows the downloads window
Mostra a janela das descargas
<b>Downloads</b><p>Shows the downloads window.</p>
<b>Descargas</b><p>Mostra a janela das descargas.</p>
VirusTotal
<h2>File search</h2><p>In order to search for the last VirusTotal report on a given file just enter its hash. Currently the allowed hashes are MD5, SHA1 and SHA256. You can also search for a particular file report by typing in its permalink id.</p><h2>URL search</h2><p>URL searches are simple, just type in the given URL, the application will normalize it and compare it with the entries in VirusTotal's database. Alternatively you may enter the MD5 hash of an URL preceded by "url:", e.g. url:7f911bbcf618f052ac6b9928600d2820.</p><h2>User search</h2><p>Do you want to know whether a friend has a VT Community account? Simply type in his nick preceded by the symbol "@", e.g. @EmilianoMartinez.</p><h2>Search through comments</h2><p>The comments in VT Community may often help in disinfecting your PC or may proof themselves useful when analysing a particular malware sample, comment tags enable users to search through the VT Community reviews. The standard file tags are: {0} The standard URL tags are: {1}User generated tags are preceded by the symbol "#", e.g. #disinfect.</p>
Search VirusTotal
Buscar VirusTotal
Scan current site
VirusTotal Scan
<p>The VirusTotal scan could not be scheduled.<p>
<p>Reason: {0}</p>
RSS Feeds Dialog
&RSS Feeds Dialog...
Ctrl+Shift+F
Help|RSS Feeds Dialog
Open a dialog showing the configured RSS feeds.
<b>RSS Feeds Dialog...</b><p>Open a dialog to show the configured RSS feeds. It can be used to mange the feeds and to show their contents.</p>
Siteinfo Dialog
&Siteinfo Dialog...
Ctrl+Shift+I
Help|Siteinfo Dialog
Open a dialog showing some information about the current site.
<b>Siteinfo Dialog...</b><p>Opens a dialog showing some information about the current site.</p>
Tools
Ferramentas
Zoom In
View|Zoom in
Aproximar
Zoom Out
View|Zoom out
Afastar
Network Monitor
Monitor de Rede
&Network Monitor...
Mo&nitor de Rede...
<b>Network Monitor...</b><p>Shows the network monitor dialog.</p>
Restore Window
Restaurar Janela
Manage User Agent Settings
Manage &User Agent Settings
Shows a dialog to manage the User Agent settings
<b>Manage User Agent Settings</b><p>Shows a dialog to manage the User Agent settings.</p>
Global User Agent
Save As
Gravar Como
Save Page Screen
Save Page Screen...
Save the current page as a screen shot
<b>Save Page Screen...</b><p>Saves the current page as a screen shot.</p>
Synchronize data
Sincronizar dados
&Synchronize Data...
&Sincronizar Dados...
Shows a dialog to synchronize data via the network
<b>Synchronize Data...</b><p>This shows a dialog to synchronize data via the network.</p>
ClickToFlash
&ClickToFlash...
Configure ClickToFlash whitelist
<b>ClickToFlash...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the ClickToFlash whitelist.</p>
Personal Information
Informação Pessoal
Personal Information...
Informação Pessoal...
Configure personal information for completing form fields
<b>Personal Information...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the personal information used for completing form fields.</p>
GreaseMonkey Scripts
GreaseMonkey Scripts...
Configure the GreaseMonkey Scripts
<b>GreaseMonkey Scripts...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the available GreaseMonkey Scripts.</p>
Manage SSL Certificates
Gerir Certificados SSL
Manage SSL Certificates...
Gerir Certificados SSL...
Manage the saved SSL certificates
Gerir os certificados SSL gravados
<b>Manage SSL Certificates...</b><p>Opens a dialog to manage the saved SSL certificates.</p>
Edit Message Filters
Editar Filtros de Mensagens
Edit Message Filters...
Editar Filtros de Mensagens...
Edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages
<b>Edit Message Filters</b><p>Opens a dialog to edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages been shown in an error window.</p>
Save Visible Page Screen
Save Visible Page Screen...
Save the visible part of the current page as a screen shot
<b>Save Visible Page Screen...</b><p>Saves the visible part of the current page as a screen shot.</p>
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
Quit the eric6 Web Browser
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the eric6 Web Browser.</p>
<b>eric6 Web Browser - {0}</b><p>The eric6 Web Browser is a combined help file and HTML browser. It is part of the eric6 development toolset.</p>
Hg
The hg process finished with the exit code {0}
The hg process did not finish within 30s.
Could not start the hg executable.
Create project repository
The project repository could not be created.
Creating Mercurial repository
Initial commit to Mercurial repository
Cloning project from a Mercurial repository
Synchronizing with the Mercurial repository
Adding files/directories to the Mercurial repository
Removing files/directories from the Mercurial repository
Renaming {0}
Reverting changes
Merging
Mercurial command
Copying {0}
Pulling from a remote Mercurial repository
Pushing to a remote Mercurial repository
Creating branch in the Mercurial repository
Showing current branch
Verifying the integrity of the Mercurial repository
Showing the combined configuration settings
Showing aliases for remote repositories
Recovering from interrupted transaction
Identifying project directory
Create .hgignore file
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> exists already. Overwrite it?</p>
Create changegroup
Mercurial Changegroup Files (*.hg)
<p>The Mercurial changegroup file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Preview changegroup
Mercurial Changegroup Files (*.hg);;All Files (*)
Apply changegroups
Shall the working directory be updated?
Bisect subcommand ({0}) invalid.
Mercurial Bisect ({0})
Removing files from the Mercurial repository only
Backing out changeset
No revision given. Aborting...
Rollback last transaction
Are you sure you want to rollback the last transaction?
Committing changes to Mercurial repository
Mercurial Command Server
<p>The Mercurial Command Server could not be restarted.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The Mercurial Command Server could not be started.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Import Patch
Export Patches
Change Phase
Copy Changesets
Copy Changesets (Continue)
Add Sub-repository
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub already contains an entry <b>{0}</b>. Aborting...</p>
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub could not be written to.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Remove Sub-repositories
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub does not exist. Aborting...</p>
Commit Changes
Aplicar Alterações
The commit affects files, that have unsaved changes. Shall the commit be continued?
Revert changes
Do you really want to revert all changes to these files or directories?
Do you really want to revert all changes of the project?
Create Unversioned Archive
Mercurial Side-by-Side Difference
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde ler.</p>
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Tagging in the Mercurial repository
Re-Merge
Do you really want to re-merge these files or directories?
Do you really want to re-merge the project?
Re-Merging
Current branch tip
Marking as 'unresolved'
Marking as 'resolved'
Cancelling uncommitted merge
Created new branch <{0}>.
Mercurial Bookmark
Marcador de Mercurial
Delete Bookmark
Apagar Marcador
Select the bookmark to be deleted:
Selecionar o marcador a apagar:
Delete Mercurial Bookmark
Apagar o Marcador de Mercurial
Rename Mercurial Bookmark
Renomear o Marcador de Mercurial
Move Mercurial Bookmark
Mover o Marcador de Mercurial
Pull Bookmark
Puxar Marcador
Select the bookmark to be pulled:
Selecionar o marcador a puxar:
Pulling bookmark from a remote Mercurial repository
Puxando o marcador desde o repositório remoto de Mercurial
Push Bookmark
Empurrar Marcador
Select the bookmark to be push:
Selecione o marcador a empurrar:
Pushing bookmark to a remote Mercurial repository
Empurrando o marcador para o repositório remoto de Mercurial
HgAddSubrepositoryDialog
Add Sub-repository
&Path within Project:
Enter the path of the sub-repository relative to the project
Select the path of the sub-repository with a directory selection dialog
&Type:
Select the type of the sub-repository
&URL:
Enter the URL of the sub-repository
The sub-repository path must be inside the project.
HgAnnotateDialog
Mercurial Annotate
Revision
Changeset
Author
Autor
Date
Line
Linha
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
HgArchiveDialog
Mercurial Archive
Archive:
Enter the file name of the archive
Press to select the archive file name via a file selection dialog
Type:
Tipo:
Select the archive type
Prefix:
Enter the directory prefix for the files in the archive
Select to recurse into subrepositories
Include Subrepositories
Detect Automatically
Directory of Files
Uncompressed TAR-Archive
Bzip2 compressed TAR-Archive
Gzip compressed TAR-Archive
Uncompressed ZIP-Archive
Compressed ZIP-Archive
Bzip2 compressed TAR-Archive (*.tar.bz2)
Gzip compressed TAR-Archive (*.tar.gz)
Uncompressed TAR-Archive (*.tar)
Compressed ZIP-Archive (*.zip)
Uncompressed ZIP-Archive (*.uzip)
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select Archive Directory
Select Archive File
HgBackoutDialog
Mercurial Revision
Revision
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Enter a revision number
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to not specify a specific revision
Commit data
Commit message:
Enter the commit message or leave empty to use the default one
Commit Date:
Enter optional date for the commit
Commit User:
Enter optional user for the commit
Select to merge with parent of the project directory
Merge with current parent
Backed out changeset <{0}>.
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
Parent
Pai
HgBookmarkDialog
Define Bookmark
Name:
Nome:
Enter the bookmark name
Introduzir o nome do marcador
Select a bookmark
Revision
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Enter a revision number
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
Select tip revision of repository
Move Bookmark
Parent
Pai
HgBookmarkRenameDialog
Rename Bookmark
Renomear Marcador
New Name:
Nome Novo:
Enter the bookmark name
Introduzir o nome do marcador
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter the bookmark name to be renamed
Introduzir o nome do marcador a renomear
HgBookmarksInOutDialog
<b>Bookmarks List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the bookmarks.</p>
Name
Nome
Changeset
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Mercurial Incoming Bookmarks
Mercurial Outgoing Bookmarks
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
no bookmarks found
HgBookmarksListDialog
Mercurial Bookmarks
<b>Mercurial Bookmarks</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of the projects bookmarks.</p>
<b>Bookmarks List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the projects bookmarks.</p>
Revision
Changeset
Status
Estado
Name
Nome
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
no bookmarks defined
HgBranchInputDialog
Create Branch
Enter branch name:
Enter the new branch name (spaces will be converted to _)
Select to commit the branch
Commit Branch
HgBundleDialog
Mercurial Bundle
Revision
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to not specify a specific revision
No revision selected
Select the compression type (empty for default)
Select to bundle all changesets
Bundle all changesets
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
Select to specify multiple revisions
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Base Revisions:
Compression:
Revisions:
Enter revisions by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
HgClient
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Did not receive the 'hello' message.
Received data on unexpected channel.
Bad 'hello' message, expected 'capabilities: ' but got '{0}'.
'capabilities' message did not contain any capability.
Bad 'hello' message, expected 'encoding: ' but got '{0}'.
'encoding' message did not contain any encoding.
For message see output dialog.
HgClientPromptDialog
Mercurial Client Input
Message:
Mensagem:
Shows the message sent by the Mercurial server
Input:
Enter the response to be sent to the Mercurial server
HgCommandDialog
Mercurial Command
Mercurial Command:
Enter the Mercurial command to be executed with all necessary parameters
<b>Mercurial Command</b>
<p>Enter the Mercurial command to be executed including all necessary
parameters. If a parameter of the commandline includes a space you have to
surround this parameter by single or double quotes. Do not include the name
of the Mercurial client executable (i.e. hg).</p>
Project Directory:
This shows the root directory of the current project.
project directory
HgCommitDialog
Mercurial
Commit Message
Enter the log message.
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message for the commit action.</p>
Recent commit messages
Select a recent commit message to use
Select to amend the last commit (leave message empty to keep it)
Amend the last commit
Select to commit sub-repositories as well
Commit sub-repositories
HgConflictsListDialog
Mercurial Conflicts
<b>Conflicts List</b>\n<p>This shows a list of files which had or still have conflicts.</p>
Status
Estado
Name
Nome
Press to mark the selected entries as 'resolved'
Resolved
Press to mark the selected entries as 'unresolved'
Unresolved
Press to re-merge the selected entries
Re-Merge
Press to edit the selected entry
Edit
Editar
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
&Refresh
Press to refresh the list of conflicts
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Unknown Status
HgCopyDialog
Mercurial Copy
Press to open a selection dialog
<b>Target directory</b>
<p>Select the target name for the operation via a selection dialog.</p>
Source:
Shows the name of the source
<b>Source name</b>
<p>This field shows the name of the source.</p>
Enter the target name
Target:
Select to force the operation
Enforce operation
Mercurial Move
Select target
<b>Target name</b>
<p>Enter the new name in this field. The target must be the new name or an absolute path.</p>
HgDialog
Mercurial
Output
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
HgDiffDialog
Mercurial Diff
Difference
<b>Mercurial Diff</b><p>This shows the output of the hg diff command.</p>
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
There is no difference.
Não há diferenças.
Save Diff
Patch Files (*.diff)
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br>Reason: {1}</p>
Patch Contents
<Start>
<End>
HgExportDialog
Export Patches
Export Directory:
Press to select the export directory via a directory selection dialog
File Name Pattern:
Enter the file name pattern for the export files
<b>File Name Pattern</b>
<p>Enter the file name pattern to be used to generate the export files
here. Valid recognized patterns are:</p>
<table>
<tr><td>%%</td><td>literal "%" character</td></tr>
<tr><td>%H</td><td>changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)</td></tr>
<tr><td>%N</td><td>number of patches being generated</td></tr>
<tr><td>%R</td><td>changeset revision number</td></tr>
<tr><td>%b</td><td>basename of the exporting repository</td></tr>
<tr><td>%h</td><td>short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)</td></tr>
<tr><td>%n</td><td>zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1</td></tr>
<tr><td>%r</td><td>zero-padded changeset revision number</td></tr>
</table>
Changesets:
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Compare Against Second Parent
Treat all Files as Text
Omit Dates
Use Git extended Diff-Format
HgFetchDialog
Fetch Changes
Commit Message
Enter commit message or leave empty to use the default message
Recent commit messages
Select a recent commit message to use
Select to switch the merge order
Switch Parents when Merging
HgGpgSignDialog
Revision
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Enter a revision number
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
Select tip revision of repository
Commit Message
Select to not commit the signature
Do Not Commit
Enter a commit message (leave empty to use default)
Key-ID:
Enter the ID of the key to be used
Select to make the signature local
Local Signature
Select to sign even if the signature file is modified
Force Signature
Parent
Pai
HgGpgSignaturesDialog
Signed Changesets
Select the category to filter on
Revision
Signature
Enter the regular expression to filter on
Press to verify the signatures of the selected revision
&Verify...
Errors
Erros
<b>Mercurial errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages.</p>
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
no signatures found
HgGraftDialog
Copy Changesets
Revisions
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Select to give user information
User
Usuário
Select to use the name of the current user
Use current user
Username:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter the user name to be used
Select to give date and time information
Date and Time
Select to use the current date and time
Use current date and time
Date/Time:
Enter the date and time to be used
Select to append graft info to the log message
Append Graft &Info
Select to perform a dry-run of the graft operation
Perform Dry-Run
HgImportDialog
Import Patch
Commit data
Select to not commit the imported patch
Do not commit
Commit message:
Enter the commit message or leave empty to use the default one
Commit Date:
Enter optional date for the commit
Commit User:
Enter optional user for the commit
Strip Count:
Enter number of leading directories to strip off (default 1)
Patch File:
Enter the name of the patch file
Press to select the patch file via a file selection dialog
Select to enforce the import
Enforce Import
Select patch file
Patch Files (*.diff *.patch);;All Files (*)
HgLogBrowserDialog
Mercurial Log
From:
Desde:
Enter the start date
To:
Enter the end date
Branch:
Select the branch to filter on
Select the field to filter on
Revision
Author
Autor
Message
Mensagem
Enter the regular expression to filter on
Graph
Branch
Date
Tags
Action
Path
Caminho
Copy from
Press to get the next bunch of log entries
&Next
Enter the limit of entries to fetch
Select to stop listing log messages at a copy or move
Stop on Copy/Move
Press to generate a diff to the first parent revision
Diff to Parent &1
Press to generate a diff to the second parent revision
Diff to Parent &2
Press to compare two revisions
&Compare Revisions
Errors
Erros
<b>Mercurial log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the hg log command.</p>
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Added
Deleted
Apagado
Modified
All
The hg process did not finish within 30s.
Could not start the hg executable.
Mercurial Error
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Mercurial Log (Incoming)
Mercurial Log (Outgoing)
Bookmarks
Marcadores
Press to refresh the list of changesets
&Refresh
Phase
Change the phase of the selected revisions
<b>Change Phase</b>
<p>This changes the phase of the selected revisions. The selected revisions have to have the same current phase.</p>
Change Phase
Copy Changesets
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
Select action from menu
<table><tr><td><b>Revision</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Date</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Author</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Branch</b></td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Tags</b></td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Bookmarks</b></td><td>{5}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Parents</b></td><td>{6}</td></tr></table>
Copy the selected changesets to the current branch
Tag
Tag the selected revision
Switch
Switch the working directory to the selected revision
Pull Large Files
Pull large files for selected revisions
{0} (large file)
HgLogDialog
Mercurial Log
Log
<b>Mercurial Log</b><p>This shows the output of the hg log command. By clicking on the links you may show the difference between revisions.</p>
Errors
Erros
<b>Mercurial log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the hg log command.</p>
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
<b>Processing your request, please wait...</b>
Revision
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
The hg process did not finish within 30s.
Could not start the hg executable.
Mercurial Error
No log available for '{0}'
diff to {0}
Tags: {0}<br />
Parents: {0}<br />
<i>Author: {0}</i><br />
<i>Date: {0}, {1}</i><br />
Added {0} (copied from {1})<br />
Added {0}<br />
Modified {0}<br />
Deleted {0}<br />
Bookmarks: {0}<br />
Phase: {0}<br />
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
Branch: {0}<br />
HgMergeDialog
Mercurial Merge
Revision
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Enter a revision number
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to not specify a specific revision
No revision selected
Select to force the merge operation
Enforce merge
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
HgMultiRevisionSelectionDialog
Mercurial Revisions
Revision
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
Limit Results
Enter number of entries to show:
Revisions:
Select to specify a list of changesets
Enter revisions by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
HgNewProjectOptionsDialog
New Project from Repository
<b>New Project from Repository Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various repository infos into the entry fields. These values are used, when the new project is retrieved from the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A repository layout with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be assumed. In this case, you may enter a tag or branch, which must look like tags/tagname or branches/branchname. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
&Protocol:
Select the protocol to access the repository
&URL:
Select the repository url via a directory selection dialog
&Revision:
Enter the revision the new project should be generated from
Project &Directory:
&Diretório do Projeto:
Enter the directory of the new project.
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Enter the directory of the new project. It will be retrieved from
the repository and be placed in this directory.</p>
Select Repository-Directory
Select Project Directory
Enter the url path of the repository (without protocol part)
Download all versions of all large files
<b>Note:</b> This option increases the download time and volume.
HgOptionsDialog
Repository Infos
<b>Repository Infos Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various infos into the entry fields. These values are used to generate a new project in the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A directory tree with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be generated in the repository. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
Commit &Message:
Enter the log message for the new project.
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message to be used for the new project.</p>
new project started
HgPhaseDialog
Mercurial Phases
&Revisions:
Phase:
Select the phase to be set for the specified revisions
Select to force the phase change
Force Phase Change
Public
Draft
Secret
Enter revisions by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
HgProjectBrowserHelper
Version Control
Commit changes to repository...
Add to repository
Remove from repository (and disk)
Remove from repository only
Show log
Show log browser
Show status
Show annotated file
Revert changes
Select all local file entries
Select all versioned file entries
Select all local directory entries
Select all versioned directory entries
Do you really want to remove these files from the repository?
Copy
Copiar
Move
Show differences
Show differences side-by-side
Show differences (extended)
Show differences side-by-side (extended)
Extensions
Conflicts resolved
Conflicts unresolved
Re-Merge
Configure...
Configurar...
HgProjectHelper
New from repository
&New from repository...
Create (clone) a new project from a Mercurial repository
<b>New from repository</b><p>This creates (clones) a new local project from a Mercurial repository.</p>
Show incoming log
Show the log of incoming changes
<b>Show incoming log</b><p>This shows the log of changes coming into the repository.</p>
Pull changes
Pull changes from a remote repository
<b>Pull changes</b><p>This pulls changes from a remote repository into the local repository.</p>
Update from repository
&Update from repository
Update the local project from the Mercurial repository
<b>Update from repository</b><p>This updates the local project from the Mercurial repository.</p>
Commit changes to repository
&Commit changes to repository...
Commit changes to the local project to the Mercurial repository
<b>Commit changes to repository</b><p>This commits changes to the local project to the Mercurial repository.</p>
Show outgoing log
Show the log of outgoing changes
<b>Show outgoing log</b><p>This shows the log of changes outgoing out of the repository.</p>
Push changes
Push changes to a remote repository
<b>Push changes</b><p>This pushes changes from the local repository to a remote repository.</p>
Push changes (force)
Push changes to a remote repository with force option
<b>Push changes (force)</b><p>This pushes changes from the local repository to a remote repository using the 'force' option.</p>
Export from repository
&Export from repository...
Export a project from the repository
<b>Export from repository</b><p>This exports a project from the repository.</p>
Show log
Show &log
Show the log of the local project
<b>Show log</b><p>This shows the log of the local project.</p>
Show log browser
Show a dialog to browse the log of the local project
<b>Show log browser</b><p>This shows a dialog to browse the log of the local project. A limited number of entries is shown first. More can be retrieved later on.</p>
Show &difference
Show the difference of the local project to the repository
Show the difference of revisions of the project to the repository
Show status
Show the status of the local project
<b>Show status</b><p>This shows the status of the local project.</p>
Show heads
Show the heads of the repository
<b>Show heads</b><p>This shows the heads of the repository.</p>
Show parents
Show the parents of the repository
<b>Show parents</b><p>This shows the parents of the repository.</p>
Show tip
Show the tip of the repository
<b>Show tip</b><p>This shows the tip of the repository.</p>
Revert changes
Re&vert changes
Revert all changes made to the local project
<b>Revert changes</b><p>This reverts all changes made to the local project.</p>
Merge
Mer&ge changes...
Merge changes of a revision into the local project
<b>Merge</b><p>This merges changes of a revision into the local project.</p>
Tag in repository
&Tag in repository...
Tag the local project in the repository
<b>Tag in repository</b><p>This tags the local project in the repository.</p>
List tags
List tags...
List tags of the project
<b>List tags</b><p>This lists the tags of the project.</p>
List branches
List branches...
List branches of the project
<b>List branches</b><p>This lists the branches of the project.</p>
Create branch
Create &branch...
Create a new branch for the local project in the repository
<b>Create branch</b><p>This creates a new branch for the local project in the repository.</p>
Close branch
Close the current branch of the local project
<b>Close branch</b><p>This closes the current branch of the local project.</p>
Show current branch
Show the current branch of the project
<b>Show current branch</b><p>This shows the current branch of the project.</p>
Switch
S&witch...
Switch the working directory to another revision
<b>Switch</b><p>This switches the working directory to another revision.</p>
Cleanup
Cleanu&p
Cleanup the local project
<b>Cleanup</b><p>This performs a cleanup of the local project.</p>
Execute command
E&xecute command...
Execute an arbitrary Mercurial command
<b>Execute command</b><p>This opens a dialog to enter an arbitrary Mercurial command.</p>
Configure
Configure...
Configurar...
Show the configuration dialog with the Mercurial page selected
<b>Configure</b><p>Show the configuration dialog with the Mercurial page selected.</p>
Show paths
Show paths...
Show the aliases for remote repositories
<b>Show paths</b><p>This shows the aliases for remote repositories.</p>
Verify repository
Verify repository...
Verify the integrity of the repository
<b>Verify repository</b><p>This verifies the integrity of the repository.</p>
Recover
Recover...
Recover from an interrupted transaction
<b>Recover</b><p>This recovers from an interrupted transaction.</p>
Identify
Identify...
Identify the project directory
<b>Identify</b><p>This identifies the project directory.</p>
Create .hgignore
Create a .hgignore file with default values
<b>Create .hgignore</b><p>This creates a .hgignore file with default values.</p>
Create changegroup
Create changegroup...
Create changegroup file collecting changesets
<b>Create changegroup</b><p>This creates a changegroup file collecting selected changesets (hg bundle).</p>
Preview changegroup
Preview changegroup...
Preview a changegroup file containing a collection of changesets
<b>Preview changegroup</b><p>This previews a changegroup file containing a collection of changesets.</p>
Apply changegroups
Apply changegroups...
Apply one or several changegroup files
<b>Apply changegroups</b><p>This applies one or several changegroup files generated by the 'Create changegroup' action (hg unbundle).</p>
Mark as "good"
Mark as "good"...
Mark a selectable changeset as good
<b>Mark as good</b><p>This marks a selectable changeset as good.</p>
Mark as "bad"
Mark as "bad"...
Mark a selectable changeset as bad
<b>Mark as bad</b><p>This marks a selectable changeset as bad.</p>
Skip
Reset
Reinicializar
Reset the bisect search data
<b>Reset</b><p>This resets the bisect search data.</p>
Back out changeset
Back out changes of an earlier changeset
<b>Back out changeset</b><p>This backs out changes of an earlier changeset.</p>
Serve project repository
Serve project repository...
Serve the project repository
<b>Serve project repository</b><p>This serves the project repository.</p>
Specials
Changegroup Management
Bisect
Pull
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Push new branch
Push the current branch of the local project as a new named branch
<b>Push new branch</b><p>This pushes the current branch of the local project as a new named branch.</p>
Rollback last transaction
Rollback the last transaction
Extensions
Edit user configuration
Edit user configuration...
Show an editor to edit the user configuration file
<b>Edit user configuration</b><p>Show an editor to edit the user configuration file.</p>
Edit repository configuration
Edit repository configuration...
Show an editor to edit the repository configuration file
<b>Edit repository configuration</b><p>Show an editor to edit the repository configuration file.</p>
Show combined configuration settings
Show combined configuration settings...
Show the combined configuration settings from all configuration files
<b>Show combined configuration settings</b><p>This shows the combined configuration settings from all configuration files.</p>
Skip...
Skip a selectable changeset
<b>Skip</b><p>This skips a selectable changeset.</p>
Import Patch
Import Patch...
Import a patch from a patch file
<b>Import Patch</b><p>This imports a patch from a patch file into the project.</p>
Patch Management
Revert Changes
Export Patches
Export Patches...
Export revisions to patch files
<b>Export Patches</b><p>This exports revisions of the project to patch files.</p>
Change Phase
Change Phase...
Change the phase of revisions
<b>Change Phase</b><p>This changes the phase of revisions.</p>
Copy Changesets
Copies changesets from another branch
<b>Copy Changesets</b><p>This copies changesets from another branch on top of the current working directory with the user, date and description of the original changeset.</p>
Continue Copying Session
Continue the last copying session after conflicts were resolved
<b>Continue Copying Session</b><p>This continues the last copying session after conflicts were resolved.</p>
Graft
Copy Changesets (Continue)
Conflicts resolved
Con&flicts resolved
Mark all conflicts of the local project as resolved
<b>Conflicts resolved</b><p>This marks all conflicts of the local project as resolved.</p>
Add
Adicionar
Add...
Adicionar...
Add a sub-repository
<b>Add...</b><p>Add a sub-repository to the project.</p>
Remove
Retirar
Remove...
Remove sub-repositories
<b>Remove...</b><p>Remove sub-repositories from the project.</p>
Sub-Repository
Show &status...
Show Summary
Show summary...
Show summary information of the working directory status
<b>Show summary</b><p>This shows some summary information of the working directory status.</p>
Create unversioned archive
Create unversioned archive...
Create an unversioned archive from the repository
<b>Create unversioned archive...</b><p>This creates an unversioned archive from the repository.</p>
<b>Rollback last transaction</b><p>This performs a rollback of the last transaction. Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a repository. For example, the following commands are transactional, and their effects can be rolled back:<ul><li>commit</li><li>import</li><li>pull</li><li>push (with this repository as the destination)</li><li>unbundle</li></ul></p><p><strong>This command is dangerous. Please use with care. </strong></p>
Show differences
<b>Show differences</b><p>This shows differences of the local project to the repository.</p>
Show differences (extended)
<b>Show differences (extended)</b><p>This shows differences of selectable revisions of the project.</p>
Cancel uncommitted merge
Cancel an uncommitted merge and lose all changes
<b>Cancel uncommitted merge</b><p>This cancels an uncommitted merge causing all changes to be lost.</p>
Re-Merge
Re-Merge all conflicting, unresolved files of the project
<b>Re-Merge</b><p>This re-merges all conflicting, unresolved files of the project discarding any previous merge attempt.</p>
Show conflicts
Show conflicts...
Show a dialog listing all files with conflicts
<b>Show conflicts</b><p>This shows a dialog listing all files which had or still have conflicts.</p>
Conflicts unresolved
Mark all conflicts of the local project as unresolved
<b>Conflicts unresolved</b><p>This marks all conflicts of the local project as unresolved.</p>
List bookmarks
Listar marcadores
List bookmarks...
Listar marcadores...
List bookmarks of the project
Listar marcadores do projeto
<b>List bookmarks</b><p>This lists the bookmarks of the project.</p>
<b>Listar marcadores</b><p>Lista os marcadores do projeto.</p>
Define bookmark
Definir marcador
Define bookmark...
Definir marcador...
Define a bookmark for the project
Definir um marcador para o projeto
<b>Define bookmark</b><p>This defines a bookmark for the project.</p>
<b>Definir marcador</b><p>Define um marcador para o projeto.</p>
Delete bookmark
Apagar marcador
Delete bookmark...
Apagar Marcador...
Delete a bookmark of the project
Apagar um marcador do projeto
<b>Delete bookmark</b><p>This deletes a bookmark of the project.</p>
<b>Apagar marcador</b><p>Apaga um marcador do projeto.</p>
Rename bookmark
Renomear marcador
Rename bookmark...
Renomear marcador...
Rename a bookmark of the project
Renomear um marcador do projeto
<b>Rename bookmark</b><p>This renames a bookmark of the project.</p>
<b>Renomear marcador</b><p>Renomeia um marcador do projeto</p>
Move bookmark
Mover marcador
Move bookmark...
Mover marcador...
Move a bookmark of the project
Mover um marcador do projeto
<b>Move bookmark</b><p>This moves a bookmark of the project to another changeset.</p>
<b>Mover marcador</b><p>Move o marcador do projeto.<p>
Show incoming bookmarks
Mostrar marcadores entrantes
Show a list of incoming bookmarks
Mostrar a lista de marcadores entrantes
<b>Show incoming bookmarks</b><p>This shows a list of new bookmarks available at the remote repository.</p>
<b>Mostrar marcadores entrantes</b><p>Mostra a lista de marcadores novos disponíveis no repositório remoto.</p>
Pull bookmark
Puxar marcador
Pull a bookmark from a remote repository
Puxa um marcador desde um repositório remoto
<b>Pull bookmark</b><p>This pulls a bookmark from a remote repository into the local repository.</p>
<b>Puxar marcador</b><p>Puxa um marcador desde um repositório remoto para o repositório local (pull).</p>
Show outgoing bookmarks
Mostrar marcadores saintes
Show a list of outgoing bookmarks
Mostrar a lista de marcadores saintes
<b>Show outgoing bookmarks</b><p>This shows a list of new bookmarks available at the local repository.</p>
<b>Mostrar marcadores saintes</b><p>Mostra a lista dos marcadores novos disponíveis no repositório local.</p>
Push bookmark
Empurrar marcador
Push a bookmark to a remote repository
Empurrar um marcador a um repositório remoto
<b>Push bookmark</b><p>This pushes a bookmark from the local repository to a remote repository.</p>
<b>Empurrar marcador</b><p>Empurra a um marcador do repositório local para o repositório remoto.</p>
Administration
Tags
Branches
Bookmarks
Marcadores
Manage Changes
HgPurgeListDialog
Purge List
Lista de Purga
HgQueuesDefineGuardsDialog
Define Guards
Select patch (leave empty for current patch):
Select the patch to show the guards of
Patch:
Shows the name of the patch
This shows the list of guards to be defined for the selected patch
Select to define a positive guard
Select to define a negative guard
Enter the guard name
Press to add the guard to the list or change it
Add/Change
Adicionar/Alterar
Press to remove the selected guards from the list
Remove
Retirar
Unsaved Changes
Alterações Sem Gravar
The guards list has been changed. Shall the changes be applied?
Remove Guards
Do you really want to remove the selected guards?
Apply Guard Definitions
<p>The defined guards could not be applied.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
The Mercurial process did not finish in time.
HgQueuesFoldDialog
Fold Patches
Message:
Mensagem:
Enter commit message for the folded patch
Name
Nome
Summary
Sumário
Press to add the selected entry to the list of selected patches
Press to remove the selected entry from the list of selected patches
Press to move the selected patch up
Press to move the selected patch down
HgQueuesGuardsSelectionDialog
Select Guards
Active Guards
HgQueuesHeaderDialog
Commit Message
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Error:
Erro:
HgQueuesListAllGuardsDialog
List All Guards
Show all guards of all patches
Unguarded
no patches found
HgQueuesListDialog
List of Patches
<b>List of Patches</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of applied and unapplied patches.</p>
<b>Patches List</b>
<p>This shows a list of applied and unapplied patches.</p>
Name
Nome
Status
Estado
Summary
Sumário
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
no patches found
applied
guarded
missing
faltando
unknown
desconhecido
not applied
HgQueuesListGuardsDialog
List Guards
Select patch (leave empty for current patch):
Select the patch to show the guards of
Patch:
Shows the name of the patch
This shows the list of guards defined for the selected patch
Unguarded
HgQueuesNewPatchDialog
New Patch
Name:
Nome:
Enter the patch name
Message:
Mensagem:
Enter the commit message for the patch
Select to give user information
User
Usuário
Select to use the name of the current user
Use current user
Username:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter the user name to be used for the patch
Enter the date and time to be used for the patch
Select to give date and time information
Date and Time
Select to use the current date and time
Use current date and time
Date/Time:
HgQueuesQueueManagementDialog
Queue Name:
Enter the queue name
Select queue name:
This shows a list of available queues (active queue in bold)
Refresh
Atualizar
Press to refresh the queues list
HgQueuesRenamePatchDialog
Rename Patch
New Name:
Nome Novo:
Enter the new name for the selected patch
Patch
Select to rename the current patch
Select to rename the selected named patch
Named Patch
Select the patch to be renamed
Current Patch ({0})
HgRebaseDialog
Rebase Changesets
Source / Base Revision
Select to use the parent of the working directory as the base
Use &Parent as Base
Select to use a revision as the source
&Source Revision
Select to use a revision as the base
&Base Revision
&Revision
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Enter a revision number
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
&Destination Revision
Select tip revision of repository
Select to collapse the rebased changesets
Collapse Changesets
Select to keep the original changesets
Keep Original Changesets
Select to keep the original branch names
Keep Original Branch Name
Select to detach the source from its original branch
Detach Source
Current branch tip
HgRemoveSubrepositoriesDialog
Remove Sub-repositories
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Select to delete the removed entries from disc
Delete removed entries from disc
HgRepoConfigDataDialog
Mercurial Repository Configuration
Default
Padrão
Upstream URL:
Enter the URL of the upstream repository
Username:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter user name to acces the upstream repository
Password:
Senha:
Enter the password to acces the upstream repository
Press to show the password
Default Push
Enter the URL of the upstream (push) repository
Enter user name to acces the upstream (push) repository
Enter the password to acces the upstream (push) repository
Large Files
Minimum file size:
Enter the minimum file size in MB for files to be treated as Large Files
MB
Patterns:
Enter file patterns (space separated) for files to be treated as Large Files
HgRevisionSelectionDialog
Mercurial Revision
Revision
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Enter a revision number
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select tip revision of repository
TIP
No revision selected
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
HgRevisionsSelectionDialog
Mercurial Diff
Revision &1
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Enter a revision number
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select tip revision of repository
TIP
Select revision before last commit
PREV
Revision &2
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Marcador:
Enter a bookmark name
No revision selected
HgServeDialog
Mercurial Server
Start Server
Iniciar Servidor
Stop Server
Parar Servidor
Start Browser
Enter the server port
Introduza o porto do servidor
Select the style to use
Server
Servidor
Browser
Navegador
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
HgShelveBrowserDialog
Mercurial Shelve Browser
Name
Nome
Age
Message
Mensagem
Statistics
File
Ficheiro
Changes
Lines added
Lines deleted
Errors
Erros
<b>Mercurial shelve errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the hg shelve command.</p>
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
&Refresh
Press to refresh the list of shelves
Restore selected shelve
Delete selected shelves
Delete all shelves
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
%n file(s) changed
%n line(s) inserted
%n line(s) deleted
HgShelveDataDialog
Shelve
Name:
Nome:
Enter a name for the shelve
Date, Time:
Enter the commit date and time for the shelve
yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm
Message:
Mensagem:
Enter a message for the shelve
Mark new/missing files as added/removed
HgShelvesSelectionDialog
Mercurial Shelve Selection
HgStatusDialog
Mercurial Status
<b>Mercurial Status</b>
<p>This dialog shows the status of the selected file or project.</p>
Status
Estado
Path
Caminho
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Refresh
Atualizar
Press to refresh the status display
Commit changes to repository...
Add to repository
Revert changes
Adjust column sizes
added
adicionado
modified
alterado
removed
not tracked
missing
faltando
normal
ignored
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Commit
There are no uncommitted changes available/selected.
Add
Adicionar
There are no unversioned entries available/selected.
Remove
Retirar
There are no missing entries available/selected.
Revert
&Filter on Status:
Select the status of entries to be shown
Commit the selected changes
&Commit
Add the selected entries to the repository
&Add
&Adicionar
Show differences of the selected entries to the repository
&Differences
Revert the selected entries to the last revision in the repository
Re&vert
Forget about the selected missing entries
For&get
Restore the selected missing entries from the repository
&Restore
Show differences
Restore missing
all
Differences
There are no entries selected to be committed.
Select all for commit
Deselect all from commit
Mercurial Queue Repository Status
Show differences of the selected entry to the repository in a side-by-side manner
Side-b&y-Side Diff
Side-by-Side Diff
Only one file with uncommitted changes must be selected.
Show differences side-by-side
Add as Large File
Add as Normal File
Forget missing
HgStatusMonitorThread
Mercurial status checked successfully
Verificado o estado de Mercurial com êxito
Could not start the Mercurial process.
Não se pôde iniciar o processo Mercurial.
HgSummaryDialog
Summary Information
Errors
Erros
Refresh
Atualizar
Press to refresh the summary display
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
<tr><td><b>Parent</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Tags</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Commit Message</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
empty repository
no revision checked out
<tr><td><b>Remarks</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Branch</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Bookmarks</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
{0} modified
{0} added
{0} removed
{0} renamed
{0} copied
{0} deleted
{0} unknown
{0} ignored
{0} unresolved
{0} subrepos
Merge needed
New Branch
Head is closed
No commit required
New Branch Head
<tr><td><b>Commit Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
current
unknown status
estado desconhecido
<tr><td><b>Update Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
synched
1 or more incoming
{0} outgoing
<tr><td><b>Remote Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
empty queue
{0} applied
{0} unapplied
<tr><td><b>Queues Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<p>No status information available.</p>
<tr><td><b>Parent #{0}</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
%n new changeset(s)<br/>Update required
one new changeset<br/>Update required
%n new changesets<br/>Update required
%n new changeset(s)
one new changesets
%n new changesets
%n branch head(s)
one branch head
%n branch heads
{0}<br/>{1}<br/>Merge required
0 is changesets, 1 is branch heads
%n incoming bookmark(s)
one incoming bookmark
%n incoming bookmarks
%n outgoing bookmark(s)
one outgoing bookmarks
%n outgoing bookmarks
No files to upload
%n file(s) to upload
<tr><td><b>Large Files</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
HgTagBranchListDialog
Mercurial Tag List
<b>Mercurial Tag/Branch List</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
<b>Tag/Branches List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
Revision
Changeset
Local
Name
Nome
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Mercurial Branches List
Status
Estado
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
active
yes
HgTagDialog
Mercurial Tag
Enter the name of the tag
<b>Tag Name</b>
<p>Enter the name of the tag to be created, moved or deleted.</p>
Name:
Nome:
Tag Action
Select to delete a tag
<b>Delete Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to delete the selected tag.</p>
Delete Tag
Revision:
Enter a revision to set a tag for
Select to create a tag
<b>Create Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to create a tag.</p>
Create Tag
Tag Type
Select to create/delete a global tag
Global Tag
Select to create/delete a local tag
Local Tag
HgUnshelveDataDialog
Mercurial Unshelve
Name:
Nome:
Enter the name of the shelve
Select to keep the shelved change
Keep shelved change
HgUserConfigDataDialog
Mercurial User Data
User Data
First Name:
Enter the first name
Last Name:
Enter the last name
Email:
Enter the email address
Extensions
Select to activate the fetch extension
Fetch
Select to activate the GPG extension
GPG
Select to activate the largefiles extension
Large Files
Select to activate the Purge extension
Purge
Select to activate the queues extension
Queues
Select to activate the rebase extension
Rebase
Select to activate the shelve extension
Shelve
Select to activate the transplant extension
Transplant
Minimum file size:
Enter the minimum file size in MB for files to be treated as Large Files
MB
Patterns:
Enter file patterns (space separated) for files to be treated as Large Files
HistoryDialog
Manage History
Enter search term for history entries
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
Remove &All
Retirar &Tudo
&Open
A&brir
Open in New &Tab
Abrir num &Separador Novo
&Copy
&Copiar
HistoryManager
Loading History
<p>Unable to open history file <b>{0}</b>.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
Saving History
<p>Error removing old history file <b>{0}</b>.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Error moving new history file over old one (<b>{0}</b>).<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
HistoryMenu
Show All History...
Clear History...
Clear History
Do you want to clear the history?
Most Visited
Mais Visitado
Closed Tabs
Restore All Closed Tabs
Restaurar Todos os Separadores Fechados
Clear List
HistoryModel
Title
Título
Address
Direção
HistoryTreeModel
Earlier Today
Hoje Cedo
%n item(s)
um artigo
%n artigos
HtmlImporter
HTML Netscape Bookmarks
Marcadores HTML de Netscape
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
Por favor escolha o ficheiro para começar a importar marcadores.
File '{0}' does not exist.
O ficheiro '{0}' não existe.
HTML Import
Importar HTML
Imported {0}
Importado {0}
You can import bookmarks from any browser that supports HTML exporting. This file has usually the extension .htm or .html.
Pode importar marcadores de qualquer navegador que suporte exportação HTML. Normalmente o ficheiro tem extensão .htm ou .html.
IExplorerImporter
Internet Explorer stores its bookmarks in the <b>Favorites</b> folder This folder is usually located in
Internet Explorer armazena os seus marcadores no diretório <b>Favoritos</b> Normalmente este diretório está em
Please choose the folder to begin importing bookmarks.
Por favor escolha o diretório para começar a importar marcadores.
Folder '{0}' does not exist.
O diretório '{0}' não existe.
'{0}' is not a folder.
'{0}' não é um diretorio.
Internet Explorer Import
Importar de Internet Explorer
Imported {0}
Importado {0}
IconEditorGrid
Set Pixel
Erase Pixel
Draw Line
Draw Rectangle
Draw Filled Rectangle
Draw Circle
Draw Filled Circle
Draw Ellipse
Draw Filled Ellipse
Fill Region
Cut Selection
Paste
Colar
<p>The clipboard image is larger than the current image.<br/>Paste as new image?</p>
Paste Clipboard
Pasting Image
Invalid image data in clipboard.
Paste Clipboard as New Image
Clear Image
Resize Image
Convert to Grayscale
IconEditorPalette
<b>Preview</b><p>This is a 1:1 preview of the current icon.</p>
<b>Current Color</b><p>This is the currently selected color used for drawing.</p>
<b>Current Color Value</b><p>This is the currently selected color value used for drawing.</p>
Select Color
<b>Select Color</b><p>Select the current drawing color via a color selection dialog.</p>
<b>Select alpha channel value</b><p>Select the value for the alpha channel of the current color.</p>
Compositing
Replace
Substituir
<b>Replace</b><p>Replace the existing pixel with a new color.</p>
Blend
<b>Blend</b><p>Blend the new color over the existing pixel.</p>
IconEditorWindow
Windows Bitmap File (*.bmp)
Graphic Interchange Format File (*.gif)
Windows Icon File (*.ico)
JPEG File (*.jpg)
Multiple-Image Network Graphics File (*.mng)
Portable Bitmap File (*.pbm)
Paintbrush Bitmap File (*.pcx)
Portable Graymap File (*.pgm)
Portable Network Graphics File (*.png)
Portable Pixmap File (*.ppm)
Silicon Graphics Image File (*.sgi)
Scalable Vector Graphics File (*.svg)
Targa Graphic File (*.tga)
TIFF File (*.tif)
X11 Bitmap File (*.xbm)
X11 Pixmap File (*.xpm)
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
New
Novo
&New
&Novo
Ctrl+N
File|New
Create a new icon
<b>New</b><p>This creates a new icon.</p>
New Window
Janela Nova
New &Window
&Janela Nova
Open a new icon editor window
<b>New Window</b><p>This opens a new icon editor window.</p>
Open
Abrir
&Open...
&Abrir...
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Open an icon file for editing
<b>Open File</b><p>This opens a new icon file for editing. It pops up a file selection dialog.</p>
Save
Gravar
&Save
&Gravar
Ctrl+S
File|Save
Save the current icon
<b>Save File</b><p>Save the contents of the icon editor window.</p>
Save As
Gravar Como
Save &As...
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Save the current icon to a new file
<b>Save As...</b><p>Saves the current icon to a new file.</p>
Close
Fechar
&Close
Fe&char
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Close the current icon editor window
<b>Close</b><p>Closes the current icon editor window.</p>
Close All
Fechar Tudo
Close &All
Fechar &Tudo
Close all icon editor windows
<b>Close All</b><p>Closes all icon editor windows except the first one.</p>
Quit
Sair
&Quit
Sai&r
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Quit the icon editor
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the icon editor.</p>
Undo
Desfazer
&Undo
Desfa&zer
Ctrl+Z
Edit|Undo
Alt+Backspace
Edit|Undo
Undo the last change
Desfazer a última alteração
<b>Undo</b><p>Undo the last change done.</p>
Redo
Refazer
&Redo
&Refazer
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Edit|Redo
Redo the last change
Refazer a última alteração
<b>Redo</b><p>Redo the last change done.</p>
Cut
Cortar
Cu&t
Cor&tar
Ctrl+X
Edit|Cut
Shift+Del
Edit|Cut
Cut the selection
Cortar a seleção
<b>Cut</b><p>Cut the selected image area to the clipboard.</p>
Copy
Copiar
&Copy
&Copiar
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+Ins
Edit|Copy
Copy the selection
Copiar a seleção
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected image area to the clipboard.</p>
Paste
Colar
&Paste
Co&lar
Ctrl+V
Edit|Paste
Shift+Ins
Edit|Paste
Paste the clipboard image
<b>Paste</b><p>Paste the clipboard image.</p>
Paste as New
Paste as &New
Paste the clipboard image replacing the current one
<b>Paste as New</b><p>Paste the clipboard image replacing the current one.</p>
Clear
Limpar
Cl&ear
Alt+Shift+C
Edit|Clear
Clear the icon image
<b>Clear</b><p>Clear the icon image and set it to be completely transparent.</p>
Select All
Selecionar Tudo
&Select All
Ctrl+A
Edit|Select All
Select the complete icon image
<b>Select All</b><p>Selects the complete icon image.</p>
Change Size
Change Si&ze...
Change the icon size
<b>Change Size...</b><p>Changes the icon size.</p>
Grayscale
&Grayscale
Change the icon to grayscale
<b>Grayscale</b><p>Changes the icon to grayscale.</p>
Zoom in
Aproximar
Zoom &in
Apro&ximar
Ctrl++
View|Zoom in
Zoom in on the icon
<b>Zoom in</b><p>Zoom in on the icon. This makes the grid bigger.</p>
Zoom out
Afastar
Zoom &out
A&fastar
Ctrl+-
View|Zoom out
Zoom out on the icon
<b>Zoom out</b><p>Zoom out on the icon. This makes the grid smaller.</p>
Zoom reset
Restaurar zoom
Zoom &reset
Ctrl+0
View|Zoom reset
Reset the zoom of the icon
<b>Zoom reset</b><p>Reset the zoom of the icon. This sets the zoom factor to 100%.</p>
Show Grid
Show &Grid
Toggle the display of the grid
<b>Show Grid</b><p>Toggle the display of the grid.</p>
Freehand
&Freehand
<b>Free hand</b><p>Draws non linear lines.</p>
Color Picker
&Color Picker
<b>Color Picker</b><p>The color of the pixel clicked on will become the current draw color.</p>
Rectangle
&Rectangle
<b>Rectangle</b><p>Draw a rectangle.</p>
Filled Rectangle
F&illed Rectangle
<b>Filled Rectangle</b><p>Draw a filled rectangle.</p>
Circle
<b>Circle</b><p>Draw a circle.</p>
Filled Circle
Fille&d Circle
<b>Filled Circle</b><p>Draw a filled circle.</p>
Ellipse
&Ellipse
<b>Ellipse</b><p>Draw an ellipse.</p>
Filled Ellipse
Fille&d Elli&pse
<b>Filled Ellipse</b><p>Draw a filled ellipse.</p>
Flood Fill
Fl&ood Fill
<b>Flood Fill</b><p>Fill adjoining pixels with the same color with the current color.</p>
Line
Linha
&Line
<b>Line</b><p>Draw a line.</p>
Eraser (Transparent)
Eraser (&Transparent)
<b>Eraser (Transparent)</b><p>Erase pixels by setting them to transparent.</p>
Rectangular Selection
Rect&angular Selection
<b>Rectangular Selection</b><p>Select a rectangular section of the icon using the mouse.</p>
Circular Selection
<b>Circular Selection</b><p>Select a circular section of the icon using the mouse.</p>
About
Acerca
&About
A&cerca
Display information about this software
Mostra a informação acerca deste software
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>Acerca</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca deste software.</p>
About Qt
Acerca de Qt
About &Qt
Acerca de &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
Mostra informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>Acerca de Qt</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt.</p>
What's This?
&What's This?
&Que é Isto?
Shift+F1
Help|What's This?'
Context sensitive help
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
&File
&Ficheiro
&Edit
&Editar
&View
&Vista
&Tools
&Ferramentas
&Help
&Ajuda
File
Ficheiro
Edit
Editar
View
Vista
Tools
Ferramentas
Help
Ajuda
<p>This part of the status bar displays the icon size.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the cursor position.</p>
Open icon file
Save icon file
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
The file '{0}' does not exist.
Cannot read file '{0}:
{1}.
Cannot write file '{0}:
{1}.
Icon saved
Untitled
{0}[*] - {1}
Icon Editor
Editor de Ícones
The icon image has unsaved changes.
JPEG File (*.jpeg)
Compressed Scalable Vector Graphics File (*.svgz)
TIFF File (*.tiff)
WAP Bitmap File (*.wbmp)
eric6 Icon Editor
About eric6 Icon Editor
The eric6 Icon Editor is a simple editor component to perform icon drawing tasks.
IconSizeDialog
Icon Size
Size:
Enter the width of the icon
X
Enter the height of the icon
IconsPage
<b>Configure icon directories</b>
<b>Configurar diretórios de ícones</b>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> These settings are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Nota:</b> Estas definições estarão activadas a próxima vez que arranque a aplicação.</font>
Press to delete the selected directory from the list
Pressionar para apagar o diretório selecionado da lista
Delete
Apagar
Press to add the entered directory to the list
Pressionar para adicionar o diretório introduzido na lista
Add
Adicionar
Enter a directory to be added
Press to select an icon directory via a selection dialog
Show
Mostrar
Up
Down
List of icon directories
Select icon directory
IconsPreviewDialog
Icons Preview
Antevisão dos Ícones
ImportsDiagramBuilder
Imports Diagramm {0}: {1}
Imports Diagramm: {0}
Parsing modules...
Analisando módulos...
The directory <b>'{0}'</b> is not a Python package.
%v/%m Modules
%v%m Módulos
Imports Diagramm
InputDialogWizard
QInputDialog Wizard
Q&InputDialog Wizard...
<b>QInputDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QInputDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
InputDialogWizardDialog
QInputDialog Wizard
Type
Tipo
Text
Integer
Enteiro
Double
Item
Label
Etiqueta
Echo Mode
Normal
No Echo
Password
Senha
Default
Padrão
Step
To
Para
From
Desde
2147483647
-2147483647
0
Decimals
Editable
Current Item
String List Variable
Test
Title
Título
Result:
Resultado:
Enter the result variable name
Introduzir o nome para a variável resultante
Parent
Pai
Select "self" as parent
Selecionar "self" como pai
self
Select "None" as parent
Selecionar "None" como pai
None
Select to enter a parent expression
Selecionar para introduzir uma expressão pai
Expression:
Expressão:
Enter the parent expression
Introduzir a expressão pai
InterfacePage
<b>Configure User Interface</b>
<b>Configurar Interface de Usuário</b>
Browsers
Select, if folders should be listed first in the various browsers
List folders first in Browsers
Select to hide non public classes, methods and attributes in the browsers.
Hide non public members in Browsers
Select to sort file contents by occurrence
Sort contents by occurrence
Select to show hidden files in the various browsers
Show hidden files
Log-Viewer
Visualizador de Registos
Select to show the log-viewer upon new output
Show upon new output
Stderr Colour:
Select the colour for text sent to stderr
Select, if the caption of the main window should show the filename of the current editor
Caption shows filename
Filename Length
Enter the number of characters to be shown in the main window title.
Style:
Select the interface style
Style Sheet:
Enter the name of the style sheet file
Select the style sheet file via a file selection dialog
Dockarea Corner Usage
Top Left Corner
Select to assign the top left corner to the top dockarea
Top dockarea
Select to assign the top left corner to the left dockarea
Left dockarea
Top Right Corner
Select to assign the top right corner to the top dockarea
Select to assign the top right corner to the right dockarea
Right dockarea
Bottom Left Corner
Select to assign the bottom left corner to the bottom dockarea
Bottom dockarea
Select to assign the bottom left corner to the left dockarea
Bottom Right Corner
Select to assign the bottom right corner to the bottom dockarea
Select to assign the bottom right corner to the right dockarea
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> All settings below are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
Language:
Linguagem:
Select the interface language.
The interface language can be selected from this list. If "system" is selected, the interface language is determined by the system. The selection of "none" means, that the default language will be used.
Layout:
Select the layout type.
Toolboxes
Sidebars
Shell
Select to get a separate shell window
separate window
Select to embed the shell in the Debug-Viewer
embed in Debug-Viewer
File-Browser
Navegador de Ficheiros
Select to get a separate file browser window
Select to embed the file browser in the Debug-Viewer
Select to embed the file browser in the Project-Viewer
embed in Project-Viewer
Tabs
Separadores
Show only one close button instead of one for each tab
Apenas mostrar um botão de fechar em vez de um por separador
Reset layout to factory defaults
System
Sistema
English
Translate this with your language
English
Select style sheet file
Qt Style Sheets (*.qss);;Cascading Style Sheets (*.css);;All files (*)
Filter out files:
Enter wildcard file patterns separated by semicolon. Files matching these patterns will not be shown by the file browsers.
Delay:
Atraso:
ms
IrcChannelEditDialog
IRC Channel
Canal IRC
Name:
Nome:
Enter the channel name
Introduzir nome do canal
Key:
Chave:
Enter the channel key/password
Introduzir a chave/senha do canal
Select to join this channel automatically
Selecionar para unir automaticamente a este canal
Join channel automatically
Unir automaticamente ao canal
IrcChannelWidget
Shows the list of users
Mostra lista de usuários
Shows the channel messages
Mostra as mensagens do canal
Enter a message, send by pressing Return or Enter
Introduzir a mensagem, enviar pressionando Enter
Send Message
Enviar Mensagem
Messages starting with a '/' are not allowed in private chats.
Leave IRC channel
Deixar canal IRC
Do you really want to leave the IRC channel <b>{0}</b>?
Channel Message
Nick mentioned
{0} has joined the channel {1} ({2}).
You have joined the channel {0} ({1}).
Uniu-se ao canal {0} ({1}).
Join Channel
{0} has left {1}.
{0} has left {1}: {2}.
Leave Channel
{0} has quit {1}.
{0} has quit {1}: {2}.
Quit
Sair
You are now known as {0}.
Conhecem-o como {0}.
User {0} is now known as {1}.
Usuário {0} é agora conhecido como {1}.
Away
{0} is away: {1}
The channel topic is: "{0}".
O tópico do canal é: "{0}".
The topic was set by {0} on {1}.
O tópico foi definido por {0} em {1}.
Channel URL: {0}
password protected ({0})
limited to %n user(s)
limited to one user
limited to %n users
Channel modes: {0}.
This channel was created on {0}.
Este canal criou-se em {0}.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'anonymous'.
{0} removes the 'anonymous' mode from the channel.
{0} sets a ban on {1}.
{0} removes the ban on {1}.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
{0} sets a ban exception on {1}.
{0} removes the ban exception on {1}.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'invite only'.
{0} removes the 'invite only' mode from the channel.
{0} sets the channel key to '{1}'.
{0} removes the channel key.
{0} sets the channel limit to %n nick(s).
{0} sets the channel limit to one nick.
{0} sets the channel limit to %n nicks.
{0} removes the channel limit.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'moderated'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'unmoderated'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'no messages from outside'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'allow messages from outside'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'private'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'public'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'quiet'.
{0} removes the 'quiet' mode from the channel.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'secret'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'visible'.
{0} switches on 'topic protection'.
{0} switches off 'topic protection'.
{0} sets invitation mask {1}.
{0} removes the invitation mask {1}.
Mode
{0} sets mode for {1}: {2}.
Help
Ajuda
--- New From Here ---
--- Novo a Partir de Aqui ---
Save Messages
Gravar Mensagens
HTML Files (*.{0});;Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Error saving Messages
<p>The messages contents could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Copy
Copiar
Cut all
Cortar tudo
Copy all
Copiar tudo
Clear
Limpar
Save
Gravar
Mark Current Position
Remove Position Marker
Who Is
Quem é
Private Chat
Conversa Privada
Who
Quem
End of WHO list for {0}.
(Away)
{0} is {1}@{2} ({3}){4}
Whois
{0} is {1}@{2} ({3}).
{0} is a user on channels: {1}
{0} has voice on channels: {1}
{0} is a halfop on channels: {1}
{0} is an operator on channels: {1}
{0} is owner of channels: {1}
{0} is admin on channels: {1}
{0} is online via {1} ({2}).
{0} is an IRC Operator.
%n day(s)
1 day
%n days
%n hour(s)
1 hour
%n hours
%n minute(s)
1 minute
%n minutes
%n second(s)
1 seconds
%n seconds
{0} has been idle for {1}, {2}, {3}, and {4}.
{0} = name of person, {1} = (x days), {2} = (x hours), {3} = (x minutes), {4} = (x seconds)
{0} has been idle for {1}, {2}, and {3}.
{0} = name of person, {1} = (x hours), {2} = (x minutes), {3} = (x seconds)
{0} has been idle for {1} and {2}.
{0} = name of person, {1} = (x minutes), {3} = (x seconds)
{0} has been idle for %n second(s).
{0} has been idle for 1 second.
{0} has been idle for %n seconds.
{0} has been online since {1}.
End of WHOIS list for {0}.
{0} is an identified user.
{0} is available for help.
{0} is logged in as {1}.
{0} is actually using the host {1} (IP: {2}).
{0} is using a secure connection.
{0} is connecting from {1} (IP: {2}).
CTCP
Received Version request from {0}.
Received CTCP-PING request from {0}, sending answer.
Received CTCP-CLIENTINFO request from {0}, sending answer.
Received unknown CTCP-{0} request from {1}.
Press to change the topic
Refresh
Atualizar
Edit Channel Topic
Enter the topic for this channel:
IrcIdentitiesEditDialog
IRC Identities
Identity:
Identidade:
Select the identity to work on
Press to add a new identity
Press to copy the selected identity
Press to rename the selected identity
Press to delete the selected identity
General
Geral
Real Name:
Enter the real name
Nick Names
Enter a nick name to add
Press to add the entered nick name
Press to delete the selected nick name
Press to move the selected nick name up
Press to move the selected nick name down
Auto Identify
Service:
Enter the name of the service to identify against
Service name can be <b><i>nickserv</i></b> or a network-dependent name such as <b><i>nickserv@services.dal.net</i></b>
Password:
Senha:
Enter the password
Away
Mark the current position in chat windows when going away
Away Message:
Enter the message to be sent when going away
Advanced
Ident:
Enter the identity to be used to log-on to the server
Reason for Quit:
Enter a message to be sent when quitting
Reason for Part:
Enter message to be sent when leaving a channel
Edit Identity
The identity must contain at least one nick name.
The identity must have a real name.
Add Identity
Identity Name:
An identity named <b>{0}</b> already exists. You must provide a different name.
The identity has to have a name.
Copy Identity
Rename Identity
This identity is in use. If you remove it, the network settings using it will fall back to the default identity. Should it be deleted anyway?
Do you really want to delete all information for this identity?
Delete Identity
Select to mark the current position in the chat, when you send an AWAY command.
IrcIdentity
Default Identity
Identidade Padrão
Gone away for now.
Ausente por agora.
IRC for eric5 IDE
IRC para o IDE eric5
IRC for eric6 IDE
IRC para o IDE eric5 {6 ?}
IrcNetworkEditDialog
IRC Network
Rede IRC
Network Name:
Nome da Rede:
Enter the name of the IRC network
Introduzir o nome da rede IRC
Identity:
Identidade:
Select the identity to be used for the IRC network
Escolha a identidade a usar na rede IRC
Press to edit the identities
Pressonar para editar as identidades
Server:
Servidor:
Press to edit the server configuration
Pressonar para editar a configuração do servidor
Channels:
Canais:
Channel
Canal
Join Automatically
Unir Automaticamente
Press to add a new channel
Pressonar para adicionar um canal novo
Press to edit the selected channel
Pressonar para editar o canal selecionado
Press to delete the selected channel
Pressonar para apagar o canal selecionado
Shows the name of the server
Mostra o nome do servidor
Yes
Sim
No
Não
Delete Channel
Apagar Canal
Do you really want to delete channel <b>{0}</b>?
Realmente apagar o canal <b>{0}</b>?
IrcNetworkListDialog
IRC Networks
Redes IRC
Press to define a new network
Pressionar para definir uma rede nova
&New...
&Novo...
Press to edit the selected network
Pressionar para editar a rede selecionada
&Edit...
&Editar...
Press to delete the selected network
Pressionar para apagar a rede selecionada
&Delete
&Apagar
Press to toggle the auto-connect flag of the selected network
Pressionar para alternar o sinal de autoconetar da rede selecionada
&Auto-Connect
&Autoconetar
Press to edit the identities
Pressonar para editar as identidades
Edit &Identities...
Editar &Identidades...
Yes
Sim
No
Não
Identity
Identidade
Server
Servidor
Channels
Canais
Auto-Connect
Autoconetar
Delete Irc Network
Apagar Rede IRC
Do you really want to delete IRC network <b>{0}</b>?
Deseja realmente apagar a rede IRC <b>{0}</b>?
IrcNetworkWidget
Shows the network messages
Mostra as mensagens de rede
Select a network to connect to
Selecionar uma rede para conetar
Press to connect to the selected network
Pressionar para conetar à rede selecionada
Press to set the user status to AWAY
Press to edit the networks
Pressionar para editar as redes
Select a nick name for the channel
Enter the channel to join
Press to join the channel
Save Messages
Gravar Mensagens
HTML Files (*.{0});;Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Error saving Messages
<p>The messages contents could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Copy
Copiar
Cut all
Cortar tudo
Copy all
Copiar tudo
Clear
Limpar
Save
Gravar
Press to disconnect from the network
Pressionar para desconetar da rede
IrcPage
<b>Configure IRC</b>
<b>Configurar IRC</b>
Enable to show timestamps
Show Timestamps
Time Format:
Formato de Tempo:
Select the time format to use
Selecionar o formato de tempo a usar
Date Format
Formato de Data
Select the date format to use
Selecionar o formato da data a usar
Select to show the date in timestamps
Show Date
Mostrar Data
Colours
Cores
Network Messages:
Mensagens de Rede:
Select the colour for network messages
Selecionar a cor para mensagens de rede
Nick Names:
Select the colour for nick names
Server Messages:
Mensagens do Servidor:
Select the colour for server messages
Selecionar a cor para mensagens de servidor
Own Nick Name:
Select the colour for own nick name
Channel Messages:
Select the colour for channel messages
Join Channel:
Unir ao Canal:
Select the colour for join channel messages
Error Messages:
Mensagens de Erro:
Select the colour for error messages
Leave Channel:
Deixar Canal:
Select the colour for leave channel messages
Timestamp:
Select the colour for timestamps
Channel Info:
Informação do Canal:
Select the colour for channel info messages
Hyperlink:
Hipervínculo:
Select the colour for hyperlinks
Enable to allow coloured text in IRC messages
Habilitar para permitir texto colorido nas mensagens IRC
Allow Colored Text in IRC Messages
Permitir texto colorido em Mensagens IRC
Enable to show notifications
Habilitar para mostrar notificações
Show Notifications
Mostrar Notificações
<b>Note:</b> Notifications will only be shown, if the global usage of notifications is enabled on the notifications configuration page.
Select to show a notification for join and leave events
Join/Leave Event
Evento Unir/Deixar
Select to show a notification for every mentioning of your nick
Mentioning of Own Nick
Select to show a notification for every message
Every Message
Select this to enable the automatic lookup of user information for joined channels
Enable Automatic User Information Lookup (/WHO)
Max. Number of Users in Channel:
Enter the maximum numbers of users in a channel allowed for this function
Update Interval:
Intervalo de Atualização:
Enter the user information update interval
s
Marker
Select to mark the current position, when the chat window is hidden
Mark Current Position When Hidden
Marker Foreground:
Select the foreground colour for the marker
Marker Background:
Cor de Fundo do Marcador:
Select the background colour for the marker
Shutdown
Desligar
Select to confirm a shutdown operation while still connected to an IRC server
Selecionar para confirmar a operação de desligar enquanto esteja conetado a um servidor IRC
Confirm Shutdown When Connected
Confirmar Desligar Quando Conetado
IrcServerEditDialog
IRC Server
Servidor IRC
Server:
Servidor:
Enter the host name of the IRC server
Digite o nome de anfitrião do servidor IRC
Port:
Porto:
Enter the port number
Digite o número do porto
Password:
Senha:
Enter the server password
Digite a senha do servidor
Select to use an SSL encrypted connection
Marcar para usar conexão encriptada SSL
Use Encrypted Connection (SSL)
Usar Conexão Encriptada (SSL)
IrcUtilities
anonymous
anónimo
ban mask
no colors allowed
ban exception mask
invite only
password protected
user limit
moderated
no messages from outside
private
privado
reop channel
secret
topic protection
invitation mask
quiet
IrcWidget
Press to leave the current channel
Pressionar para deixar o canal atual
Disconnect from Server
Desconetar do servidor
<p>Do you really want to disconnect from <b>{0}</b>?</p><p>All channels will be closed.</p>
SSL Connection
Conexão SSL
An encrypted connection to the IRC network was requested but SSL is not available. Please change the server configuration.
Info
Informação
Looking for server {0} (port {1}) using an SSL encrypted connection...
Looking for server {0} (port {1})...
Disconnecting from server {0}...
Server found,connecting...
Connected,logging in...
Server disconnected.
Message Error
Unknown message received from server:<br/>{0}
Notice
Mode
You have left channel {0}.
You are now known as {0}.
Conhecem-o como {0}.
User {0} is now known as {1}.
Usuário {0} é agora conhecido como {1}.
Server Error
Error
Erro
Welcome
Bem-vindo
Support
User
Usuário
MOTD
Away
Info ({0})
Message of the day
Mensagem do dia
End of message of the day
Fim da mensagem do dia
Server {0} (Version {1}), User-Modes: {2}, Channel-Modes: {3}
Current users on {0}: {1}, max. {2}
Current users on the network: {0}, max. {1}
You are no longer marked as being away.
You have been marked as being away.
SSL Error
Erro SSL
Connection to server {0} (port {1}) lost while waiting for user response to an SSL error.
Socket Error
The host was not found. Please check the host name and port settings.
The connection was refused by the peer. Please check the host name and port settings.
The following network error occurred:<br/>{0}
{0} ({1})
channel name, users count
Critical
Crítico
No nickname acceptable to the server configured for <b>{0}</b>. Disconnecting...
The given nickname is already in use.
CTCP
Received Version request from {0}.
Received CTCP-PING request from {0}, sending answer.
Received CTCP-CLIENTINFO request from {0}, sending answer.
Received unknown CTCP-{0} request from {1}.
You have set your personal modes to <b>[{0}]</b>.
{0} has changed your personal modes to <b>[{1}]</b>.
Channels
Canais
Network
Rede
The SSL handshake failed.
A network error occurred.
Ocurreu um erro de rede.
Could not connect to {0} (port {1}) using an SSL encrypted connection. Either the server does not support SSL (did you use the correct port?) or you rejected the certificate.
The SSL certificate for the server {0} (port {1}) failed the authenticity check. SSL errors were accepted by you.
JavaScriptEricObject
Search!
Search results provided by {0}
Welcome to eric5 Web Browser!
Bem-vindo ao Navegador Web de eric5!
eric5 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5
About eric5
Acerca do eric5
Welcome to eric6 Web Browser!
Bem-vindo ao Navegador Web de eric5! {6 ?}
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
About eric6
Acerca do eric6
Largefiles
Convert Project - Converting
Convert Project - Extracting
Adding files to the Mercurial repository
Pulling large files
Verifying the integrity of large files
LargefilesProjectBrowserHelper
Add as Large File
Add as Normal File
Add as Large Files
Add as Normal Files
Large Files
LargefilesProjectHelper
Convert repository to largefiles
Convert repository to largefiles...
Convert the repository of the project to a largefiles repository.
<b>Convert repository to largefiles</b><p>This converts the repository of the project to a largefiles repository. A new project is created. The current one is kept as a backup.</p>
Convert repository to normal
Convert repository to normal...
Convert the repository of the project to a normal repository.
<b>Convert repository to normal</b><p>This converts the repository of the project to a normal repository. A new project is created. The current one is kept as a backup.</p>
Pull Large Files
Pull large files from a remote repository
<b>Pull Large Files</b><p>This pulls missing large files from a remote repository into the local repository.</p>
Show Summary
Show summary...
Show summary information of the working directory status
<b>Show summary</b><p>This shows some summary information of the working directory status.</p>
Verify large files of current revision
Verify large files of current revision...
Verify that all large files in the current revision exist
<b>Verify large files of current revision</b><p>This verifies that all large files in the current revision exist.</p>
Verify large files of all revision
Verify large files of all revision...
Verify that all large files in all revisions exist
<b>Verify large files of all revision</b><p>This verifies that all large files in all revisions exist.</p>
Verify large files contents
Verify large files contents...
Verify the contents of all large files
<b>Verify large files contents</b><p>This verifies the contents of all large files.</p>
Administration
Large Files
LexerAssociationDialog
Project Lexer Associations
Filename Pattern
Lexer Language
Filename &Pattern:
Enter the filename pattern to be associated
Press to add or change the entered association
Add/&Change
&Lexer Language:
Select the lexer language to associate
Press to delete the selected association
&Delete
&Apagar
Alternative Le&xer:
Select the alternative lexer to associate
Alternative
Alternativa
LexerPygments
Default
Padrão
Comment
Comentar
Preprocessor
Keyword
Palavra Chave
Pseudo Keyword
Type Keyword
Operator
Operador
Word
Palavra
Builtin
Function or method name
Class name
Nome de classe
Namespace
Exception
Exceção
Identifier
Constant
Constante
Label
Etiqueta
Entity
Attribute
Atributo
Tag
Decorator
Decorador
String
Cadeia
Documentation string
Cadeia de documentação
Scalar
Escape
Regular expression
Symbol
Other string
Outra cadeia
Number
Número
Heading
Subheading
Deleted
Apagado
Inserted
Inserido
Generic error
Erro Genérico
Emphasized text
Texto destacado
Strong text
Prompt
Output
Traceback
Error
Erro
Comment block
Property
Propriedade
Character
Here document
Punctuation
Pontuação
Lexers
Bash
Batch
C/C++
C#
CMake
CSS
D
Diff
Fortran
Fortran77
HTML/PHP/XML
IDL
Java
JavaScript
Lua
Makefile
Pascal
Perl
PostScript
Povray
Properties
Propriedades
Ruby
SQL
TCL
TeX
VHDL
XML
YAML
Pygments
Python Files (*.py *.py2 *.py3)
Python GUI Files (*.pyw *.pyw2 *.pyw3)
Pyrex Files (*.pyx)
Quixote Template Files (*.ptl)
Ruby Files (*.rb)
IDL Files (*.idl)
C Files (*.h *.c)
C++ Files (*.h *.hpp *.hh *.cxx *.cpp *.cc)
C# Files (*.cs)
HTML Files (*.html *.htm *.asp *.shtml)
CSS Files (*.css)
QSS Files (*.qss)
PHP Files (*.php *.php3 *.php4 *.php5 *.phtml)
XML Files (*.xml *.xsl *.xslt *.dtd *.svg *.xul *.xsd)
Qt Resource Files (*.qrc)
D Files (*.d *.di)
Java Files (*.java)
JavaScript Files (*.js)
SQL Files (*.sql)
Docbook Files (*.docbook)
Perl Files (*.pl *.pm *.ph)
Lua Files (*.lua)
Tex Files (*.tex *.sty *.aux *.toc *.idx)
Shell Files (*.sh)
Batch Files (*.bat *.cmd)
Diff Files (*.diff *.patch)
Makefiles (*.mak)
Properties Files (*.properties *.ini *.inf *.reg *.cfg *.cnf *.rc)
Povray Files (*.pov)
CMake Files (CMakeLists.txt *.cmake *.ctest)
VHDL Files (*.vhd *.vhdl)
TCL/Tk Files (*.tcl *.tk)
Fortran Files (*.f90 *.f95 *.f2k)
Fortran77 Files (*.f *.for)
Pascal Files (*.dpr *.dpk *.pas *.dfm *.inc *.pp)
PostScript Files (*.ps)
YAML Files (*.yaml *.yml)
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
Python3 Files (*.py)
Ficheiros Python3 (*.py)
Python3 GUI Files (*.pyw)
Ficheiros GUI de Python3 (*.pyw)
C Files (*.c)
C++ Files (*.cpp)
C++/C Header Files (*.h)
HTML Files (*.html)
Ficheiros HTML (*.html)
PHP Files (*.php)
ASP Files (*.asp)
XML Files (*.xml)
XSL Files (*.xsl)
DTD Files (*.dtd)
D Files (*.d)
D Interface Files (*.di)
Perl Files (*.pl)
Perl Module Files (*.pm)
Batch Files (*.bat)
TeX Files (*.tex)
Ficheiros TeX (*.tex)
TeX Template Files (*.sty)
Diff Files (*.diff)
Make Files (*.mak)
Properties Files (*.ini)
Configuration Files (*.cfg)
CMake Files (CMakeLists.txt)
CMake Macro Files (*.cmake)
VHDL Files (*.vhd)
TCL Files (*.tcl)
Tk Files (*.tk)
Fortran Files (*.f95)
Fortran77 Files (*.f)
Pascal Files (*.pas)
YAML Files (*.yml)
Python2 Files (*.py2)
Python2 GUI Files (*.pyw2)
Python2
Python3
Matlab
Octave
Matlab Files (*.m *.m.matlab)
Matlab Files (*.m)
Octave Files (*.m.octave)
Octave Files (*.m *.m.octave)
QSS
Gettext
CoffeeScript
Gettext Files (*.po)
CoffeeScript Files (*.coffee)
LfConvertDataDialog
Convert Repository Format
New project directory:
Enter the directory name of the new project directory
Press to select the new project directory name via a directory selection dialog
Minimum file size:
Enter the minimum file size in MB for files to be treated as Large Files
MB
Patterns:
Enter file patterns (space separated) for files to be treated as Large Files
New Project Directory
LfRevisionsInputDialog
Revisions Input
Enter revisions to pull large files for (one per line):
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Listspace
Close
Fechar
Close All
Fechar Tudo
Save
Gravar
Save As...
Gravar Como...
Save All
Gravar Tudo
Print
Imprimir
Untitled {0}
Sem título {0}
{0} (ro)
Open 'rejection' file
Abrir ficheiro de 'rejeição'
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Close Others
Fechar Outros
LogViewerEdit
Clear
Limpar
Copy
Copiar
Find
Encontrar
Select All
Selecionar Tudo
Configure...
Configurar...
MasterPasswordEntryDialog
Master Password
Senha Mestre
<p>Enter your master password below. This password will be used to encrypt sensitive data. You will be asked once per session for this password when the data needs to be accessed for the first time.<br/><br/><b>Note: If you forget the master password, the encrypted data cannot be recovered!</b></p>
Current Password:
Enter the current password
New Password:
Enter the new password
New Password (again):
Repeat the new password
Shows an indication for the password strength
(not defined yet)
Wrong password entered.
New password must not be empty.
Repeated password is wrong.
Old and new password must not be the same.
MercurialPage
<b>Configure Mercurial Interface</b>
Log
No. of log messages shown:
Enter the number of log messages to be shown
Commit
No. of commit messages to remember:
Enter the number of commit messages to remember
Incoming / Outgoing
Select to show the incoming and outgoing log in a log browser dialog
Use Log Browser for incoming / outgoing log
Pull
Select to update the working directory to new tip
Update after pulling
Edit the Mercurial configuration file
Edit configuration file
Cleanup
Pattern:
Enter the file name patterns to be used for cleaning up (entries separated by a space character)
Select to prefer unbundle over pull
<b>Prefer Unbundle</b>
<p>If this option is selected, it will be checked, if a Mercurial changegroups file from a previous "Show Incoming" request exists. In this case it will be applied and deleted. Otherwise a pull request will be sent.</p>
Prefer Unbundle
Revert
Select to create a backup file (.orig) before reverting changes
Create Backup Files
Global Options
Encoding:
Select the encoding to be used by Mercurial
Encoding Mode:
Select the encoding mode
Consider hidden changesets
Merge
Select to enforce usage of the Mercural internal merge tool
<b>Internal Merge Tool</b>
<p>Select to enforce usage of the Mercural internal merge tool,which leaves conflict markers in the file in case of conflicting changes.</p>
Use internal merge with conflict markers
MessageBoxWizard
QMessageBox Wizard
Q&MessageBox Wizard...
<b>QMessageBox Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QMessageBox. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
MessageBoxWizardDialog
QMessageBox Wizard
Type
Tipo
Generate an Information QMessageBox
Information
Informação
Generate a Question QMessageBox
Question
Questão
Generate a Warning QMessageBox
Warning
Aviso
Generate a Critical QMessageBox
Critical
Crítico
Generate an About QMessageBox
About
Acerca
Generate an AboutQt QMessageBox
About Qt
Acerca de Qt
Title
Título
Message
Mensagem
Enter the message to be shown in the QMessageBox
Parent
Pai
Select "self" as parent
Selecionar "self" como pai
self
Select "None" as parent
Selecionar "None" como pai
None
Select to enter a parent expression
Selecionar para introduzir uma expressão pai
Expression:
Expressão:
Enter the parent expression
Introduzir a expressão pai
Standard Buttons
Botões Padrão
Apply
Aplicar
Abort
Abortar
Cancel
Cancelar
Ignore
Ignorar
Save all
Gravar tudo
Save
Gravar
Discard
Descartar
Yes to all
Sim a tudo
Open
Abrir
Reset
Reinicializar
Ok
No
Não
Help
Ajuda
No to all
Não a tudo
Retry
Tentar de Novo
Restore defaults
Repor predefinições
Yes
Sim
Close
Fechar
Default Button:
Select the default button
Selecionar o botão predefinido
No button
Sem botões
Test
Enter the title for the QMessageBox
Result:
Resultado:
Enter the result variable name
Introduzir o nome para a variável resultante
MiniEditor
About eric5 Mini Editor
Acerca do Mini Editor eric5
Line: {0:5}
Linha: {0:5}
Pos: {0:5}
New
Novo
&New
&Novo
Ctrl+N
File|New
Open an empty editor window
Abrir uma janela do editor vazia
<b>New</b><p>An empty editor window will be created.</p>
<b>Novo</b><p>Será criada uma janela do editor vazia.</p>
Open
Abrir
&Open...
&Abrir...
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Open a file
Abrir um ficheiro
<b>Open a file</b><p>You will be asked for the name of a file to be opened.</p>
Save
Gravar
&Save
&Gravar
Ctrl+S
File|Save
Save the current file
Gravar o ficheiro atual
<b>Save File</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window.</p>
<b>Gravar Ficheiro</b><p>Grava o conteúdo da janela atual do editor.</p>
Save as
Gravar como
Save &as...
Gr&avar como...
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Save the current file to a new one
Gravar o ficheiro atual para um novo
<b>Save File as</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window to a new file. The file can be entered in a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>Gravar Ficheiro como</b><p>Gravar o conteúdo da janela do editor atual num ficheiro novo. O ficheiro pode ser introduzido com uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros.</p>
Close
Fechar
&Close
Fe&char
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Close the editor window
<b>Close Window</b><p>Close the current window.</p>
<b>Fechar Janela</b><p>Fecha a janela atual.</p>
Print
Imprimir
&Print
Im&primir
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Print the current file
Imprimir o ficheiro atual
<b>Print File</b><p>Print the contents of the current file.</p>
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Print preview of the current file
Antevisão da impressão do ficheiro atual
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview of the current file.</p>
Undo
Desfazer
&Undo
Desfa&zer
Ctrl+Z
Edit|Undo
Alt+Backspace
Edit|Undo
Undo the last change
Desfazer a última alteração
<b>Undo</b><p>Undo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>Desfazer</b><p>Desfazer a última alteração feita no editor atual.</p>
Redo
Refazer
&Redo
&Refazer
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Edit|Redo
Redo the last change
Refazer a última alteração
<b>Redo</b><p>Redo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>Refazer</b><p>Refazer a últma alteração feita no editor atual.</p>
Cut
Cortar
Cu&t
Cor&tar
Ctrl+X
Edit|Cut
Shift+Del
Edit|Cut
Cut the selection
Cortar a seleção
<b>Cut</b><p>Cut the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
<b>Cortar</b><p>Cortar a seleção do texto do editor atual para a Área de Transferência.<p>
Copy
Copiar
&Copy
&Copiar
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+Ins
Edit|Copy
Copy the selection
Copiar a seleção
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
Paste
Colar
&Paste
Co&lar
Ctrl+V
Edit|Paste
Shift+Ins
Edit|Paste
Paste the last cut/copied text
Colar o último texto cortado/copiado
<b>Paste</b><p>Paste the last cut/copied text from the clipboard to the current editor.</p>
Clear
Limpar
Cl&ear
Alt+Shift+C
Edit|Clear
Clear all text
Limpar todo o texto
<b>Clear</b><p>Delete all text of the current editor.</p>
<b>Limpar</b><p>Apaga o texto todo do editor atual.</p>
About
Acerca
&About
A&cerca
Display information about this software
Mostra a informação acerca deste software
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>Acerca</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca deste software.</p>
About Qt
Acerca de Qt
About &Qt
Acerca de &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
Mostra informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>Acerca de Qt</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt.</p>
What's This?
O que é Isto?
&What's This?
O &que é Isto?
Shift+F1
Help|What's This?'
Context sensitive help
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
&File
&Ficheiro
&Edit
&Editar
&Help
&Ajuda
File
Ficheiro
Edit
Editar
Find
Encontrar
Help
Ajuda
<p>This part of the status bar displays an indication of the editors files writability.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the line number of the editor.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the cursor position of the editor.</p>
Ready
Preparado
eric5 Mini Editor
Mini Editor eric5
The document has unsaved changes.
O documento tem alterações por gravar.
Open File
Abrir Ficheiro
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be opened.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Não se pôde abrir o ficheiro <b>{0}</b>.</p><p> Motivo: {1}</p>
File loaded
Save File
Gravar Ficheiro
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde gravar. <br/>Motivo: {1}</p>
File saved
Untitled
{0}[*] - {1}
Mini Editor
Printing...
Imprimindo...
Printing completed
Impressão completa
Error while printing
Erro durante a impressão
Printing aborted
Impressão cancelada
Select all
Selecionar tudo
Deselect all
Desmarcar tudo
Languages
Idiomas
No Language
Sem Idioma
Guessed
Alternatives
Alternativas
Alternatives ({0})
Alternativas ({0})
Pygments Lexer
Analizador Léxico Pygments
Select the Pygments lexer to apply.
Selecionar o analizador léxico Pygments a aplicar.
About eric6 Mini Editor
Acerca do Mini Editor eric5 {6 ?}
The eric6 Mini Editor is an editor component based on QScintilla. It may be used for simple editing tasks, that don't need the power of a full blown editor.
eric6 Mini Editor
Mini Editor eric5 {6 ?}
MultiProject
Read multiproject file
Ler ficheiro de multiprojeto
<p>The multiproject file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Save multiproject file
Gravar ficheiro de multiprojeto
<p>The multiproject file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Open multiproject
Abrir multiprojeto
Multiproject Files (*.e4m)
Ficheiros Multiprojeto (*.e4m)
Save multiproject as
Gravar multiprojeto como
Save File
Gravar Ficheiro
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Close Multiproject
Fechar Multiprojeto
The current multiproject has unsaved changes.
O multiprojeto atual tem alterações por gravar.
New multiproject
Multiprojeto novo
&New...
&Novo...
Generate a new multiproject
Criar um multiprojeto novo
<b>New...</b><p>This opens a dialog for entering the info for a new multiproject.</p>
&Open...
&Abrir...
Open an existing multiproject
Abrir um multiprojeto existente
<b>Open...</b><p>This opens an existing multiproject.</p>
Close multiproject
Fechar multiprojeto
&Close
Fe&char
Close the current multiproject
Fechar o multiprojeto atual
<b>Close</b><p>This closes the current multiproject.</p>
Save multiproject
Gravar multiprojeto
&Save
&Gravar
Save the current multiproject
Gravar o multiprojeto actual
<b>Save</b><p>This saves the current multiproject.</p>
Save &as...
Gr&avar como...
Save the current multiproject to a new file
<b>Save as</b><p>This saves the current multiproject to a new file.</p>
Add project to multiproject
Adicionar projeto ao multiprojeto
Add &project...
Adicionar &projeto...
Add a project to the current multiproject
Adicionar um projeto ao multiprojeto atual
<b>Add project...</b><p>This opens a dialog for adding a project to the current multiproject.</p>
Multiproject properties
Propriedades do multiprojeto
&Properties...
&Propriedades...
Show the multiproject properties
<b>Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the multiproject properties.</p>
&Multiproject
&Multiprojeto
Open &Recent Multiprojects
Abrir Multiprojetos &Rececntes
Multiproject
Multiprojeto
&Clear
&Limpar
Multiproject Files (*.e5m *.e4m)
Multiproject Files (*.e5m)
Ficheiros Multiprojeto (*.e4m) {5m?}
MultiProjectBrowser
Open
Abrir
Remove
Retirar
Properties
Propriedades
Configure...
Configurar...
Add Project...
Adicionar Projeto...
Not categorized
MultiProjectPage
<b>Configure multiproject settings</b>
<b>Configurar Definições de Multiprojeto</b>
Master Project
Select to open the master project automatically upon opening the multiproject
Open master project automatically
XML
Select, if a timestamp should be written to all multiproject related XML files
Include timestamp in multiproject related XML files
Recent Multiprojects
Multiprojetos Recentes
Number of recent multiprojects:
Enter the number of recent multiprojects to remember
Workspace
Enter the name of the workspace directory
<b>Workspace Directory</b>
<p>Enter the directory of the workspace. This directory is used as the default for opening or saving new files or projects.</p>
Select the workspace directory via a directory selection button
Select Workspace Directory
Selecionar o Diretório de Trabalho
NamingStyleChecker
class names should use CapWords convention
nomes de classes devem usar a convenção de Maiúsculas
function name should be lowercase
nome de função deve estar em minúsculas
argument name should be lowercase
nome do argumento deve ser em minúsculas
first argument of a class method should be named 'cls'
first argument of a method should be named 'self'
primeiro argumento de um método deve chamar-se 'self'
first argument of a static method should not be named 'self' or 'cls
primeiro argumento de um método estático não deve chamar-se 'self' ou 'cls
module names should be lowercase
nomes de módulos devem estar em minúsculas
package names should be lowercase
constant imported as non constant
lowercase imported as non lowercase
camelcase imported as lowercase
camelcase imported as constant
variable in function should be lowercase
variável na função deve estar em minúsculas
names 'l', 'O' and 'I' should be avoided
nomes 'I', 'O' e 'l' devem ser evitados
NetworkAccessManager
<b>Enter username and password for '{0}'</b>
<b>Introduzir nome de usuário e senha para '{0}'</b>
<b>Enter username and password for '{0}', realm '{1}'</b>
<b>Introduzir nome de usuário e senha para '{0}, domínio '{1}'</b>
NetworkPage
<b>Configure Network</b>
<b>Configurar Rede</b>
Download directory:
Diretório de descárregas:
Enter the download directory (leave empty to use the default location)
Introduzir o diretório de descargas (deixar vazio para usar a localização padrão)
Select the download directory via a directory selection dialog
Select to ask the user for a download filename
Request name of downloaded file
Select to use a web proxy
Use network proxy
Utilizar proxy de rede
Select to use the system proxy configuration
Use system proxy configuration
Select to use an application specific proxy configuration
Manual proxy configuration:
Manual proxy settings
Enter the name of the HTTP proxy host
Port:
Porto:
Enter the HTTP proxy port
Introduza o porto de proxy para HTTP
Select to use the HTTP proxy for all
Use this proxy for all protocols
Enter the name of the HTTPS proxy host
Enter the HTTPS proxy port
Introduza o porto de proxy para HTTPS
Enter the name of the FTP proxy host
Enter the FTP proxy port
Introduza o porto de proxy para FTP
Select download directory
Downloads
Descargas
Download Manager Cleanup Policy
Política de Limpeza do Gestor de Descárregas
Select to never cleanup automatically
Never
Nunca
Select to cleanup upon exiting
When exiting the application
Select to cleanup after a successful download
When download finished successfully
HTTP-Proxy:
HTTPS-Proxy:
FTP-Proxy
Hostname:
Proxy Type:
Tipo de Proxy:
Select the type of the FTP proxy
User Name:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter the user name for the proxy authentication
Password:
Senha:
Enter the password for the proxy authentication
Account:
Conta:
Enter the account info for the proxy authentication
Introduzir a informação da conta para a autenticação de proxy
Press to clear the saved passwords for the Http(s) proxy
Clear HTTP(S) Proxy Passwords
Limpar Senhas de Proxy HTTP(S)
No FTP Proxy
No Proxy Authentication required
User@Server
SITE
OPEN
ABRIR
User@Proxyuser@Server
Proxyuser@Server
AUTH and RESP
Bluecoat Proxy
NetworkProtocolUnknownErrorReply
Protocol '{0}' not supported.
Protocolo '{0}' não suportado.
NewDialogClassDialog
New Dialog Class
Enter the path of the file for the forms code
&Classname:
Nome da &Classe:
Select the source file path via a directory selection dialog
&Filename:
Nome do &Ficheiro:
&Path:
Enter the name of the new class
Enter the name of the file for the forms code
Select source directory
NewPythonPackageDialog
Add new Python package
Adicionar pacote novo de Python
Enter the dotted name of the new package
Enter the dotted package name
NoCacheHostsDialog
Not Cached Hosts
Enter search term for hosts
Introduzir termo de busca para anfitriões
Press to add site to the list
&Add...
&Adicionar...
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressione para retirar todas as entradas
R&emove All
R&etirar Tudo
Enter host name to add to the list:
NotificationsPage
<b>Configure notification settings</b>
Select to enable notifications
Enable Notifications
Auto Close Timeout:
Enter the timeout for closing the notification
s
Enter the X-position the notification should be shown at
Enter the Y-position the notification should be shown at
Position
X:
Y:
Press to select the position visually, release to get it
Visual Selection
Drag the notification window to the desired place and release the button.
NumbersWidget
Numbers Formats
Formato dos Números
Binary
Binário
Press to import the selected binary number
Pressionar para importar o número binário selecionado
Enter the binary number
Introduzir o número binário
Press to send the binary number to the current editor
Pressionar para enviar o número binário ao editor atual
Octal
Octal
Press to import the selected octal number
Pressionar para importar o número octal selecionado
Enter the octal number
Introduzir o número octal
Press to send the octal number to the current editor
Pressionar para enviar o número octal ao editor atual
Decimal
Press to import the selected decimal number
Pressionar para importar o número decimal selecionado
Enter the decimal number
Introduzir o número decimal
Press to send the decimal number to the current editor
Pressionar para enviar o número decimal ao editor atual
Hexadecimal
Press to import the selected hex number
Pressionar para importar o número hexadecimal selecionado
Enter the hex number
Introduzir o número hexadecimal
Press to send the hex number to the current editor
Pressionar para enviar o número hexadecimal ao editor atual
Input Format:
Formato de Entrada:
Select the input format
Selecionar o formato de entrada
Bitsize:
Tamanho do Bit:
Select the bit size
Selecionar o tamanho do bit
Press to swap the current byte order
Pressionar para inverter a ordem do byte atual
Swap byte order
Inverter a ordem do byte
Auto
Dec
Hex
Oct
Bin
OfflineStorageConfigDialog
Offline Storage Settings
<b>Configure offline storage</b>
Web SQL Databases
Select to enable Web SQL Databases
Enable Web SQL Databases
Default Quota:
Enter the default quota for Web SQL Databases
MB
Press to show the Web SQL Databases
Show databases...
Offline Web Application Cache
Select to enable Offline Web Application Caches
Enable Offline Web Application Caches
Enter the default quota for Offline Web Application Caches
Local Web Storage
Select to enable Local Web Storage
Enable Local Web Storage
Select to allow local content to access remote URLs
Local Content can access Remote URLs
Select to allow local content to access local files
Local Content can access Local Files
OpenSearchDialog
Open Search Engines Configuration
Press to add a new search engine from file
&Add...
&Adicionar...
Press to delete the selected engines
&Delete
&Apagar
Press to edit the data of the current engine
Edit...
Editar...
Press to restore the default engines
&Restore Defaults
Add search engine
OpenSearch (*.xml);;All Files (*)
{0} is not a valid OpenSearch 1.1 description or is already on your list.
Delete selected engines
You must have at least one search engine.
OpenSearchEditDialog
Edit search engine data
&Name:
&Nome:
Shows the name of the search engine
&Description:
&Descrição:
Enter a description
Introduzir uma descrição
&Image URL:
Enter the URL of the image
&Search URL Template:
Enter the template of the search URL
Su&ggestions URL Template:
Enter the template of the suggestions URL
OpenSearchEngineModel
Name
Nome
Keywords
Palavras Chave
<strong>Description:</strong> {0}
<strong>Provides contextual suggestions</strong>
Comma-separated list of keywords that may be entered in the location bar followed by search terms to search with this engine
OpenSearchManager
<p>Do you want to add the following engine to your list of search engines?<br/><br/>Name: {0}<br/>Searches on: {1}</p>
<p>Deseja adicionar o motor seguinte à lista de motores de busca?<br/><br/>Nome: {0}<br/>Procura em: {1}</p>
OpenSearchReader
The file is not an OpenSearch 1.1 file.
O ficheiro não é um ficheiro OpenSearch 1.1.
OperaImporter
Opera stores its bookmarks in the <b>bookmarks.adr</b> text file. This file is usually located in
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
Por favor escolha o ficheiro para começar a importar marcadores.
File '{0}' does not exist.
File '{0}' cannot be read.
Reason: {1}
Não se pode ler o ficheiro '{0}'. Motivo: {1}
Opera Import
Imported {0}
Importado {0}
PackageDiagramBuilder
Package Diagram {0}: {1}
Package Diagram: {0}
Parsing modules...
Analisando módulos...
The directory <b>'{0}'</b> is not a package.
The package <b>'{0}'</b> does not contain any modules.
The package <b>'{0}'</b> does not contain any classes.
%v/%m Modules
%v%m Módulos
Package Diagram
Diagrama do Pacote
PageScreenDialog
Page Screen
Save Page Screen
screen.png
Portable Network Graphics File (*.png)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Cannot write file '{0}:
{1}.
PasswordManager
Saving login data
Loading login data
<p>Login data could not be loaded from <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Login data could not be loaded from <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: Wrong input format</p>
Save password
<b>Would you like to save this password?</b><br/>To review passwords you have saved and remove them, use the password management dialog of the Settings menu.
Never for this site
Not now
Re-encoding saved passwords...
<p>Login data could not be saved to <b>{0}</b></p>
Error when loading login data on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
%v/%m Passwords
Passwords
Senhas
PasswordModel
Website
Sítio Web
Username
Nome de Usuário
Password
Senha
PasswordReader
The file is not a Passwords version 1.0 file.
O ficheiro nã é um ficheiro Passwords versão 1.0.
PasswordsDialog
Saved Passwords
Enter search term
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
Remove &All
Retirar &Tudo
Press to toggle the display of passwords
Show Passwords
Hide Passwords
Do you really want to show passwords?
PersonalDataDialog
Personal Information
Informação Pessoal
<h2>Personal Information</h2>
Your personal information that will be used on webpages.
First Name:
ZIP Code:
Last Name:
State/Region:
Full Name:
Country:
E-mail:
Home Page:
Página de Início:
Phone:
Custom 1:
Mobile Phone:
Custom 2:
Address:
Endereço:
Custom 3:
City:
Custom 4:
<b>Note:</b> Press Ctrl+ENTER to autofill form fields for which personal entries were found.
PersonalInformationManager
Full Name
Nome Completo
Last Name
Apelido
First Name
Nome Próprio
E-mail
Correio eletrónico
Mobile
Telemóvel
Phone
Telefone
Address
Direção
City
Cidade
ZIP Code
Código Postal
State/Region
Estado/Região
Country
País
Home Page
Página de Início
Custom 1
Personalizado 1
Custom 2
Personalizado 2
Custom 3
Personalizado 3
Custom 4
Personalizado 4
Insert Personal Information
Introduzir Informação Pessoal
Edit Personal Information
Editar Informação Pessoal
PixmapDiagram
Pixmap-Viewer
Close
Fechar
Print
Imprimir
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Window
Janela
Graphics
Gráficos
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> cannot be displayed. The format is not supported.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pode mostrar. O formato não é suportado.</p>
Diagram: {0}
Diagrama: {0}
PluginDetailsDialog
Plugin Details
Module name:
Module filename:
Autoactivate
Autoativar
Active
Ativo
Plugin name:
Version:
Author:
Autor:
Description:
Descrição:
Error:
PluginError
Unspecific plugin error.
Plugin paths not found or not creatable.
No plugin modules found.
Error loading plugin module: {0}
Error activating plugin module: {0}
The plugin module {0} is missing {1}.
The plugin class {0} of module {1} is missing {2}.
The plugin module {0} is not compatible with Python2.
PluginInfoDialog
Loaded Plugins
Complementos Carregados
Double-Click an entry to show detailed info. Plugins with an error are shown in red.
Duplo clique numa entrada para mostrar informação detalhada. Os complementos com algum erro aparecem a vermelho.
<b>Plugin List</b><p>This lists all loaded plugins. Double-clicking an entry shows more detailed information in a separate dialog.</p>
<b>Lista de Complementos</b><p>Lista todos os complementos carregados. Duplo clique numa entrada mostra mais informação detalhada numa caixa de diálogo aparte.</p>
Module
Módulo
Name
Nome
Version
Versão
Autoactivate
Auto-ativar
Active
Ativo
Description
Descrição
Show details
Mostrar detalhes
Activate
Ativar
Deactivate
Desativar
Yes
Sim
No
Não
PluginInstallDialog
Plugin Installation
Instalação de Complementos
<b>Enter the plugin archives to install</b>
<b>Introduzir os ficheiros de complemento para instalar</b>
Add plugin ZIP-archives via a file selection dialog
Adicionar ficheiros ZIP de complementos através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Add ...
Adicionar...
Remove the selected entries from the list of plugin archives to be installed
Retirar as entradas selecionadas da lista de ficheiros complemento a ser instalados
Remove
Retirar
<b>Select the destination plugin directory</b>
<b>Selecionar o diretório de destino de complementos</b>
Select the destination plugin area
Selecionar a área de destino dos complementos
<b>Installation Summary</b>
<b>Sumário de Instalação</b>
This shows the summary of the installation data
Isto mostra o sumário dos dados da instalação
%v/%m Files
%v%m Ficheiros
PluginInstallWidget
< Back
< Atrás
Next >
Próximo >
Install
Instalar
User plugins directory
Diretório de complementos do usuário
Global plugins directory
Diretório global de complementos
Plugin ZIP-Archives:
{0}
Destination:
{1} ({2})
Ficheiros ZIP de Complementos:
{0}
Destino:
{1} ({2})
Select plugin ZIP-archives
Selecionar ficheiros ZIP de complementos
Plugin archive (*.zip)
Ficheiro Complemento (*.zip)
Installing {0} ...
Instalando {0} ...
ok
The plugins were installed successfully.
Os complementos foram instalados com êxito.
Some plugins could not be installed.
Não se puderam instalar alguns complementos.
<p>The archive file <b>{0}</b> does not exist. Aborting...</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não existe. Abortando...</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> is not a valid plugin ZIP-archive. Aborting...</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não é um ficheiro ZIP de complemento válido. Abortando...</p>
<p>The destination directory <b>{0}</b> is not writeable. Aborting...</p>
<p>Não se pode escrever no diretório de destino <b>{0}</b>. Abortando...</p>
<p>The plugin module <b>{0}</b> does not contain a 'packageName' attribute. Aborting...</p>
<p>O módulo do complemento <b>{0}</b> não contém o atributo 'packageName'. Abortando...</p>
<p>The plugin module <b>{0}</b> does not conform with the PyQt v2 API. Aborting...</p>
<p>O módulo do complemento <b>{0}</b> não está conforme com a API de PyQt v2. Abortando...</p>
<p>The plugin package <b>{0}</b> exists. Aborting...</p>
<p>Existe o pacote de complementos <b>{0}</b>. Abortando...</p>
<p>The plugin module <b>{0}</b> exists. Aborting...</p>
<p>Existe o módulo de complemento <b>{0}</b>. Abortando...</p>
Error installing plugin. Reason: {0}
Erro ao instalar complemento. Motivo: {0}
Unspecific exception installing plugin.
Exceção não especificada ao instalar complemento.
PluginManager
Could not create a package for {0}.
The internal plugin directory <b>{0}</b> does not exits.
Module is missing the 'autoactivate' attribute.
Module is missing the 'pluginType' and/or 'pluginTypename' attributes.
Module failed to load. Error: {0}
Incompatible plugin activation method.
Plugin Manager Error
Erro do Gestor de Complementos
<p>The plugin download directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created. Please configure it via the configuration dialog.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Error downloading file
Erro ao descarregar ficheiro
<p>Could not download the requested file from {0}.</p><p>Error: {1}</p>
New plugin versions available
Disponível novas versões de complementos
<p>There are new plug-ins or plug-in updates available. Use the plug-in repository dialog to get them.</p>
Module is missing the Python2 compatibility flag. Please update.
Module is not Python2 compatible.
PluginManagerPage
<b>Configure plugin manager</b>
<b>Configurar gestor de complementos</b>
Plugins download directory:
Enter the plugins download directory
Select the plugins download directory via a directory selection dialog
Select plugins download directory
Select to enable external plugins to be loaded
Load external plugins
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> The following settings are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Nota:</b> As definições seguintes serão ativadas no próximo arranque da aplicação.</font>
Check for plugin updates
Select to disable update checking
Selecionar para desabilitar verificação de atualizações
Never
Nunca
Select to check for updates once a day
Selecionar para verificar atualizações uma vez por dia
Daily
Diariamente
Select to check for updates once a week
Selecionar para verificar atualizações uma vez por semana
Weekly
Semanalmente
Select to check for updates once a month
Selecionar para verificar atualizações uma vez por mês
Monthly
Mensualmente
Repository URL:
Shows the repository URL
Press to edit the plugin repository URL
Edit URL
Select to check only already installed plugins for updates
Check only installed plugins for updates
Download Housekeeping
No. of generations to keep:
Enter the number of generations to keep for each plugin
Select to keep generations of hidden plugins
Keep generations of hidden plugins
PluginRepositoryDialog
Plugin Repository
Repositório de Complementos
Name
Nome
Version
Versão
Short Description
Descrição Curta
Description:
Descrição:
Displays the description of the selected plugin
Author:
Autor:
Displays the author of the selected plugin
URL:
Displays the download URL of the selected plugin
Shows the progress of the current download
Repository URL:
Shows the repository URL
Press to edit the plugin repository URL
Edit URL
PluginRepositoryWidget
Update
Atualizar
Download
Descarregar
Cancel
Cancelar
Close && Install
Fechar && Instalar
Download Plugin Files
Descarregar Ficheiros Complemento
The requested plugins were downloaded.
Read plugins repository file
<p>The plugins repository file <b>{0}</b> could not be read. Select Update</p>
No plugin repository file available.
Select Update.
Error downloading file
<p>Could not download the requested file from {0}.</p><p>Error: {1}</p>
Stable
Estável
Unstable
Instável
Unknown
Desconhecido
Download && Install
Descarregar && Instalar
Plugins Repository URL Changed
The URL of the Plugins Repository has changed. Select the "Update" button to get the new repository file.
Hide
Hide Selected
Show All
Cleanup Downloads
up-to-date
new download available
update installable
updated download available
Cleanup of Plugin Downloads
<p>The plugin download <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
PluginRepositoryWindow
Process Generation Error
Erro na Criação de Processo
<p>Could not start the process.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Não pode começar o processo. <br> Assegurar de que está disponível como <b>{0}</b>.</p>
OK
PluginUninstallDialog
Plugin Uninstallation
Desinstalação de Plugins
Plugin directory:
Diretório de plugins:
Select the plugin area containing the plugin to uninstall
Plugin:
Select the plugin to uninstall
Selecionar o plugin a desinstalar
PluginUninstallWidget
User plugins directory
Diretório de plugins do usuário
Global plugins directory
Diretório de plugins do global
Plugin Uninstallation
Desinstalação de Plugins
<p>The plugin <b>{0}</b> could not be unloaded. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin <b>{0}</b> has no 'packageName' attribute. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin package <b>{0}</b> could not be removed. Aborting...</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The plugin <b>{0}</b> was uninstalled successfully from {1}.</p>
Preferences
Export Preferences
Exportar Preferências
Import Preferences
Importar Preferências
Properties File (*.ini);;All Files (*)
Ficheiro de Propriedades (*.ini);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select Python2 Interpreter
Selecionar o Intérprete de Python2
Select the Python2 interpreter to be used:
Selecionar o intérprete de Python2 a usar:
Select Python{0} Interpreter
Select the Python{0} interpreter to be used:
PreferencesLexerError
Unspecific PreferencesLexer error.
Unsupported Lexer Language: {0}
PreviewProcessingThread
<p>No preview available for this type of file.</p>
<p>A antevisão para este tipo de ficheiro não está disponível.</p>
<p>Markdown preview requires the <b>python-markdown</b> package.<br/>Install it with your package manager or see <a href="http://pythonhosted.org/Markdown/install.html">installation instructions.</a></p>
<p>ReStructuredText preview requires the <b>python-docutils</b> package.<br/>Install it with your package manager or see <a href="http://pypi.python.org/pypi/docutils">this page.</a></p>
Previewer
Enable JavaScript
Habilitar JavaScript
Preview - {0}
Antevisão - {0}
Preview
Antevisão
<p>No preview available for this type of file.</p>
<p>A antevisão para este tipo de ficheiro não está disponível.</p>
PreviewerHTML
about:blank
Select to enable JavaScript for HTML previews
Enable JavaScript
Habilitar JavaScript
Select to enable support for Server Side Includes
Enable Server Side Includes
<p>No preview available for this type of file.</p>
<p>A antevisão para este tipo de ficheiro não está disponível.</p>
Preview - {0}
Antevisão - {0}
Preview
Antevisão
PreviewerQSS
Preview Style
Action 1
Action 2
MDI
Python
Ruby
JavaScript
Printer
{0} - Printed on {1}, {2} - Page {3}
{0} - Imprimido em {1}, {2} - Página {3}
PrinterPage
<b>Configure printer settings</b>
<b>Configurar definições da impressora</b>
Colour
Cor
Gray Scale
Tons de Cinzento
First Page First
Primeiro a Primeira Página
Last Page First
Primeiro a Última Página
Printername:
Nome da Impressora:
Magnification:
Ampliação:
Header Font
Tipo de Letra do Cabeçalho
Press to select the font for the page headers
Pressionar para selecionar o tipo de letra para os cabeçalhos
Colour Mode:
Modo de Cor:
Page Order:
Ordem das Páginas:
Margins
Margens
Enter the top margin in cm.
Introduza a margem superior em cm.
cm
Enter the left margin in cm.
Introduza a margem esquerda em cm.
Enter the right margin in cm.
Introduza a margem direita em cm.
Enter the bottom margin in cm.
Introduza a margem inferior em cm.
ProgramsDialog
External Programs
Programas Externos
Path
Caminho
Version
Versão
Search
Procurar
Press to search for programs
Translation Extractor (Python, PySide)
Forms Compiler (Python, PySide)
Resource Compiler (Python, PySide)
Forms Compiler (Ruby, Qt4)
Resource Compiler (Ruby, Qt4)
CORBA IDL Compiler
Compilador de CORBA IDL
(unknown)
(desconhecido)
Spell Checker - PyEnchant
(not configured)
(não configurado)
(not executable)
(não executável)
(not found)
(não encontrado)
Source Highlighter - Pygments
Translation Converter (Qt)
Qt Designer
Qt Linguist
Qt Assistant
Assistente Qt
Translation Extractor (Python, PyQt4)
Forms Compiler (Python, PyQt4)
Resource Compiler (Python, PyQt4)
Translation Extractor (Python, PyQt5)
Forms Compiler (Python, PyQt5)
Resource Compiler (Python, PyQt5)
Project
Python3 Files (*.py *.py3);;Python3 GUI Files (*.pyw *.pyw3);;
Ficheiros Python3 (*.py *.py3);;Ficheiros GUI Python3 (*.pyw *.pyw3);;
Ruby Files (*.rb);;
Ficheiros Ruby (*.rb);;
Eric Plugin
Complemento de Eric
Console
Other
Outro
PySide GUI
GUI de PySide
PySide Console
Consola de PySide
Registering Project Type
Registando Tipo de Projeto
Read project file
Ler ficheiro de projeto
<p>The project file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>Não se pôde ler o ficheiro de projeto <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Save project file
Gravar ficheiro de projeto
<p>The project file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>Não se pôde escrever o ficheiro de projeto <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Read user project properties
Ler propriedades de projeto do usuário
<p>The user specific project properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Save user project properties
Gravar propriedades de projeto do usuário
<p>The user specific project properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Read project session
Ler sessão de projeto
Please save the project first.
Guarde primeiro o projeto por favor.
<p>The project session file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Save project session
Gravar a sessão do projeto
<p>The project session file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Delete project session
Apagar a sessão do projeto
<p>The project session file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
Read tasks
Ler tarefas
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Save tasks
Gravar tarefas
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Read debugger properties
Ler propriedades do depurador
<p>The project debugger properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Save debugger properties
Gravar propriedades do depurador
<p>The project debugger properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Delete debugger properties
Apagar propriedades do depurador
<p>The project debugger properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
Add Language
Adicionar Idioma
You have to specify a translation pattern first.
Primeiro tem que especificar um padrão de tradução.
Delete translation
Apagar a Tradução
<p>The selected translation file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
Add file
Adicionar ficheiro
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists.</p><p>Overwrite it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> já existe. </p><p>Sobreescrever?</p>
<p>The selected file <b>{0}</b> could not be added to <b>{1}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {2}</p>
The target directory must not be empty.
O diretório de destino não pode estar vazio.
Add directory
Adicionar diretório
<p>The source directory doesn't contain any files belonging to the selected category.</p>
<p>The target directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
The source directory must not be empty.
O diretório fonte não pode estar vazio.
Rename file
Renomear ficheiro
Rename File
Renomear Ficheiro
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> já existe. Sobreescrever?</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be renamed.<br />Reason: {1}</p>
Delete file
Apagar ficheiro
<p>The selected file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
Delete directory
Apagar diretório
<p>The selected directory <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
Create project directory
Criar diretório de projeto
<p>The project directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p>
New Project
Projeto Novo
Add existing files to the project?
Adicionar os ficheiros existentes ao projeto?
Select Version Control System
Selecionar o Sistema de Control de Versão
Would you like to edit the VCS command options?
Quer editar as opções de commandos VCS?
New project
Projeto novo
Shall the project file be added to the repository?
Deve adicionar-se o ficheiro de projeto ao repositório?
None
Select version control system for the project
Selecionar o sistema de control de versão para o projeto
Translation Pattern
Padrão de Tradução
Enter the path pattern for translation files (use '%language%' in place of the language code):
Introduzir o padrão para os ficheiros de tradução (usar '%language%' em lugar do código de idioma):
Open project
Abrir projeto
Project Files (*.e4p)
Ficheiros de Projeto (*.e4p)
Save project as
Gravar projeto como
Save File
Gravar Ficheiro
Close Project
Fechar Projeto
The current project has unsaved changes.
O projeto atual tem alterações por gravar.
Syntax errors detected
Detetados erros de sintaxe
The project contains %n file(s) with syntax errors.
The project contains one file with syntax errors.
The project contains %n files with syntax errors.
&New...
&Novo...
Generate a new project
Criar um projeto novo
<b>New...</b><p>This opens a dialog for entering the info for a new project.</p>
<b>Novo...</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo para introduzir a informação para um projeto novo.</p>
&Open...
&Abrir...
Open an existing project
Abrir um projeto existente
<b>Open...</b><p>This opens an existing project.</p>
<b>Abrir...</b><p>Isto abre um projeto existente.</p>
Close project
Fechar projeto
&Close
&Fechar
Close the current project
Fechar o projeto atual
<b>Close</b><p>This closes the current project.</p>
<b>Fechar</b><p>Fecha o projeto atual</p>
Save project
Gravar projeto
&Save
&Gravar
Save the current project
Gravar o projeto actual
<b>Save</b><p>This saves the current project.</p>
<b>Gravar</b><p>Guarda o projeto atual.</p>
Save &as...
Gravar &como...
Save the current project to a new file
Gravar o projeto atual para um ficheiro novo
<b>Save as</b><p>This saves the current project to a new file.</p>
<b>Gravar como</b><p>Guarda o projeto atual para um ficheiro novo.</p>
Add files to project
Adicionar ficheiros ao projeto
Add &files...
Adicionar &ficheiros...
Add files to the current project
Adicionar ficheiros ao projeto atual
<b>Add files...</b><p>This opens a dialog for adding files to the current project. The place to add is determined by the file extension.</p>
<b>Adicionar ficheiros...</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo para adicionar ficheiros ao projeto atual. O lugar para adicionar determina-se pela extensão de ficheiro.</p>
Add directory to project
Add directory...
Add a directory to the current project
Adicionar um diretório ao projeto atual
<b>Add directory...</b><p>This opens a dialog for adding a directory to the current project.</p>
<b>Adicionar diretório</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo para adicionar um diretório ao projeto atual.</p>
Add translation to project
Add &translation...
Adicionar &tradução...
Add a translation to the current project
<b>Add translation...</b><p>This opens a dialog for add a translation to the current project.</p>
Search new files
Procurar ficheiros novos
Searc&h new files...
&Procurar ficheiros novos...
Search new files in the project directory.
Procurar ficheiros novos no diretório do projeto.
<b>Search new files...</b><p>This searches for new files (sources, *.ui, *.idl) in the project directory and registered subdirectories.</p>
Project properties
Propriedades do projeto
&Properties...
&Propriedades...
Show the project properties
Mostrar as propriedades do projeto
<b>Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the project properties.</p>
User project properties
Propriedades de projecto do usuário
&User Properties...
Propriedades de &Usuário...
Show the user specific project properties
Mostrar as propriedades do projeto específicas do usuário
<b>User Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the user specific project properties.</p>
Filetype Associations
Associações de Tipos de Ficheiros
Filetype Associations...
Show the project filetype associations
<b>Filetype Associations...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the filetype associations of the project. These associations determine the type (source, form, interface or others) with a filename pattern. They are used when adding a file to the project and when performing a search for new files.</p>
Lexer Associations
Lexer Associations...
Show the project lexer associations (overriding defaults)
<b>Lexer Associations...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the lexer associations of the project. These associations override the global lexer associations. Lexers are used to highlight the editor text.</p>
Debugger Properties
Propriedades do Depurador
Debugger &Properties...
&Propriedades do Depurador...
Show the debugger properties
Mostrar as propriedades do depurador
<b>Debugger Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit project specific debugger settings.</p>
Load
Carregar
&Load
&Carregar
Load the debugger properties
Carregar propriedades do depurador
<b>Load Debugger Properties</b><p>This loads the project specific debugger settings.</p>
Save
Gravar
Save the debugger properties
Gravar propriedades do depurador
<b>Save Debugger Properties</b><p>This saves the project specific debugger settings.</p>
Delete
Apagar
&Delete
&Apagar
Delete the debugger properties
Apagar as propriedades do depurador
<b>Delete Debugger Properties</b><p>This deletes the file containing the project specific debugger settings.</p>
Reset
Reinicializar
&Reset
&Reinicializar
Reset the debugger properties
Reinicializar as propriedades do depurador
<b>Reset Debugger Properties</b><p>This resets the project specific debugger settings.</p>
Load session
Carregar sessão
Load the projects session file.
Carregar o ficheiro de sessão do projeto.
<b>Load session</b><p>This loads the projects session file. The session consists of the following data.<br>- all open source files<br>- all breakpoint<br>- the commandline arguments<br>- the working directory<br>- the exception reporting flag</p>
Save session
Guargar sessão
Save the projects session file.
Gravar ficheiro de sessão do projeto.
<b>Save session</b><p>This saves the projects session file. The session consists of the following data.<br>- all open source files<br>- all breakpoint<br>- the commandline arguments<br>- the working directory<br>- the exception reporting flag</p>
Delete session
Apagar sessão
Delete the projects session file.
Apagar o ficheiro de sessão do projeto.
<b>Delete session</b><p>This deletes the projects session file</p>
Code Metrics
Métricas de Código
&Code Metrics...
Show some code metrics for the project.
<b>Code Metrics...</b><p>This shows some code metrics for all Python files in the project.</p>
Python Code Coverage
Code Co&verage...
Show code coverage information for the project.
<b>Code Coverage...</b><p>This shows the code coverage information for all Python files in the project.</p>
Profile Data
Dados de Perfil
&Profile Data...
Show profiling data for the project.
<b>Profile Data...</b><p>This shows the profiling data for the project.</p>
Application Diagram
Diagrama da Aplicação
&Application Diagram...
Show a diagram of the project.
Mostrar o diagrama do projeto.
<b>Application Diagram...</b><p>This shows a diagram of the project.</p>
Create Package List
Create &Package List
Create Plugin Archive
Create Plugin &Archive
Create Plugin Archive (Snapshot)
Create Plugin Archive (&Snapshot)
&Project
&Projeto
Open &Recent Projects
Abrir Projetos &Rececntes
&Version Control
Contro&l de Versão
Chec&k
&Verificar
Sho&w
&Mostrar
&Diagrams
&Diagramas
Session
Sessão
Source &Documentation
&Documentação Fonte
Debugger
Depurador
Pac&kagers
Project
Projeto
&Clear
&Limpar
Search New Files
Procurar Ficheiros Novos
There were no new files found to be added.
Não se encontraram ficheiros novos para adicionar.
Version Control System
Sistema de Control de Versão
<p>The selected VCS <b>{0}</b> could not be found.<br/>Disabling version control.</p><p>{1}</p>
Coverage Data
There is no main script defined for the current project. Aborting
O projeto atual não tem um script principal definido. Abortando
Code Coverage
Please select a coverage file
Please select a profile file
Escolha um ficheiro de perfil por favor
Include module names?
Incluir nomes de módulos?
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> already exists.</p><p>Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> could not be created.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> does not exist. Aborting...</p>
The project does not have a main script defined. Aborting...
O projeto atual não tem um script principal definido. Abortando...
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be stored in the archive. Ignoring it.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The eric5 plugin archive file <b>{0}</b> was created successfully.</p>
<p>O ficheiro de complemento de eric5 <b>{0}</b> foi criado com êxito.</p>
<p>The plugin file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Python2 Files (*.py2);;Python2 GUI Files (*.pyw2);;
Ficheiros Python2 (*.py2);;Ficheiros GUI Python2 (*.pyw2);;
Create main script
<p>The mainscript <b>{0}</b> could not be created.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
Load Diagram
Carregar Diagrama
&Load Diagram...
&Carregar Diagrama...
Load a diagram from file.
Carregar um diagrama desde um ficheiro.
<b>Load Diagram...</b><p>This loads a diagram from file.</p>
<p>The Programming Language <b>{0}</b> is not supported.</p>
<p>The Project type <b>{0}</b> is already registered.</p>
<p>The Project type <b>{0}</b> is already registered with Programming Language <b>{1}</b>.</p>
Qt GUI
GUI Qt
Qt Console
Consola Qt
PyQt5 GUI
GUI de PyQt5
PyQt5 Console
Consola de PyQt5
<p>The selected VCS <b>{0}</b> could not be found. <br/>Reverting override.</p><p>{1}</p>
<p>The plugin file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p> <p>Reason: {1}</p>
PyQt4 GUI
GUI de PyQt5 {4 ?}
PyQt4 Console
Consola de PyQt5 {4 ?}
Eric4/5 Plugin
Eric6 Plugin
Create an initial PKGLIST file for an eric6 plugin.
<b>Create Package List</b><p>This creates an initial list of files to include in an eric6 plugin archive. The list is created from the project file.</p>
Create an eric6 plugin archive file.
<b>Create Plugin Archive</b><p>This creates an eric6 plugin archive file using the list of files given in the PKGLIST file. The archive name is built from the main script name.</p>
Create an eric6 plugin archive file (snapshot release).
<b>Create Plugin Archive (Snapshot)</b><p>This creates an eric6 plugin archive file using the list of files given in the PKGLIST file. The archive name is built from the main script name. The version entry of the main script is modified to reflect a snapshot release.</p>
<p>The eric6 plugin archive file <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The eric6 plugin archive file <b>{0}</b> was created successfully.</p>
<p>O ficheiro de complemento de eric5 <b>{0}</b> foi criado com êxito.</p> {6 ?} {0}?}
Create project management directory
<p>The project directory <b>{0}</b> is not writable.</p>
ProjectBaseBrowser
Open
Abrir
local
Select entries
Selecionar entradas
There were no matching entries found.
Delete directories
Apagar diretórios
Do you really want to delete these directories from the project?
Tem a certeza que quer apagar estes diretórios do projeto?
ProjectBrowser
up to date
atualizado
files added
ficheiros adicionados
local modifications
alterações locais
files removed
ficheiros apagados
files replaced
ficheiros substituidos
update required
atualização necessária
conflict
conflito
unknown status
estado desconhecido
ProjectBrowserModel
Name
Nome
VCS Status
Estado VCS
local
ProjectBrowserPage
<b>Configure project viewer settings</b>
<b>Configurar definições do visualizador de projeto</b>
Colours
Cores
Highlighted entries (Others):
Entradas ressaltadas (Outros):
Select the colour for highlighted entries in the Others viewer.
Visible Project Browsers
Navegadores de Projeto Visíveis
Projecttype:
Tipo de Projeto:
Select the project type to be configured
Selcionar o tipo de projeto a configurar
Select to show the sources browser
Selecionar para mostrar o navegador de fontes
Sources Browser
Navegador de Fontes
Select to show the translations browser
Selecionar para mostrar o navegador de traduções
Translations Browser
Navegador de Traduções
Select to show the forms browser
Selecionar para mostrar o navegador de formulários
Forms Browser
Navegador de Formulários
Select to show the interfaces (IDL) browser
Selecionar para mostrar o navegador de interfaces (IDL)
Interfaces (IDL) Browser
Navegador de Interfaces (IDL)
Select to show the resources browser
Selecionar para mostrar o navegador de recursos
Resources Browser
Navegador de Recursos
Select to show the browser for other files
Selecionar para mostrar o navegador de outros ficheiros
Others Browser
Navegador de Outros
Select to make the project browsers highlight the file of the current editor.
Highlight file of current editor
Ressaltar o ficheiro do editor atual
Select to hide sources generated from form files
Selcionar para esconder as fontes geradas a partir de ficheiros formulários
Hide generated form sources
Esconder fontes de geradas de formulários
Select to follow the cursor line of the current editor
Follow cursor line of current editor
Select to populate entries automatically when following the cursor line of the current editor
Populate entry when following the cursor line
ProjectFormsBrowser
Forms
Formulários
<b>Project Forms Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all forms contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
<b>Navegador de Formulários do Projeto</b><p>Permite ver facilmente todos os formulários contidos no projeto atual. Podem executar-se algumas ações através do menu de contexto.</p>
Dialog
Caixa de Diálogo
Widget
Main Window
Janela Principal
Dialog with Buttonbox (Bottom)
Caixa de Diálogo com Caixa de Botões (Inferior)
Dialog with Buttonbox (Right)
Caixa de Diálogo com Caixa de Botões (Direita)
Dialog with Buttons (Bottom)
Caixa de Diálogo com Botões (Inferior)
Dialog with Buttons (Bottom-Center)
Caixa de Diálogo com Botões (Inferior-Centro)
Dialog with Buttons (Right)
Caixa de Diálogo com Botões (Direita)
Compile form
Compilar form
Compile all forms
Compilar todos os forms
Generate Dialog Code...
Criar Código de Caixa de Diálogo...
Open in Qt-Designer
Abrir no Qt-Designer
Open in Editor
Abrir no Editor
Preview form
Antever form
Preview translations
Antever traduções
Open
Abrir
Rename file
Renomear ficheiro
Remove from project
Retirar do projeto
Delete
Apagar
New form...
Formulário novo...
Add forms...
Adicionar formulários...
Add forms directory...
Adicionar diretório de formulários...
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Expand all directories
Expandir os diretórios todos
Collapse all directories
Colapsar os diretórios todos
Configure...
Configurar...
Compile forms
Compilar forms
New Form
Formulário Novo
Select a form type:
Selecionar o tipo de form:
Qt User-Interface Files (*.ui);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros de Interface de Usuário Qt (*.ui);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
The file already exists! Overwrite it?
O ficheiro já existe. Sobreescrever?
<p>The new form file <b>{0}</b> could not be created.<br>Problem: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro de formulário novo <b>{0}</b> não pôde ser criado.<br>Problema: {1}</p>
Delete forms
Apagar formulários
Do you really want to delete these forms from the project?
Tem a certeza de que quer apagar estes formulários do projeto?
Form Compilation
Compilação de Formulários
The compilation of the form file was successful.
A compilação do form teve êxito.
<p>The compilation of the form file failed.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>Falhou a compilação do ficheiro do formulário.</p><p>Razão: {0}</p>
The compilation of the form file failed.
A compilação do ficheiro do form falhou.
Process Generation Error
Erro na Geração Processo
Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.
Não pôde iniciar {0}.<br>Assegurar de que está no caminho de busca.
Compiling forms...
Compilando forms...
Abort
Abortar
Determining changed forms...
Determinando formulários alterados...
Compiling changed forms...
Compilando forms alterados...
QWizard
QWizardPage
QDockWidget
QFrame
QGroupBox
QScrollArea
QMdiArea
QTabWidget
QToolBox
QStackedWidget
%v/%m Forms
%v/%m Formulários
ProjectInterfacesBrowser
Interfaces (IDL)
<b>Project Interfaces Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all interfaces (CORBA IDL files) contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
Compile interface
Compile all interfaces
Open
Abrir
Rename file
Renomear ficheiro
Remove from project
Retirar do projeto
Delete
Apagar
Add interfaces...
Add interfaces directory...
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Expand all directories
Expandir os diretórios todos
Collapse all directories
Colapsar os diretórios todos
Configure...
Configurar...
Configure CORBA...
Compile interfaces
Delete interfaces
Do you really want to delete these interfaces from the project?
Interface Compilation
The compilation of the interface file was successful.
The compilation of the interface file failed.
Process Generation Error
<p>Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.</p>
Compiling interfaces...
Abort
Abortar
%v/%m Interfaces
Interfaces
ProjectOthersBrowser
Others
Outros
<b>Project Others Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all other files and directories contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu. The entry which is registered in the project is shown in a different colour.</p>
Open in Icon Editor
Abrir no Editor de Ícones
Rename file
Renomear ficheiro
Remove from project
Retirar do projeto
Delete
Apagar
Add files...
Adicionar Ficheiros...
Add directory...
Refresh
Atualizar
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Expand all directories
Expandir os diretórios todos
Collapse all directories
Colapsar os diretórios todos
Configure...
Configurar...
Delete files/directories
Do you really want to delete these entries from the project?
ProjectPage
<b>Configure project settings</b>
XML
Select, if a timestamp should be written to all project related XML files
Include timestamp in project related XML files
Search new files
Procurar ficheiros novos
Search for new files recursively
Select whether a search for new files on a project open should be performed.
Search for new files on open
Select whether the found files should be included automatically.
Automatically include found files
Debugger Properties
Propriedades do Depurador
Select, whether a project debugger properties file shall be read on opening the project
Load debugger properties upon opening
Select, whether a project debugger properties file shall be written on closing the project
Save debugger properties upon closing
Sessions
Select, whether a project session file shall be read on opening the project
Load session upon opening
Select, whether a project session file shall be written on closing the project
Save session upon closing
Select whether all breakpoints should be saved to the session file.
Save all breakpoints
Automatically compile
Select, if changed forms should be compiled automatically upon a run action
changed forms
Select, if changed resources should be compiled automatically upon a run action
changed resources
Recent Projects
Number of recent projects:
Enter the number of recent projects to remember
Python Variant
Select to determine the Python variant from the project language
Determine Python variant from project language
Tasks
Tarefas
Select to save the project tasks automatically
Save tasks automatically
ProjectResourcesBrowser
Resources
Recursos
<b>Project Resources Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all resources contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
Compile resource
Compile all resources
Open
Abrir
Rename file
Renomear ficheiro
Remove from project
Retirar do projeto
Delete
Apagar
New resource...
Add resources...
Add resources directory...
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Expand all directories
Expandir os diretórios todos
Collapse all directories
Colapsar os diretórios todos
Configure...
Configurar...
Compile resources
New Resource
Qt Resource Files (*.qrc)
The file already exists! Overwrite it?
O ficheiro já existe. Sobreescrever?
<p>The new resource file <b>{0}</b> could not be created.<br>Problem: {1}</p>
Delete resources
Do you really want to delete these resources from the project?
Resource Compilation
The compilation of the resource file was successful.
<p>The compilation of the resource file failed.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
The compilation of the resource file failed.
Process Generation Error
Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.
Não pôde iniciar {0}.<br>Assegurar de que está no caminho de busca.
Compiling resources...
Abort
Abortar
Determining changed resources...
Compiling changed resources...
%v/%m Resources
ProjectSourcesBrowser
Sources
Fontes
<b>Project Sources Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all sources contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
Check
Verificar
Show
Mostrar
Code metrics...
Code coverage...
Profile data...
Diagrams
Diagramas
Class Diagram...
Diagrama de Classes...
Package Diagram...
Diagrama do Pacote...
Imports Diagram...
Diagrama de Imports...
Application Diagram...
Diagrama da Aplicação...
Run unittest...
Executar teste unitário...
Rename file
Renomear ficheiro
Remove from project
Retirar do projeto
Delete
Apagar
New package...
Add source files...
Adicionar ficheiros fonte...
Add source directory...
Adicionar diretório fonte...
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Expand all directories
Expandir os diretórios todos
Collapse all directories
Colapsar os diretórios todos
Configure...
Configurar...
Add new Python package
Adicionar pacote novo de Python
<p>The package directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created. Aborting...</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The package file <b>{0}</b> could not be created. Aborting...</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Delete files
Apagar ficheiros
Do you really want to delete these files from the project?
Code Coverage
Please select a coverage file
Profile Data
Dados de Perfil
Please select a profile file
Escolha um ficheiro de perfil por favor
Class Diagram
Include class attributes?
Incluir atributos da classe?
Imports Diagram
Diagrama de Imports
Include imports from external modules?
Incluir imports dos módulos externos?
Package Diagram
Diagrama do Pacote
Application Diagram
Diagrama da Aplicação
Include module names?
Incluir nome dos módulos?
Goto
Ir a
Load Diagram...
Carregar Diagrama...
ProjectTranslationsBrowser
Translations
Traduções
<b>Project Translations Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all translations contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
Generate translation
Gerar tradução
Generate translation (with obsolete)
Gerar tradução (com obsoleto)
Generate all translations
Criar as traduções todas
Generate all translations (with obsolete)
Gerar todas as traduções (com obsoleto)
Open in Qt-Linguist
Abrir em Qt-Linguist
Open in Editor
Abrir no Editor
Release translation
Liberar tradução
Release all translations
Liberar todas as traduções
Preview translation
Antever tradução
Preview all translations
Antever todas as traduções
Extract messages
Extrair mensagens
Remove from project
Retirar do projeto
Delete
Apagar
Add translation...
Adicionar tradução...
Add translation files...
Adicionar ficheiros de tradução...
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
Configure...
Configurar...
Generate translations
Gerar traduções
Generate translations (with obsolete)
Gerar traduções (com obsoleto)
Release translations
Liberar traduções
Preview translations
Antever traduções
Delete translation files
Apagar ficheiros de tradução
Do you really want to delete these translation files from the project?
Write temporary project file
No translation files (*.ts) selected.
Não há ficheiros de tradução (*.ts) selecionados.
<p>The temporary project file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Translation file generation
The generation of the translation files (*.ts) was successful.
Process Generation Error
Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.
Não pôde iniciar {0}.<br>Assegurar de que está no caminho de busca.
Translation file release
The release of the translation files (*.qm) was successful.
The release of the translation files (*.qm) has failed.
<p>Could not start lrelease.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Open
Abrir
The process has crashed.
The generation of the translation files (*.ts) has failed.{0}
PropertiesDialog
Project Properties
Propriedades do Projeto
<b>Project Properties Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to show and edit the projects properties.</p>
<p>If the project is controlled by a version control system, the "Show Repository Info" button displays information about the repository.</p>
<b>Caixa de Diálogo das Propriedades do Projeto</b>
<p>Esta caixa de diálogo usa-se para ver e editar as propriedades do projeto.</p>
<p>Se o projeto está controlado por um sistema de control de versões, o botão "Ver Informação do Repositório" mostrará informação acerca do repositório.</p>
Project &Name:
&Nome do Projeto:
Enter the project name
Introduzir o nome do projeto
<b>Project Name</b>
<p>Enter the project name</p>
<b>Nome do Projeto</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome do projeto</p>
Press to edit the spell checking properties
Pressionar para editar as propriedades da correção ortográfica
Spell Checking Properties...
Propriedades da Correção Ortográfica...
&Progr. Language:
Linguagem de &Programação:
Select the project's programming language
Selecionar a linguagem de programação do projeto
Select, if the project uses other programming languages as well
Marcar se o projeto também usa outras linguagens de programação
Mi&xed programming languages
&Várias linguagens de programação
Alt+X
Project &Type:
&Tipo de Projeto:
Select the type of the project
Selecionar o tipo de projeto
Project &Directory:
&Diretório do Projeto:
Enter the project directory
Introduzir o diretório do projeto
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Enter the project directory. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>Diretório de Projeto</b>
<p>Introduzir o diretório do projeto. Pode-o selecionar
com a caixa de diálogo pressionando o botão à direita.</p>
Show directory selection dialog
Mostrar a caixa caixa de diálogo de seleção de diretórios
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Select a project directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>Diretório do Projeto</b>
<p>Selecionar um diretório de projeto através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de diretórios.</p>
&Version No.:
Número da &Versão:
Enter the version number
Introduzir o número da versão
<b>Version No.</b>
<p>Enter the version no.</p>
<b>Número da Versão.</b>
<p>Introduzir o número da versão</p>
&Main Script:
&Script Principal:
Enter the main script
Introduzir o script principal
<b>Main Script</b>
<p>Enter the main script of the project. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>Main Script</b>
<p>Introduzir o script principal do projeto. Pode-o selecionar
com a caixa de diálogo pressionando o botão à direita.</p>
Show file selection dialog
Mostrar a caixa caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
<b>Main Script</b>
<p>Select the projects main script via a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>Script Principal</b>
<p>Selecionar o script principal dos projetos através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros.</p>
Press to edit the translations properties
Pressionar para editar as propriedades das traduções
Translations Properties...
Propriedades das Traduções...
End of &Line Character:
Carácter de Fim de &Linha:
Select the end of line character to be used by the project
Selecionar o carácter de fim de linha a usar pelo projeto
System
Sistema
Unix
Macintosh
Windows/DOS
&Author:
&Autor:
Enter authors name
Introduzir o nome dos autores
<b>Author</b>
<p>Enter the name of the author.</p>
<b>Autor</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome do autor.</p>
&Email:
Correio &Eletrónico:
Enter authors email
Introduzir o correio eletrónico dos autores
<b>Email</b>
<p>Enter the email address of the author</p>
<b>Correio Eletrónico</b>
<p>Introduzir o endereço do correio eletrónico do autor</p>
&Description:
&Descrição:
Enter description
Introduzir a descrição
<b>Description</b>
<p>Enter a short description for the project.</p>
<b>Descrição</b>
<p>Introduzir uma breve descrição para o projeto.</p>
Press to show information about the repository
Pressionar para mostrar a informação acerca do repositório
Show &Repository Info
Ver Informação do &Repositório
Alt+R
Multiproject Properties
Propriedades do Multiprojeto
<b>Description</b>
<p>Enter a short description for the multiproject.</p>
<b>Descrição</b>
<p>Introduzir uma breve descrição para o multiprojeto.</p>
The project is version controlled by <b>{0}</b>.
O projeto tem a versão controlada por <b>{0}</b>.
The project is not version controlled.
O projeto não tem a versão controlada.
Select project directory
Selecionar o diretório do projeto
Source Files ({0});;All Files (*)
Ficheiros Fonte ({0});;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select main script file
Selecionar o ficheiro script principal
Select to create a version controlled project
Selecionar para criar um projeto de versão controlada
Version Controlled Project
Projeto com Versão Controlada
Purge
Purge All Files
Do really want to delete all files not tracked by Mercurial (including ignored ones)?
Purge Files
Do really want to delete files not tracked by Mercurial?
PurgeProjectHelper
Purge Files
Delete files and directories not known to Mercurial
<b>Purge Files</b><p>This deletes files and directories not known to Mercurial. That means that purge will delete:<ul><li>unknown files (marked with "not tracked" in the status dialog)</li><li>empty directories</li></ul>Note that ignored files will be left untouched.</p>
Purge All Files
Delete files and directories not known to Mercurial including ignored ones
<b>Purge All Files</b><p>This deletes files and directories not known to Mercurial. That means that purge will delete:<ul><li>unknown files (marked with "not tracked" in the status dialog)</li><li>empty directories</li><li>ignored files and directories</li></ul></p>
List Files to be Purged
List Files to be Purged...
List files and directories not known to Mercurial
List All Files to be Purged
List All Files to be Purged...
List files and directories not known to Mercurial including ignored ones
Purge
<b>List Files to be Purged</b><p>This lists files and directories not known to Mercurial. These would be deleted by the "Purge Files" menu entry.</p>
<b>List All Files to be Purged</b><p>This lists files and directories not known to Mercurial including ignored ones. These would be deleted by the "Purge All Files" menu entry.</p>
PyCoverageDialog
Python Code Coverage
<b>Python Code Coverage</b>
<p>This dialog shows the collected code coverage data.</p>
E&xclude pattern:
Enter a regexp pattern marking lines to exclude from coverage
<b>Exclude pattern</b>
<p>Enter a regular expression pattern. Lines matching this pattern are excluded from the coverage analysis. The default pattern is '#pragma[: ]+[nN][oO] [cC][oO][vV][eE][rR]'. If the pattern is found on a line containing the colon that introduces a suite of statements, the entire suite is excluded.</p>
&Reload
&Recarregar
Alt+R
<b>Python Code Coverage</b>
<p>This list shows the collected code coverage data. There are several actions available via the context menu.</p>
Name
Nome
Statements
Executed
Coverage
Excluded
Missing
Summary
Sumário
<b>Summary</b>
<p>This shows some overall code coverage information.</p>
Shows the progress of the code coverage action
Annotate
Annotate all
Delete annotated files
Erase Coverage Info
Annotating files...
Abort
Abortar
Open
Abrir
Parse Error
%n file(s) could not be parsed. Coverage info for these is not available.
One file could not be parsed. Coverage info for this one is not available.
%n files could not be parsed. Coverage info for these is not available.
%v/%m Files
PyProfileDialog
Profile Results
<b>Profile Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the profile results.</p>
<b>Profile Results</b>
<p>This list shows the profile results. There are several actions available via the context menu.</p>
Nr. Calls
Total Time
Tot. Time / Call
Cumulative Time
Cum. Time / Call
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
Line
Linha
Function
Função
<b>Summary</b>
<p>This shows some overall profile data. There are several actions available via the context menu.</p>
Summary
Sumário
#
Shows the progress of the profile data calculation
Exclude Python Library
Erase Profiling Info
Erase Timing Info
Erase All Infos
function calls
primitive calls
CPU seconds
<p>There is no profiling data available for <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Loading Profiling Data
<p>The profiling data could not be read from file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Include Python Library
%v/%m Files
PyRegExpWizard
Python re Wizard
&Python re Wizard...
<b>Python re Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a Python re string. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
PyRegExpWizardCharactersDialog
Editor for character sets
The defined characters should not match
Predefined character ranges
Non-whitespace characters
Non-digits
Whitespace characters
Digits
Dígito
Non-word characters
Word character
Single character
Character ranges
Normal character
Unicode character in hexadecimal notation
Unicode character in octal notation
---
Bell character (\a)
Page break (\f)
Line feed (\n)
Carriage return (\r)
Horizontal tabulator (\t)
Tabulador Horizontal (\t)
Vertical tabulator (\v)
Additional Entries
Entradas Adicionais
Between:
And:
E:
PyRegExpWizardDialog
Python re Wizard
Python Version
Python 2
Python 3
Variable Name:
Include import statement
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.</p>
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.The regex engine ignores everything after the (?# until the first closing round bracket.
The following example could clarify the regexp which match a valid date: </p>
<p>(?#year)(19|20)\d\d[- /.](?#month)(0[1-9]|1[012])[- /.](?#day)(0[1-9]|[12][0-9]|3[01])</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog.</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to edit the range of characters and add some specific conditions.</p>s
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp. The dot matches a single character, except line break characters (by default).
E.g. 'gr.y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc. Use the dot sparingly. Often, a character class or negated
character class is faster and more precise.</p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Select a repetition condition via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to specify the allowed range for repetitions.</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?:Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?:' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. Contrary to non-capturing parentheses,
the backreference matched inside the brakets is stored for further use (i.e. 'Value' in the second example above).
One can access the backereference with the '\1' expression. </p>
<p>E.g. '([a-c])x\1x\1' will match 'axaxa', 'bxbxb' and 'cxcxc'.</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets.</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets. Usage is similar to standard group parentheses as the matched
backreference is also stored for further usage. The difference is that a name is given to the match. This is useful when
the work to do on the match becomes a bit complicated. One can access the backreference via the group name (i.e (?P=<i>groupname</i>)).
E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx' ('foo' is the group name)</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared.</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared. Each reference group refers to the match
found by the corresponding named group. In the following example, (?P=foo) may refer to the charaters 'a','b' or 'c'.</p>
<p>E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx'.</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. </p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.
Be aware that in the above example, the alternatives refer to whole or part of words. If you want to match exactly the
words 'cat', 'dog', ... you should express the fact that you only want to match complete words: '\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b'</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^).</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^). It is used to find some expressions at the begining of lines.
E.g. '^[A-Z]' match lines starting with a capitalized character. </p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($).</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($). It is used to find some expressions at the end of lines.</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b).</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b). This character is used to express the fact that word
must begin or end at this position. E.g. '\bcat\b' matches exactly the word 'cat' while 'concatenation' is ignored.</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b.</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b. \B matches at every position where \b
does not. Effectively, \B matches at any position between two word characters as well as at any position between two non-word characters.</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets. Basically, positive lookhead is used to match a character only if followed by another one.
Writting 'q(?=u)' means that you want to match the 'q' character only if it is followed by 'u'. In this statement 'u' is a trivial
regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; q(?=[abc])' will match a 'q' if followed by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets. Basically, negative lookhead is used to match a character only if it is not
followed by a another one. Writting 'q(?!u)' means that you want to match 'q' only if it is not followed by 'u'. In this statement, 'u' is a
trivial regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; 'q(?![abc])' will match a 'q' if it is followed by anything else than 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead, but works backwards.
It is used to match a character only if preceded by another one. Writting '(?<=u)q' means that you want to match the 'q' character
only if it is preceded by 'u'. As with lookhead, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex expression; '(?<=[abc])q' will match a 'q' if preceded by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead,
but works backwards. It is used to match a character only if not preceded by another one. Writting '(?<!u)q' means that you want to match the 'q'
character only if it is not preceded by 'u'. As other lookaround, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex
expression; '(?<![abc])q' will match a 'q' only if not preceded by either 'a', 'b' nor 'c'.</p>
<b>Undo last edit</b>
<b>Redo last edit</b>
Regexp:
"^" matches beginning of line, "$" matches end of line
Match Linebreaks
ASCII
Verbose Regexp
Case Sensitive
Observe Locale
"." matches linebreaks as well
Dot matches Linebreak
Text:
Texto:
PyRegExpWizardRepeatDialog
Number of repetitions
Número de repetições
times
vezes
and
e
Between
Entre
Exactly
Exatamente
Maximum
Máximo
Minimum
Mínimo
Unlimited (incl. zero times)
Ilimitado (incl. zero vezes)
Minimal match
Coincidencia mínima
PyRegExpWizardWidget
Save
Gravar
Save the regular expression to a file
Load
Carregar
Load a regular expression from a file
Validate
Validate the regular expression
Execute
Executar
Execute the regular expression
Next match
Show the next match of the regular expression
Copy
Copiar
Copy the regular expression to the clipboard
Named reference
No named groups have been defined yet.
Select group name:
Save regular expression
RegExp Files (*.rx);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The regular expression could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Load regular expression
Validation
The regular expression is valid.
Error
Erro
Invalid regular expression: {0}
Invalid regular expression: missing group name
A regular expression must be given.
Regexp
Offset
Captures
Text
Characters
Match
Capture #{0}
No more matches
No matches
A regular expression and a text must be given.
Unicode
ASCII
PythonPage
<b>Configure Python</b>
Encoding
Codificação
String Encoding:
Select the string encoding to be used.
I/O Encoding:
Select the string encoding used by commandline tools.
Source association
Associação Fonte
Enter the file extensions to be associated with the Python versions separated by a space. They must not overlap with each other.
Python 2:
Python 3:
Python 2 Interpreter
Please configure the Python 2 interpreter on the 'Python 2 Debugger' page.
QRegExpWizard
QRegExp Wizard
Q&RegExp Wizard...
<b>QRegExp Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QRegExp. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
QRegExpWizardCharactersDialog
Editor for character sets
The defined characters should not match
Predefined character ranges
Non-whitespace characters
Non-digits
Whitespace characters
Digits
Dígito
Non-word characters
Word character
Single character
Character ranges
Normal character
Unicode character in hexadecimal notation
Bell character (\a)
Page break (\f)
Line feed (\n)
Carriage return (\r)
Horizontal tabulator (\t)
Tabulador Horizontal (\t)
Vertical tabulator (\v)
Additional Entries
Entradas Adicionais
Between:
And:
E:
Initial name character
Name character
Non-initial name character
Non-name character
ASCII/Latin1 character in octal notation
Character Category
Character Block
Not Character Category
Not Character Block
Letter, Any
Letter, Uppercase
Letter, Lowercase
Letter, Titlecase
Letter, Modifier
Letter, Other
Mark, Any
Mark, Nonspacing
Mark, Spacing Combining
Mark, Enclosing
Number, Any
Number, Decimal Digit
Number, Letter
Number, Other
Punctuation, Any
Punctuation, Connector
Punctuation, Dash
Punctuation, Open
Punctuation, Close
Punctuation, Initial Quote
Punctuation, Final Quote
Punctuation, Other
Symbol, Any
Symbol, Math
Symbol, Currency
Symbol, Modifier
Symbol, Other
Separator, Any
Separator, Space
Separator, Line
Separator, Paragraph
Other, Any
Other, Control
Other, Format
Other, Private Use
Other, Not Assigned
Basic Latin
Latin-1 Supplement
Latim-1, Suplemento
Latin Extended-A
Latim Extendido-A
Latin Extended-B
Latim Extendido-B
IPA Extensions
Spacing Modifier Letters
Combining Diacritical Marks
Greek
Grego
Cyrillic
Armenian
Armeno
Hebrew
Hebreu
Arabic
Arábico
Syriac
Thaana
Devanagari
Bengali
Gurmukhi
Gujarati
Oriya
Tamil
Telugu
Kannada
Malayalam
Sinhala
Thai
Lao
Tibetan
Myanmar
Georgian
Hangul Jamo
Ethiopic
Etíope
Cherokee
Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics
Ogham
Runic
Khmer
Mongolian
Mongol
Latin Extended Additional
Latim Extendido Adicional
Greek Extended
Grego Extendido
General Punctuation
Pontuação Geral
Superscripts and Subscripts
Currency Symbols
Símbolos Monetários
Combining Marks for Symbols
Letterlike Symbols
Number Forms
Arrows
Setas
Mathematical Operators
Matemática, Operadores
Miscellaneous Technical
Control Pictures
Optical Character Recognition
Enclosed Alphanumerics
Box Drawing
Block Elements
Geometric Shapes
Miscellaneous Symbols
Dingbats
Braille Patterns
Padrões de Braile
CJK Radicals Supplement
KangXi Radicals
Ideographic Description Chars
CJK Symbols and Punctuation
Hiragana
Katakana
Bopomofo
Hangul Compatibility Jamo
Kanbun
Bopomofo Extended
Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
CJK Compatibility
CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
CJK Unified Ideographs
Yi Syllables
Yi Radicals
Hangul Syllables
Private Use
CJK Compatibility Ideographs
Alphabetic Presentation Forms
Arabic Presentation Forms-A
Combining Half Marks
CJK Compatibility Forms
Small Form Variants
Arabic Presentation Forms-B
Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
Specials
Old Italic
Gothic
Gótico
Deseret
Byzantine Musical Symbols
Bizantino, Símbolos Músicais
Musical Symbols
Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
Matemática, Símbolos Alfanuméricos
CJK Unified Ideographic Extension B
CJK Compatapility Ideographic Supplement
Tags
QRegExpWizardRepeatDialog
Number of repetitions
Número de repetições
times
vezes
and
e
Between
Entre
Exactly
Exatamente
Maximum
Máximo
Minimum
Mínimo
Unlimited (incl. zero times)
Ilimitado (incl. zero vezes)
QRegExpWizardWidget
Save
Gravar
Save the regular expression to a file
Load
Carregar
Load a regular expression from a file
Validate
Validate the regular expression
Execute
Executar
Execute the regular expression
Next match
Show the next match of the regular expression
Copy
Copiar
Copy the regular expression to the clipboard
Save regular expression
RegExp Files (*.rx);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The regular expression could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Load regular expression
Validation
The regular expression is valid.
Error
Erro
Invalid regular expression: {0}
A regular expression must be given.
Regexp
Offset
Captures
Text
Characters
Match
Capture #{0}
No more matches
No matches
A regular expression and a text must be given.
QRegExp Wizard
&Variable Name:
Pattern Syntax:
Select the pattern syntax
<b>Undo last edit</b>
<b>Redo last edit</b>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog.</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to edit the range of characters and add some specific conditions.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp. The dot matches a single character, except line break characters (by default).
E.g. 'gr.y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc. Use the dot sparingly. Often, a character class or negated
character class is faster and more precise.</p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Select a repetition condition via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to specify the allowed range for repetitions.</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?:Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?:' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. Contrary to non-capturing parentheses,
the backreference matched inside the brakets is stored for further use (i.e. 'Value' in the second example above).
One can access the backereference with the '\1' expression. </p>
<p>E.g. '([a-c])x\1x\1' will match 'axaxa', 'bxbxb' and 'cxcxc'.</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. </p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.
Be aware that in the above example, the alternatives refer to whole or part of words. If you want to match exactly the
words 'cat', 'dog', ... you should express the fact that you only want to match complete words: '\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b'</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^).</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^). It is used to find some expressions at the begining of lines.
E.g. '^[A-Z]' match lines starting with a capitalized character. </p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($).</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($). It is used to find some expressions at the end of lines.</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b).</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b). This character is used to express the fact that word
must begin or end at this position. E.g. '\bcat\b' matches exactly the word 'cat' while 'concatenation' is ignored.</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b.</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b. \B matches at every position where \b
does not. Effectively, \B matches at any position between two word characters as well as at any position between two non-word characters.</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets. Basically, positive lookhead is used to match a character only if followed by another one.
Writting 'q(?=u)' means that you want to match the 'q' character only if it is followed by 'u'. In this statement 'u' is a trivial
regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; q(?=[abc])' will match a 'q' if followed by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets. Basically, negative lookhead is used to match a character only if it is not
followed by a another one. Writting 'q(?!u)' means that you want to match 'q' only if it is not followed by 'u'. In this statement, 'u' is a
trivial regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; 'q(?![abc])' will match a 'q' if it is followed by anything else than 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a question mark (?) in your regexp.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a question mark (?) in your regexp. The question mark matches a single character.
E.g. 'gr?y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc.</p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Inserts a repetition (*) character into the regexp.</p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Inserts a repetition (*) character into the regexp. That will match zero or more of any character.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'.</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.</p>
&Regexp:
&Text:
Case &Sensitive
Alt+S
&Minimal
Alt+M
QRegularExpressionWizard
QRegularExpression Wizard
QRegularE&xpression Wizard...
<b>QRegularExpression Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QRegularExpression string. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
No current editor
Não há um editor atual
Please open or create a file first.
Por favor, primeiro abra ou crie um ficheiro.
QRegularExpressionWizardCharactersDialog
Editor for character sets
The defined characters should not match
Predefined character ranges
Word character
Digit
Dígito
Newline
Non-word character
Non-digit
Non-newline
Whitespace character
Horizontal whitespace character
Vertical whitespace character
Non-whitespace character
Non-horizontal whitespace character
Non-vertical whitespace character
Single character
Character ranges
Normal character
Unicode character in hexadecimal notation
ASCII/Latin1 character in octal notation
Bell character (\a)
Escape character (\e)
Page break (\f)
Line feed (\n)
Carriage return (\r)
Horizontal tabulator (\t)
Tabulador Horizontal (\t)
Character Category
Special Character Category
Character Block
POSIX Named Set
Not Character Category
Not Character Block
Not Special Character Category
Not POSIX Named Set
Additional Entries
Entradas Adicionais
Letter, Any
Letter, Lower case
Letter, Modifier
Letter, Other
Letter, Title case
Letter, Upper case
Letter, Lower, Upper or Title
Mark, Any
Mark, Spacing
Mark, Enclosing
Mark, Non-spacing
Number, Any
Número, Qualquer
Number, Decimal
Número, Decimal
Number, Letter
Number, Other
Punctuation, Any
Punctuation, Connector
Punctuation, Dash
Punctuation, Close
Punctuation, Final
Punctuation, Initial
Punctuation, Other
Punctuation, Open
Symbol, Any
Symbol, Currency
Symbol, Modifier
Symbol, Mathematical
Symbol, Other
Separator, Any
Separator, Line
Separator, Paragraph
Separator, Space
Other, Any
Other, Control
Other, Format
Other, Unassigned
Other, Private Use
Other, Surrogat
Alphanumeric
Alfanumérico
POSIX Space
Perl Space
Universal Character
Perl Word
Arabic
Arábico
Armenian
Armeno
Avestan
Balinese
Bamum
Batak
Bengali
Bopomofo
Brahmi
Braille
Buginese
Buhid
Canadian Aboriginal
Carian
Chakma
Cham
Cherokee
Common
Comum
Coptic
Cuneiform
Cuniforme
Cypriot
Cyrillic
Devanagari
Egyptian Hieroglyphs
Ethiopic
Etíope
Georgian
Glagolitic
Gothic
Gótico
Greek
Grego
Gujarati
Gurmukhi
Han
Hangul
Hanunoo
Hebrew
Hebreu
Hiragana
Imperial Aramaic
Inherited
Inscriptional Pahlavi
Inscriptional Parthian
Javanese
Kaithi
Kannada
Katakana
Kayah Li
Kharoshthi
Khmer
Lao
Latin
Latim
Lepcha
Limbu
Linear B
Lisu
Lycian
Lydian
Malayalam
Mandaic
Meetei Mayek
Meroitic Cursive
Meroitic Hieroglyphs
Miao
Mongolian
Mongol
Myanmar
New Tai Lue
Ogham
Old Italic
Old Persian
Persa Antigo
Old South Arabian
Ol Chiki
Oriya
Osmanya
Phoenician
Rejang
Runic
Samaritan
Saurashtra
Sharada
Shavian
Sinhala
Sora Sompeng
Sundanese
Syloti Nagri
Syriac
Tagalog
Tagbanwa
Tai Le
Tai Tham
Tai Viet
Takri
Tamil
Telugu
Thaana
Thai
Tibetan
Tifinagh
Ugaritic
Vai
Yi
Alphabetic
Alfabético
ASCII
Word Letter
Lower Case Letter
Upper Case Letter
Decimal Digit
Dígito Décimal
Hexadecimal Digit
Dígito Hexadecimal
Space or Tab
White Space
Printing (excl. space)
Printing (incl. space)
Printing (excl. alphanumeric)
Control Character
Between:
And:
E:
Deseret
N'Ko
Old Turkic
Phags-pa
QRegularExpressionWizardDialog
QRegularExpression Wizard
Variable Name:
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.</p>
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.The regex engine ignores everything after the (?# until the first closing round bracket.
The following example could clarify the regexp which match a valid date: </p>
<p>(?#year)(19|20)\d\d[- /.](?#month)(0[1-9]|1[012])[- /.](?#day)(0[1-9]|[12][0-9]|3[01])</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog.</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to edit the range of characters and add some specific conditions.</p>s
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp. The dot matches a single character, except line break characters (by default).
E.g. 'gr.y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc. Use the dot sparingly. Often, a character class or negated
character class is faster and more precise.</p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Select a repetition condition via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to specify the allowed range for repetitions.</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?:Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?:' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>Atomic non capturing parentheses: (?>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some atomic non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Atomic non capturing parentheses: (?>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some atomic non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?>Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?>' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. Contrary to non-capturing parentheses,
the backreference matched inside the brakets is stored for further use (i.e. 'Value' in the second example above).
One can access the backereference with the '\1' expression. </p>
<p>E.g. '([a-c])x\1x\1' will match 'axaxa', 'bxbxb' and 'cxcxc'.</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets.</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets. Usage is similar to standard group parentheses as the matched
backreference is also stored for further usage. The difference is that a name is given to the match. This is useful when
the work to do on the match becomes a bit complicated. One can access the backreference via the group name (i.e (?P=<i>groupname</i>)).
E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx' ('foo' is the group name)</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared.</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared. Each reference group refers to the match
found by the corresponding named group. In the following example, (?P=foo) may refer to the charaters 'a','b' or 'c'.</p>
<p>E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx'.</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. </p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.
Be aware that in the above example, the alternatives refer to whole or part of words. If you want to match exactly the
words 'cat', 'dog', ... you should express the fact that you only want to match complete words: '\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b'</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^).</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^). It is used to find some expressions at the begining of lines.
E.g. '^[A-Z]' match lines starting with a capitalized character. </p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($).</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($). It is used to find some expressions at the end of lines.</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b).</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b). This character is used to express the fact that word
must begin or end at this position. E.g. '\bcat\b' matches exactly the word 'cat' while 'concatenation' is ignored.</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b.</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b. \B matches at every position where \b
does not. Effectively, \B matches at any position between two word characters as well as at any position between two non-word characters.</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets. Basically, positive lookhead is used to match a character only if followed by another one.
Writting 'q(?=u)' means that you want to match the 'q' character only if it is followed by 'u'. In this statement 'u' is a trivial
regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; q(?=[abc])' will match a 'q' if followed by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets. Basically, negative lookhead is used to match a character only if it is not
followed by a another one. Writting 'q(?!u)' means that you want to match 'q' only if it is not followed by 'u'. In this statement, 'u' is a
trivial regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; 'q(?![abc])' will match a 'q' if it is followed by anything else than 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead, but works backwards.
It is used to match a character only if preceded by another one. Writting '(?<=u)q' means that you want to match the 'q' character
only if it is preceded by 'u'. As with lookhead, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex expression; '(?<=[abc])q' will match a 'q' if preceded by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead,
but works backwards. It is used to match a character only if not preceded by another one. Writting '(?<!u)q' means that you want to match the 'q'
character only if it is not preceded by 'u'. As other lookaround, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex
expression; '(?<![abc])q' will match a 'q' only if not preceded by either 'a', 'b' nor 'c'.</p>
<b>Undo last edit</b>
<b>Redo last edit</b>
Regexp:
Text:
Texto:
Case Insensitive
"^" matches beginning of line, "$" matches end of line
Match Linebreaks
"." matches everything including linebreaks
Dot matches everything
Extended Pattern Syntax
Inverted Greediness
Unicode
Non-named capturing groups do not capture substrings
Don't Capture
QRegularExpressionWizardRepeatDialog
Number of repetitions
Número de repetições
Quantifier
times
vezes
and
e
Between
Entre
Exactly
Exatamente
Maximum
Máximo
Minimum
Mínimo
Unlimited (incl. zero times)
Ilimitado (incl. zero vezes)
Greediness
Greedy
Possessive
Lazy
QRegularExpressionWizardWidget
Save
Gravar
Save the regular expression to a file
Load
Carregar
Load a regular expression from a file
Validate
Validate the regular expression
Execute
Executar
Execute the regular expression
Next match
Show the next match of the regular expression
Copy
Copiar
Copy the regular expression to the clipboard
Named reference
No named groups have been defined yet.
Select group name:
Save regular expression
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The regular expression could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Load regular expression
Validation
The regular expression is valid.
Error
Erro
Invalid regular expression: {0}
A regular expression must be given.
Regexp
Offset
Captures
Text
Characters
Match
Capture #{0}
No more matches
No matches
A regular expression and a text must be given.
RegExp Files (*.rx);;All Files (*)
Communication Error
<p>The PyQt5 backend reported an error.</p><p>{0}</p>
Invalid response received from PyQt5 backend.
Communication with PyQt5 backend failed.
QtHelpAccessHandler
<title>Error 404...</title><div align="center"><br><br><h1>The page could not be found</h1><br><h3>'{0}'</h3></div>
<title>Erro 404...</title><div align="center"><br><br><h1>Não se pôde encontrar a página</h1><br><h3>'{0}'</h3></div>
QtHelpDocumentationDialog
Manage QtHelp Documentation Database
Registered Documents
Press to select QtHelp documents to add to the database
Add...
Adicionar...
Press to remove the selected documents from the database
Remove
Retirar
Add Documentation
Qt Compressed Help Files (*.qch)
The file <b>{0}</b> is not a valid Qt Help File.
The namespace <b>{0}</b> is already registered.
Remove Documentation
Do you really want to remove the selected documentation sets from the database?
Some documents currently opened reference the documentation you are attempting to remove. Removing the documentation will close those documents. Remove anyway?
QtHelpFiltersDialog
Manage QtHelp Filters
Gerir Filtros QtHelp
Filters:
Attributes:
1
Press to add a new filter
Add Filter
Filter name:
Add Filter ...
Press to remove the selected filters
Remove Filters
Press to remove the selected attributes
Remove Attributes
Press to select all unused attributes
Select Unused
Do you really want to remove the selected filters from the database?
Do you really want to remove the selected attributes from the database?
QtPage
<b>Configure Qt</b>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> This setting is activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Nota:</b> Estas definições estarão activadas a próxima vez que arranque a aplicação.</font>
Qt Tools
Ferramentas Qt
The tool executable is composed of the prefix, the tool name and the postfix. For win, the extension is added automatically.
This gives an example of the complete tool name
designer
Select Qt4 Translations Directory
Qt Translations Directory
Diretório de Traduções de Qt
Press to select the Qt translations directory via a directory selection dialog
Enter the path of the Qt translations directory.
<b>Note:</b> Leave this entry empty to use the QT4TRANSLATIONSDIR environment variable or the path compiled into the Qt library.
Qt-Prefix:
Enter the prefix for the Qt tools name
Qt-Postfix:
Enter the postfix for the Qt tools name
pyuic / pyside-uic Options
Indent Width:
Select the indent width (default: 4)
Generate imports relative to '.'
Queues
New Patch
Update Current Patch
Pop Patches
Push Patches
Go to Patch
Select Patch
Select the target patch name:
No patches to select from.
Finish Applied Patches
Rename Patch
Select the patch to be deleted:
Delete Patch
Fold Patches
No patches selected.
No patches available to be folded.
List Guards
No patches available to list guards for.
Define Guards
No patches available to define guards for.
Drop All Guards
Select the patch to drop guards for (leave empty for the current patch):
Set Active Guards
No guards available to select from.
Deactivate Guards
Create New Queue
Rename Active Queue
Error while creating a new queue.
Error while renaming the active queue.
Purge Queue
Delete Queue
Activate Queue
Error while purging the queue.
Error while deleting the queue.
Error while setting the active queue.
Available Queues
Initializing new queue repository
QueuesProjectHelper
New Patch
New Patch...
Create a new patch
<b>New Patch</b><p>This creates a new named patch.</p>
Update Current Patch
Update the current patch
<b>Update Current Patch</b><p>This updates the current patch.</p>
Update Current Patch (with Message)
Update the current patch and edit commit message
<b>Update Current Patch (with Message)</b><p>This updates the current patch after giving the chance to change the current commit message.</p>
Show Current Patch
Show Current Patch...
Show the contents the current patch
<b>Show Current Patch</b><p>This shows the contents of the current patch including any changes which have been made in the working directory since the last refresh.</p>
Show Current Message
Show Current Message...
Show the commit message of the current patch
<b>Show Current Message</b><p>This shows the commit message of the current patch.</p>
List Patches
List Patches...
List applied and unapplied patches
Finish Applied Patches
Finish applied patches
<b>Finish Applied Patches</b><p>This finishes the applied patches by moving them out of mq control into regular repository history.</p>
Rename Patch
Rename a patch
<b>Rename Patch</b><p>This renames the current or a named patch.</p>
Delete Patch
Delete unapplied patch
<b>Delete Patch</b><p>This deletes an unapplied patch.</p>
Fold Patches
Fold unapplied patches into the current patch
<b>Fold Patches</b><p>This folds unapplied patches into the current patch.</p>
Push Next Patch
Push the next patch onto the stack
<b>Push Next Patch</b><p>This pushes the next patch onto the stack of applied patches.</p>
Push All Patches
Push all patches onto the stack
<b>Push All Patches</b><p>This pushes all patches onto the stack of applied patches.</p>
Push Patches
Push patches onto the stack
Pop Current Patch
Pop the current patch off the stack
<b>Pop Current Patch</b><p>This pops the current patch off the stack of applied patches.</p>
Pop All Patches
Pop all patches off the stack
<b>Pop All Patches</b><p>This pops all patches off the stack of applied patches.</p>
Pop Patches
Pop patches off the stack
<b>Pop Patches</b><p>This pops patches off the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack.</p>
Go to Patch
Push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack
<b>Go to Patch</b><p>This pushes or pops patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack.</p>
Push the next patch onto the stack on top of local changes
<b>Push Next Patch</b><p>This pushes the next patch onto the stack of applied patches on top of local changes.</p>
Push all patches onto the stack on top of local changes
<b>Push All Patches</b><p>This pushes all patches onto the stack of applied patches on top of local changes.</p>
Push patches onto the stack on top of local changes
<b>Push Patches</b><p>This pushes patches onto the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack on top of local changes.</p>
Pop the current patch off the stack forgetting local changes
<b>Pop Current Patch</b><p>This pops the current patch off the stack of applied patches forgetting local changes.</p>
Pop all patches off the stack forgetting local changes
<b>Pop All Patches</b><p>This pops all patches off the stack of applied patches forgetting local changes.</p>
Pop patches off the stack forgetting local changes
<b>Pop Patches</b><p>This pops patches off the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack forgetting local changes.</p>
Push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack overwriting any local changes
<b>Go to Patch</b><p>This pushes or pops patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack overwriting any local changes.</p>
Queues
Push/Pop
Push/Pop (force)
<b>List Patches</b><p>This lists all applied and unapplied patches.</p>
<b>Push Patches</b><p>This pushes patches onto the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack.</p>
Define Guards
Define Guards...
Define guards for the current or a named patch
<b>Define Guards</b><p>This opens a dialog to define guards for the current or a named patch.</p>
Drop All Guards
Drop All Guards...
Drop all guards of the current or a named patch
<b>Drop All Guards</b><p>This drops all guards of the current or a named patch.</p>
List Guards
List Guards...
List guards of the current or a named patch
<b>List Guards</b><p>This lists the guards of the current or a named patch.</p>
List All Guards
List All Guards...
List all guards of all patches
<b>List All Guards</b><p>This lists all guards of all patches.</p>
Set Active Guards
Set Active Guards...
Set the list of active guards
<b>Set Active Guards</b><p>This opens a dialog to set the active guards.</p>
Deactivate Guards
Deactivate Guards...
Deactivate all active guards
<b>Deactivate Guards</b><p>This deactivates all active guards.</p>
Identify Active Guards
Identify Active Guards...
Show a list of active guards
<b>Identify Active Guards</b><p>This opens a dialog showing a list of active guards.</p>
Guards
Create Queue
Create a new patch queue
<b>Create Queue</b><p>This creates a new patch queue.</p>
Rename Queue
Rename the active patch queue
<b>Rename Queue</b><p>This renames the active patch queue.</p>
Delete Queue
Delete the reference to a patch queue
<b>Delete Queue</b><p>This deletes the reference to a patch queue.</p>
Purge Queue
Delete the reference to a patch queue and remove the patch directory
<b>Purge Queue</b><p>This deletes the reference to a patch queue and removes the patch directory.</p>
Activate Queue
Set the active queue
<b>Activate Queue</b><p>This sets the active queue.</p>
List Queues
List Queues...
List the available queues
<b>List Queues</b><p>This opens a dialog showing all available queues.</p>
Queue Management
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Changing Applied Patches
Init Queue Repository
Initialize a new versioned queue repository
<b>Init Queue Repository</b><p>This initializes a new versioned queue repository inside the current repository.</p>
Commit changes
Commit changes...
Commit changes in the queue repository
<b>Commit changes...</b><p>This commits changes in the queue repository.</p>
Show Status
Show &Status...
Show the status of the queue repository
<b>Show Status</b><p>This shows the status of the queue repository.</p>
Show Summary
Show summary...
Show summary information of the queue repository
<b>Show summary</b><p>This shows some summary information of the queue repository.</p>
Rebase
Rebase Changesets
Rebase Changesets (Continue)
Rebase Changesets (Abort)
RebaseProjectHelper
Rebase Changesets
Rebase changesets to another branch
<b>Rebase Changesets</b><p>This rebases changesets to another branch.</p>
Continue Rebase Session
Continue the last rebase session after repair
<b>Continue Rebase Session</b><p>This continues the last rebase session after repair.</p>
Abort Rebase Session
Abort the last rebase session
<b>Abort Rebase Session</b><p>This aborts the last rebase session.</p>
Rebase
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Rebase Changesets (Continue)
Rebase Changesets (Abort)
ReplaceWidget
Find and Replace
Press to close the window
Find:
Encontrar:
Press to find the previous occurrence
Press to find the next occurrence
Match case
Whole word
Regexp
Replace:
Press to replace the selection
Press to replace all occurrences
Wrap around
Selection only
Press to replace the selection and search for the next occurence
SafariImporter
Apple Safari stores its bookmarks in the <b>Bookmarks.plist</b> file. This file is usually located in
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
Por favor escolha o ficheiro para começar a importar marcadores.
File '{0}' does not exist.
Bookmarks file cannot be read.
Reason: {0}
Apple Safari Import
Imported {0}
Importado {0}
SearchReplaceWidget
Find Next
Find Prev
'{0}' was not found.
Replaced {0} occurrences.
Nothing replaced because '{0}' was not found.
<b>Find and Replace</b>
<p>This dialog is used to find some text and replace it with another text.
By checking the various checkboxes, the search can be made more specific.
The search string might be a regular expression. In a regular expression,
special characters interpreted are:</p>
<b>Find</b>
<p>This dialog is used to find some text. By checking the various checkboxes,
the search can be made more specific. The search string might be a regular
expression. In a regular expression, special characters interpreted are:</p>
<table border="0">
<tr><td><code>.</code></td><td>Matches any character</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>(</code></td><td>This marks the start of a region for tagging a
match.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>)</code></td><td>This marks the end of a tagged region.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>\n</code></td>
<td>Where <code>n</code> is 1 through 9 refers to the first through ninth
tagged region when replacing. For example, if the search string was
<code>Fred([1-9])XXX</code> and the replace string was <code>SamYYY</code>,
when applied to <code>Fred2XXX</code> this would generate <code>Sam2YYY</code>.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code><</code></td>
<td>This matches the start of a word using Scintilla's definitions of words.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>></code></td>
<td>This matches the end of a word using Scintilla's definition of words.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>\x</code></td>
<td>This allows you to use a character x that would otherwise have a special
meaning. For example, \[ would be interpreted as [ and not as the start of a
character set.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>[...]</code></td>
<td>This indicates a set of characters, for example, [abc] means any of the
characters a, b or c. You can also use ranges, for example [a-z] for any lower
case character.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>[^...]</code></td>
<td>The complement of the characters in the set. For example, [^A-Za-z] means
any character except an alphabetic character.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>^</code></td>
<td>This matches the start of a line (unless used inside a set, see above).
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>$</code></td> <td>This matches the end of a line.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>*</code></td>
<td>This matches 0 or more times. For example, <code>Sa*m</code> matches
<code>Sm</code>, <code>Sam</code>, <code>Saam</code>, <code>Saaam</code>
and so on.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>+</code></td>
<td>This matches 1 or more times. For example, <code>Sa+m</code> matches
<code>Sam</code>, <code>Saam</code>, <code>Saaam</code> and so on.</td></tr>
</table>
SearchWidget
Find
Encontrar
Press to close the window
Find:
Encontrar:
Press to find the previous occurrence
Press to find the next occurrence
Match case
Whole word
Regexp
Wrap around
Selection only
Highlight all
Expression was not found.
'{0}' was not found.
SecurityPage
Passwords
Senhas
Select to save passwords
Save passwords
Gravar senhas
Select to use a master password
Use Master Password
Usar Senha Mestre
Press to change the master password
Change Master Password...
Mudar Senha Mestre...
DNS
Select to enable DNS prefetch
Use DNS prefetching to improve page loading
<b>Configure security settings</b>
SendRefererWhitelistDialog
Send Referer Whitelist
Enter search term for hosts
Introduzir termo de busca para anfitriões
Press to add site to the whitelist
Pressionar para adicionar o sítio à lista branca
&Add...
&Adicionar...
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
R&emove All
R&etirar Tudo
Enter host name to add to the whitelist:
Shell
Shell - Passive
Shell
<b>The Shell Window</b><p>This is simply an interpreter running in a window. The interpreter is the one that is used to run the program being debugged. This means that you can execute any command while the program being debugged is running.</p><p>You can use the cursor keys while entering commands. There is also a history of commands that can be recalled using the up and down cursor keys. Pressing the up or down key after some text has been entered will start an incremental search.</p><p>The shell has some special commands. 'reset' kills the shell and starts a new one. 'clear' clears the display of the shell window. 'start' is used to switch the shell language and must be followed by a supported language. Supported languages are listed by the 'languages' command. These commands (except 'languages') are available through the context menu as well.</p><p>Pressing the Tab key after some text has been entered will show a list of possible commandline completions. The relevant entry may be selected from this list. If only one entry is available, this will inserted automatically.</p><p>In passive debugging mode the shell is only available after the program to be debugged has connected to the IDE until it has finished. This is indicated by a different prompt and by an indication in the window caption.</p>
Passive >>>
Start
Iniciar
History
Historial
Select entry
Show
Mostrar
Clear
Limpar
Cut
Cortar
Copy
Copiar
Paste
Colar
Reset
Reinicializar
Reset and Clear
Configure...
Configurar...
Select History
Select the history entry to execute (most recent shown last).
Passive Debug Mode
Not connected
Desconetado
No.
Nº
{0} on {1}, {2}
StdOut: {0}
StdErr: {0}
Shell language "{0}" not supported.
Drop Error
<p><b>{0}</b> is not a file.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> não é um ficheiro.</p>
Find
Encontrar
Exception "{0}"
{1}
File: {2}, Line: {3}
Unspecified syntax error.
Exception "{0}"
{1}
Syntax error "{1}" in file {0} at line {2}, character {3}.
ShellHistoryDialog
Shell History
Delete the selected entries
&Delete
&Apagar
Copy the selected entries to the current editor
C&opy
Execute the selected entries
&Execute
&Executar
Reload the history
&Reload
&Recarregar
ShellPage
<b>Configure Shell</b>
<b>Configurar Shell</b>
Select whether line numbers margin should be shown.
Show Line Numbers Margin
Select this to enable calltips
Selecionar para habilitar dicas
Calltips Enabled
Dicas Habilitadas
Select to enable wrapping at word boundaries
Word Wrap Enabled
Select this to enable autocompletion
Selecionar para ativar autocompletar
Autocompletion Enabled
Ativado Autocompletar
Select to enable syntax highlighting
Syntax Highlighting Enabled
max. History Entries:
Enter the number of history entries allowed
Select to show debuggee stdout and stderr
Show stdout and stderr of debuggee
Font
Tipo de Letra
Press to select the font to be used as the monospaced font
Monospaced Font
Monospaced Text
Select, whether the monospaced font should be used as default
Use monospaced as default
Press to select the font for the line numbers
Line Numbers Font
2345
Shelve
Shelve current changes
Restore shelved changes
Abort restore operation
Continue restore operation
Select the shelves to be deleted:
Delete shelves
Do you really want to delete these shelves?
Delete all shelves
Do you really want to delete all shelved changes?
ShelveProjectBrowserHelper
Shelve changes
Shelve
The project should be reread. Do this now?
ShelveProjectHelper
Shelve changes
Shelve changes...
Shelve all current changes of the project
<b>Shelve changes</b><p>This shelves all current changes of the project.</p>
Show shelve browser
Show shelve browser...
Show a dialog with all shelves
<b>Show shelve browser...</b><p>This shows a dialog listing all available shelves. Actions on these shelves may be executed via the context menu.</p>
Restore shelved change
Restore shelved change...
Restore a shelved change to the project directory
<b>Restore shelved change</b><p>This restore a shelved change to the project directory.</p>
Abort restore
Abort restore...
Abort the restore operation in progress
<b>Abort restore</b><p>This aborts the restore operation in progress and reverts already applied changes.</p>
Continue restore
Continue restore...
Continue the restore operation in progress
<b>Continue restore</b><p>This continues the restore operation in progress.</p>
Delete shelved changes
Delete shelved changes...
<b>Delete shelved changes...</b><p>This opens a dialog to select the shelved changes to delete and deletes the selected ones.</p>
Delete ALL shelved changes
<b>Delete ALL shelved changes</b><p>This deletes all shelved changes.</p>
Shelve
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Unshelve
Abort Unshelve
Continue Unshelve
ShortcutDialog
Edit Shortcut
Press your shortcut keys and select OK
Select to change the alternative keyboard shortcut
Alternative Shortcut:
Press to clear the key sequence buffer.
Clear
Limpar
Select to change the primary keyboard shortcut
Primary Shortcut:
Shortcuts
Export Keyboard Shortcuts
Exportar Atalhos do Teclado
<p>The keyboard shortcuts could not be written to file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Os atalhos do teclado não poderam ser escritos ao ficheiro <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Import Keyboard Shortcuts
Importar Atalhos do Teclado
<p>The keyboard shortcuts could not be read from file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Os atalhos do teclado não poderam ser lidos no ficheiro <b>{0}</b>.</p>
ShortcutsDialog
Keyboard Shortcuts
Atalhos de Teclado
&Filter:
Enter the regular expression that should be contained in the shortcut action
Filter on
Select to filter based on the actions
&Action
Select to filter based on shortcut or alternative shortcut
&Shortcut or Alternative
This list shows all keyboard shortcuts.
<b>Keyboard Shortcuts List</b>
<p>This list shows all keyboard shortcuts defined in the application. Double click an entry in order to change the respective shortcut. Alternatively, the shortcut might be changed by editing the key sequence in the respective column.</p>
Action
Shortcut
Alternativ
Project
Projeto
General
Geral
Wizards
Assistentes
Debug
Depuração
Edit
Editar
File
Ficheiro
Search
Procurar
View
Vista
Macro
Bookmarks
Marcadores
Spelling
Verificação ortográfica
Window
Janela
Edit shortcuts
<p><b>{0}</b> has already been allocated to the <b>{1}</b> action. Remove this binding?</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> hides the <b>{1}</b> action. Remove this binding?</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> is hidden by the <b>{1}</b> action. Remove this binding?</p>
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
SiteInfoDialog
Site Information
General
Geral
Site Address:
Encoding:
Size:
Meta tags of site:
Tag
Value
Valor
<b>Security information</b>
Details
Media
Image
Image Address
<b>Preview</b>
Security
Segurança
Preview not available.
Copy Image Location to Clipboard
Copiar Localização da Imagem para a Área de Transferência
Copy Image Name to Clipboard
Save Image
Gravar Imagem
This image is not available.
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
<p>Cannot write to file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Databases
<b>Database details</b>
Name:
Nome:
<database not selected>
Path:
Caminho:
No databases are used by this page.
Shows a list of databases used by the site
SnapWidget
Snapshot Mode:
Select the snapshot mode
Delay:
Enter the delay before taking the snapshot
Press to save the snapshot
&Save Snapshot ...
Press to take a snapshot
&Take Snapshot ...
Fullscreen
Rectangular Selection
Windows Bitmap File (*.bmp)
Graphic Interchange Format File (*.gif)
Windows Icon File (*.ico)
JPEG File (*.jpg)
Multiple-Image Network Graphics File (*.mng)
Portable Bitmap File (*.pbm)
Paintbrush Bitmap File (*.pcx)
Portable Graymap File (*.pgm)
Portable Network Graphics File (*.png)
Portable Pixmap File (*.ppm)
Silicon Graphics Image File (*.sgi)
Scalable Vector Graphics File (*.svg)
Targa Graphic File (*.tga)
TIFF File (*.tif)
X11 Bitmap File (*.xbm)
X11 Pixmap File (*.xpm)
Save Snapshot
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Cannot write file '{0}:
{1}.
Press to copy the snapshot to the clipboard
&Copy
&Copiar
No delay
s
Path Name:
Shows the name of the directory used for saving
Ellipical Selection
Freehand Selection
Current Screen
snapshot
The application contains an unsaved snapshot.
Preview of the snapshot image ({0:n} x {1:n})
Press to copy the snapshot preview to the clipboard
Copy &Preview
eric6 Snapshot
SnapshotFreehandGrabber
Select a region using the mouse. To take the snapshot, press the Enter key or double click. Press Esc to quit.
Selecionar uma região com o rato. Para tirar uma instantânea, pressionar a tecla Enter ou fazer duplo-clique. Pressionar Esc para sair.
SnapshotRegionGrabber
Select a region using the mouse. To take the snapshot, press the Enter key or double click. Press Esc to quit.
Selecionar uma região com o rato. Para tirar uma instantânea, pressionar a tecla Enter ou fazer duplo-clique. Pressionar Esc para sair.
SnapshotTimer
Snapshot will be taken in %n seconds
A instantânea será feita em %n segundo
A instantânea será feita em %n segundos
SortOptionsDialog
Sort Options
Direction
Select to sort in ascending order
Ascending
Select to sort in descending order
Descending
Type
Tipo
Select to sort alphanumerically
Alphanumerical
Select to sort numerically
Numerical
Case Sensitivity
Select to respect the case while sorting
Respect Case
Select to ignore the case while sorting
Ignore Case
SpeedDial
Unable to load
Incapaz de carregar
Saving Speed Dial data
Gravando dados de Marcação Rápida
<p>Speed Dial data could not be saved to <b>{0}</b></p>
<p>Os dados da Marcação Rápida não poderam ser gravados em <b>{0}</b></p>
SpeedDialReader
The file is not a SpeedDial version 1.0 file.
O Ficheiro não é um ficheiro SpeedDial versão 1.0.
The file {0} could not be opened. Error: {1}
O ficheiro {0} não pôde ser aberto. Erro: {1}
SpellCheckingDialog
Check spelling
Verificar ortografia
Current language:
Shows the language used for spell checking
Not found in dictionary
Shows the unrecognized word with some context
Change &to:
&Suggestions:
Press to ignore once
&Ignore
Press to always ignore
I&gnore All
Press to add to dictionary
&Add to dictionary
Press to replace the word
&Replace
Press to replace all occurrences
Re&place All
SpellingDictionaryEditDialog
Edit Spelling Dictionary
Editar Dicionário Ortográfico
Enter search term
Press to add an entry
&Add
&Adicionar
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
R&emove All
R&etirar Tudo
SpellingPropertiesDialog
Spelling Properties
Project &Language:
Select the project's language
Project &Word List:
Enter the filename of the project word list
Select the project word list file via a file selection dialog
Project E&xclude List:
Enter the filename of the project exclude list
Select the project exclude list file via a file selection dialog
<default>
Select project word list
Dictionary File (*.dic);;All Files (*)
Select project exclude list
SqlBrowser
SQL Browser
Navegador SQL
Invalid URL: {0}
URL inválida: {0}
Unable to open connection: {0}
Incapaz de abrir conexão: {0}
SQL Browser startup problem
Problema no início de Navegador SQL
Add Connection
Adicionar Conexão
Add &Connection...
Adicionar &Conexão...
Open a dialog to add a new database connection
Abrir caixa de diálogo para adicionar conexão nova à base de dados
<b>Add Connection</b><p>This opens a dialog to add a new database connection.</p>
<b>Adicionar Conexão</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo para adicionar uma nova conexão a base de dados.</p>
Quit
Sair
&Quit
Sai&r
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Quit the SQL browser
Sair do navegador SQL
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the SQL browser.</p>
<b>Sair</b><p>Sair do navegador de SQL.</p>
About
Acerca
&About
A&cerca
Display information about this software
Mostra a informação acerca deste software
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>Acerca</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca deste software.</p>
About Qt
Acerca de Qt
About &Qt
Acerca de &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
Mostra informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>Acerca de Qt</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt.</p>
&File
&Ficheiro
&Help
&Ajuda
File
Ficheiro
<h3>About SQL Browser</h3><p>The SQL browser window is a little tool to examine the data and the schema of a database and to execute queries on a database.</p>
<h3>Acerca de Navegador SQL</h3><p>A janela do navegador SQL é uma pequena ferramenta para examinar dados e esquema de uma base de dados e executar consultas numa base de dados.</p>
SqlBrowserWidget
SQL Query
Enter the SQL query to be executed
Press to clear the entry
Pressionar para limpar a entrada
&Clear
&Limpar
Press to execute the query
&Execute
&Executar
&Insert Row
&Inserir Fila
Inserts a new row
Inserte uma fila fila nova
&Delete Row
&Apagar Fila
Deletes the current row
Apaga a fila atual
No database drivers found
Não se encontraram os drivers da base de dados
This tool requires at least one Qt database driver. Please check the Qt documentation how to build the Qt SQL plugins.
Ready
Preparado
Unable to open database
Incapaz de abrir a base de dados
An error occurred while opening the connection.
Ocurreu um erro enquanto abria a conexão.
Query OK.
Query OK, number of affected rows: {0}
eric6 SQL Browser
SqlConnectionDialog
Connect...
Conetar...
D&river:
Select the database driver
Selecionar o driver da base de dados
&Database Name:
Nome da Base de &Dados:
Enter the database name
Introduzir o nome da base de dados
Press to select a database file
Pressionar para selecionar um ficheiro da base de dados
&Username:
Nome de &Usuário:
Enter the user name
Introduzir o nome de usuário
&Password:
&Senha:
&Hostname:
Nome do &Anfitrião:
Enter the hostname
Introduzir o nome do anfitrião (hostname)
P&ort:
P&orto:
Enter the port number
Digite o número do porto
Default
Padrão
Select Database File
Selecionar Ficheiro da Base de Dados
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
SqlConnectionWidget
Database
Base de Dados
Refresh
Atualizar
Show Schema
Mostrar Esquema
StartCoverageDialog
Start coverage run
Command&line:
&Linha de Comandos:
Enter the commandline parameters
Introduzir os parâmetros da linha de comandos
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
&Working directory:
Diretório de &trabalho:
Enter the working directory
Introduzir o diretório de trabalho
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
&Environment:
Ambi&ente:
Enter the environment variables to be set.
Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir.
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
Desmarque para desabilitar informe de exceções
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
Report &exceptions
Informar &exceções
Alt+E
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
Clear &interpreter window
Limpar a janela do &intérprete
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
Select this to erase the collected coverage information
<b>Erase coverage information</b>
<p>Select this to erase the collected coverage information before the next coverage run.</p>
Erase &coverage information
Alt+C
StartDebugDialog
Start debugging
Começar a depurar
Command&line:
&Linha de Comandos:
Enter the commandline parameters
Introduzir os parâmetros da linha de comandos
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
&Working directory:
Diretório de &trabalho:
Enter the working directory
Introduzir o diretório de trabalho
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
&Environment:
Ambi&ente:
Enter the environment variables to be set.
Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir.
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
Desmarque para desabilitar informe de exceções
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
Report &exceptions
Informar &exceções
Alt+E
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
Clear &interpreter window
Limpar a janela do &intérprete
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
Select to trace into the Python library
&Trace into interpreter libraries
Alt+T
Select to not stop the debugger at the first executable line.
<b>Don't stop at first line</b><p>This prevents the debugger from stopping at the first executable line.</p>
Don't stop at first line
Não parar na primeira linha
Forking
Select to go through the fork without asking
<b>Fork without pausing</b>
<p>Select to go through the fork without asking making the forking decision based on the Parent/Child selection.</p>
Fork without pausing
Select to debug the child process after forking
<b>Debug Child Process</b>
<p>Select to debug the child process after forking. If it is not selected, the parent process will be debugged. This has no effect, if forking without pausing is not selected.</p>
Follow Child Process
Seguir Processos Filho
StartDialog
Clear Histories
Limpar Historiais
Working directory
Diretório de trabalho
StartProfileDialog
Start profiling
Command&line:
&Linha de Comandos:
Enter the commandline parameters
Introduzir os parâmetros da linha de comandos
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
&Working directory:
Diretório de &trabalho:
Enter the working directory
Introduzir o diretório de trabalho
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
&Environment:
Ambi&ente:
Enter the environment variables to be set.
Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir.
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
Desmarque para desabilitar informe de exceções
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
Report &exceptions
Informar &exceções
Alt+E
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
Clear &interpreter window
Limpar a janela do &intérprete
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
Select this to erase the collected timing data
<b>Erase timing data</b>
<p>Select this to erase the collected timing data before the next profiling run.</p>
Erase &timing data
Alt+C
StartRunDialog
Start running
Command&line:
&Linha de Comandos:
Enter the commandline parameters
Introduzir os parâmetros da linha de comandos
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
&Working directory:
Diretório de &trabalho:
Enter the working directory
Introduzir o diretório de trabalho
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
&Environment:
Ambi&ente:
Enter the environment variables to be set.
Introduzir as variáveis ambiente a definir.
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
Desmarque para desabilitar informe de exceções
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
Report &exceptions
Informar &exceções
Alt+E
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
Clear &interpreter window
Limpar a janela do &intérprete
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
Forking
Select to go through the fork without asking
<b>Fork without pausing</b>
<p>Select to go through the fork without asking making the forking decision based on the Parent/Child selection.</p>
Fork without pausing
Select to debug the child process after forking
<b>Debug Child Process</b>
<p>Select to debug the child process after forking. If it is not selected, the parent process will be debugged. This has no effect, if forking without pausing is not selected.</p>
Follow Child Process
Seguir Processos Filho
StatusMonitorLed
<p>This LED indicates the operating status of the VCS monitor thread (off = monitoring off, green = monitoring on and ok, red = monitoring on, but not ok, yellow = checking VCS status). A status description is given in the tooltip.</p>
<p>Este LED indica o estado de operação do segmento de monitor VCS (off = monitorizando, verde = monitorizando e êxito, vermelho = monitorizando mas com problemas, amarelo = verificando estado VCS). Dá-se a descrição de estado na dica de ferramenta.</p>
Repository status checking is switched off
A verificação de estado do repositório está desligada
Check status
Verificar estado
Set interval...
Definir interval...
Switch on
Ligar
Switch off
Desligar
VCS Status Monitor
Monitor VCS de Estado
Enter monitor interval [s]
Introduzir intervalo do monitor [s]
Subversion
The svn process finished with the exit code {0}
The svn process did not finish within 30s.
Could not start the svn executable.
Create project in repository
The project could not be created in the repository. Maybe the given repository doesn't exist or the repository server is down.
New project
Projeto novo
The project could not be checked out of the repository.<br />Restoring the original contents.
Importing project into Subversion repository
Subversion Checkout
The tag must be a normal tag (tags) or a branch tag (branches). Please select from the list.
Checking project out of Subversion repository
Subversion Export
Exporting project from Subversion repository
Commiting changes to Subversion repository
Synchronizing with the Subversion repository
Adding files/directories to the Subversion repository
Adding directory trees to the Subversion repository
Removing files/directories from the Subversion repository
Moving {0}
Subversion Error
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The tag operation will be aborted
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The tag operation will be aborted
Tagging {0} in the Subversion repository
Reverting changes
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The switch operation will be aborted
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The switch operation will be aborted
Switching to {0}
Merging {0}
Cleaning up {0}
Subversion command
Resolving conficts
Copying {0}
Subversion Set Property
You have to supply a property name. Aborting.
Subversion Delete Property
Enter property name
Subversion Log
Select number of entries to show.
Locking in the Subversion repository
Unlocking in the Subversion repository
Relocating
Repository Browser
Enter the repository URL.
Remove from changelist
Add to changelist
Enter name of the changelist:
Imported revision {0}.
Committed revision {0}.
Revision {0}.
Property set.
Propriedade definida.
Property deleted.
Propriedade apagada.
Subversion Lock
Enter lock comment
Add
Adicionar
Delete
Apagar
Modify
Modificar
Replace
Substituir
Copy
Copiar
Failed revert
Resolve
Restore
Revert
Skip
External
Externo
Update
Atualizar
Annotate
Locking
Unlocking
Failed lock
Failed unlock
Changelist clear
Changelist set
Changelist moved
added
adicionado
conflict
conflito
deleted
external
externo
ignored
incomplete
incompleto
missing
faltando
merged
modified
alterado
normal
type error
replaced
substituído
unversioned
Commit Changes
Aplicar Alterações
The commit affects files, that have unsaved changes. Shall the commit be continued?
Revert changes
Do you really want to revert all changes to these files or directories?
Do you really want to revert all changes of the project?
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Subversion Side-by-Side Difference
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde ler.</p>
Upgrade
SubversionPage
<b>Configure Subversion Interface</b>
Log
No. of log messages shown:
Enter the number of log messages to be shown
Commit
No. of commit messages to remember:
Enter the number of commit messages to remember
Edit the subversion config file
Edit config file
Edit the subversion servers file
Edit servers file
SvgDiagram
SVG-Viewer
Visualizador de SVG
Close
Fechar
Print
Imprimir
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Window
Janela
Graphics
Gráficos
Diagram: {0}
Diagrama: {0}
SvnBlameDialog
Subversion Blame
Revision
Author
Autor
Line
Linha
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
SvnChangeListsDialog
Subversion Change Lists
Change Lists:
<b>Change Lists</b>
<p>Select a change list here to see the associated files in the list below.</p>
<b>Files</b>
<p>This shows a list of files associated with the change list selected above.</p>
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Files (relative to {0}):
No changelists found
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
SvnCommandDialog
Subversion Command
Subversion Command:
Enter the Subversion command to be executed with all necessary parameters
<b>Subversion Command</b>
<p>Enter the Subversion command to be executed including all necessary
parameters. If a parameter of the commandline includes a space you have to
surround this parameter by single or double quotes. Do not include the name
of the subversion client executable (i.e. svn).</p>
Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory for the Subversion command via a directory selection dialog.</p>
Enter the working directory for the Subversion command
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory for the Subversion command.
This is an optional entry. The button to the right will open a
directory selection dialog.</p>
Working Directory:<br>(optional)
Project Directory:
This shows the root directory of the current project.
project directory
Working directory
Diretório de trabalho
SvnCommitDialog
Subversion
Commit Message
Enter the log message.
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message for the commit action.</p>
Recent commit messages
Select a recent commit message to use
Changelists
Select to keep the changelists
Keep changelists
Select the change lists to limit the commit
SvnCopyDialog
Subversion Copy
Press to open a selection dialog
<b>Target directory</b>
<p>Select the target name for the operation via a selection dialog.</p>
Source:
Shows the name of the source
<b>Source name</b>
<p>This field shows the name of the source.</p>
Enter the target name
Target:
Select to force the operation
Enforce operation
<b>Target name</b>
<p>Select the target name for the operation via a selection dialog.</p>
Subversion Move
Select target
<b>Target name</b>
<p>Enter the new name in this field. The target must be the new name or an absolute path.</p>
SvnDialog
Subversion
Output
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Revision {0}.
(binary)
{0} {1}{2}
SvnDialogMixin
Subversion SSL Server Certificate
<p>Accept the following SSL certificate?</p><table><tr><td>Realm:</td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td>Hostname:</td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td>Fingerprint:</td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td>Valid from:</td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td>Valid until:</td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td>Issuer name:</td><td>{5}</td></tr></table>
&Permanent accept
&Temporary accept
&Reject
SvnDiffDialog
Subversion Diff
Difference
<b>Subversion Diff</b><p>This shows the output of the svn diff command.</p>
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
There is no difference.
Não há diferenças.
Save Diff
Patch Files (*.diff)
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br>Reason: {1}</p>
There is no temporary directory available.
Processing file '{0}'...
<Start>
<End>
SvnInfoDialog
<tr><td><b>Path (relative to project):</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Url:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Revision:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Repository root URL:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Repository UUID:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last changed author:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last Changed Date:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last changed revision:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
file
directory
none
unknown
desconhecido
<tr><td><b>Node kind:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Owner:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Creation Date:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Expiration Date:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Token:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Comment:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
normal
add
delete
replace
<tr><td><b>Schedule:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Copied From URL:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Copied From Rev:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Text Last Updated:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Properties Last Updated:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Checksum:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
SvnLogBrowserDialog
Subversion Log
From:
Desde:
Enter the start date
To:
Enter the end date
Select the field to filter on
Revision
Author
Autor
Message
Mensagem
Enter the regular expression to filter on
Date
Action
Path
Caminho
Copy from
Copy from Rev
Press to get the next bunch of log entries
&Next
Enter the limit of entries to fetch
Select to stop listing log messages at a copy or move
Stop on Copy/Move
Press to generate a diff to the previous revision
&Diff to Previous
Press to compare two revisions
&Compare Revisions
Errors
Erros
<b>Subversion log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the svn log command.</p>
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Added
Deleted
Apagado
Modified
Subversion Error
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Replaced
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
SvnLogDialog
Subversion Log
Log
<b>Subversion Log</b><p>This shows the output of the svn log command. By clicking on the links you may show the difference between versions.</p>
Errors
Erros
<b>Subversion log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the svn log command.</p>
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
<b>Processing your request, please wait...</b>
Added
Deleted
Apagado
Modified
revision
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
diff to {0}
<i>author: {0}</i><br />
<i>date: {0}</i><br />
(copied from {0}, revision {1})
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
SvnLoginDialog
Subversion Login
Select, if the login data should be saved.
Save login data
Gravar os dados do login
Enter password
Introduzir senha
Password:
Senha:
Username:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter username
Introduzir nome de usuário
<b>Enter login data for realm {0}.</b>
SvnMergeDialog
Subversion Merge
Select to force the merge operation
Enforce merge
Target:
Enter the target
<b>Target</b>
<p>Enter the target for the merge operation into this field. Leave it empty to
get the target URL from the working copy.</p>
<p><b>Note:</b> This entry is only needed, if you enter revision numbers above.</p>
1. URL/Revision:
Enter an URL or a revision number
<b>URL/Revision</b>
<p>Enter an URL or a revision number to be merged into
the working copy.</p>
2. URL/Revision:
SvnNewProjectOptionsDialog
New Project from Repository
<b>New Project from Repository Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various repository infos into the entry fields. These values are used, when the new project is retrieved from the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A repository layout with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be assumed. In this case, you may enter a tag or branch, which must look like tags/tagname or branches/branchname. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
Enter the tag the new project should be generated from
<b>Tag in VCS</b>
<p>Enter the tag name the new project shall be generated from. Leave empty to retrieve the latest data from the repository.</p>
Select the protocol to access the repository
&Protocol:
<b>URL</b><p>Enter the URL to the module. For a repository with standard layout, this must not contain the trunk, tags or branches part.</p>
&URL:
Enter the directory of the new project.
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Enter the directory of the new project. It will be retrieved from
the repository and be placed in this directory.</p>
Select to indicate, that the repository has a standard layout (projectdir/trunk, projectdir/tags, projectdir/branches)
Repository has standard &layout
Alt+L
Select the repository url via a directory selection dialog or the repository browser
Project &Directory:
&Diretório do Projeto:
&Tag:
Select the project directory via a directory selection dialog
Select Repository-Directory
Select Project Directory
Pat&h:
Enter the url path of the module in the repository (without protocol part)
SvnOptionsDialog
Repository Infos
<b>Repository Infos Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various infos into the entry fields. These values are used to generate a new project in the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A directory tree with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be generated in the repository. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
Log &Message:
Select, if the standard repository layout (projectdir/trunk, projectdir/tags, projectdir/branches) should be generated
Create standard repository &layout
Alt+L
Select the protocol to access the repository
Select the repository url via a directory selection dialog or the repository browser
&URL:
Enter the log message for the new project.
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message to be used for the new project.</p>
new project started
&Protocol:
<b>URL</b><p>Enter the URL to the module. For a repository with standard layout, this must not contain the trunk, tags or branches part.</p>
Select Repository-Directory
Pat&h:
Enter the url path of the module in the repository (without protocol part)
SvnProjectBrowserHelper
Version Control
Update from repository
Commit changes to repository...
Add to repository
Add tree to repository
Remove from repository (and disk)
Add to Changelist
Remove from Changelist
Show log
Show log browser
Show status
Show annotated file
Revert changes
Merge changes
Lock
Unlock
Break Lock
Steal Lock
Set Property
List Properties
Delete Property
Select all local file entries
Select all versioned file entries
Select all local directory entries
Select all versioned directory entries
Configure...
Configurar...
Show repository info
Copy
Copiar
Move
Show differences
Show differences side-by-side
Show differences (extended)
Show differences side-by-side (extended)
Show differences (URLs)
Conflicts resolved
SvnProjectHelper
New from repository
&New from repository...
Create a new project from the VCS repository
<b>New from repository</b><p>This creates a new local project from the VCS repository.</p>
Update from repository
&Update from repository
Update the local project from the VCS repository
<b>Update from repository</b><p>This updates the local project from the VCS repository.</p>
Commit changes to repository
&Commit changes to repository...
Commit changes to the local project to the VCS repository
<b>Commit changes to repository</b><p>This commits changes to the local project to the VCS repository.</p>
Show log
Show &log
Show the log of the local project
<b>Show log</b><p>This shows the log of the local project.</p>
Show log browser
Show a dialog to browse the log of the local project
<b>Show log browser</b><p>This shows a dialog to browse the log of the local project. A limited number of entries is shown first. More can be retrieved later on.</p>
Show &difference
Show the difference of the local project to the repository
Show the difference of revisions of the project to the repository
Show the difference of the project between two repository URLs
Show status
Show &status
Show the status of the local project
<b>Show status</b><p>This shows the status of the local project.</p>
Tag in repository
&Tag in repository...
Tag the local project in the repository
<b>Tag in repository</b><p>This tags the local project in the repository.</p>
Export from repository
&Export from repository...
Export a project from the repository
<b>Export from repository</b><p>This exports a project from the repository.</p>
Command options
Command &options...
Show the VCS command options
<b>Command options...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the VCS command options.</p>
Revert changes
Re&vert changes
Revert all changes made to the local project
<b>Revert changes</b><p>This reverts all changes made to the local project.</p>
Merge
Mer&ge changes...
Merge changes of a tag/revision into the local project
<b>Merge</b><p>This merges changes of a tag/revision into the local project.</p>
Switch
S&witch...
Switch the local copy to another tag/branch
<b>Switch</b><p>This switches the local copy to another tag/branch.</p>
Cleanup
Cleanu&p
Cleanup the local project
<b>Cleanup</b><p>This performs a cleanup of the local project.</p>
Execute command
E&xecute command...
Execute an arbitrary VCS command
<b>Execute command</b><p>This opens a dialog to enter an arbitrary VCS command.</p>
List tags
List tags...
List tags of the project
<b>List tags</b><p>This lists the tags of the project.</p>
List branches
List branches...
List branches of the project
<b>List branches</b><p>This lists the branches of the project.</p>
List repository contents
List repository contents...
Lists the contents of the repository
<b>List repository contents</b><p>This lists the contents of the repository.</p>
Set Property
Set Property...
Set a property for the project files
<b>Set Property</b><p>This sets a property for the project files.</p>
List Properties
List Properties...
List properties of the project files
<b>List Properties</b><p>This lists the properties of the project files.</p>
Delete Property
Delete Property...
Delete a property for the project files
<b>Delete Property</b><p>This deletes a property for the project files.</p>
Relocate
Relocate...
Relocate the working copy to a new repository URL
<b>Relocate</b><p>This relocates the working copy to a new repository URL.</p>
Repository Browser
Repository Browser...
Show the Repository Browser dialog
<b>Repository Browser</b><p>This shows the Repository Browser dialog.</p>
Configure
Configure...
Configurar...
Show the configuration dialog with the Subversion page selected
<b>Configure</b><p>Show the configuration dialog with the Subversion page selected.</p>
Show repository info
Show some repository related information for the local project
<b>Show repository info</b><p>This shows some repository related information for the local project.</p>
Conflicts resolved
Con&flicts resolved
Mark all conflicts of the local project as resolved
<b>Conflicts resolved</b><p>This marks all conflicts of the local project as resolved.</p>
Show change lists
Show the change lists and associated files of the local project
<b>Show change lists</b><p>This shows the change lists and associated files of the local project.</p>
Upgrade
Upgrade...
Upgrade the working copy to the current format
<b>Upgrade</b><p>Upgrades the working copy to the current format.</p>
Show differences
<b>Show differences</b><p>This shows differences of the local project to the repository.</p>
Show differences (extended)
<b>Show differences (extended)</b><p>This shows differences of selectable revisions of the project.</p>
Show differences (URLs)
<b>Show differences (URLs)</b><p>This shows differences of the project between two repository URLs.</p>
SvnPropDelDialog
Delete Subversion Property
Enter the name of the property to be deleted
Select to apply the property recursively
Apply &recursively
Property &Name:
SvnPropListDialog
Subversion List Properties
<b>Subversion List Prperties</b>
<p>This dialog shows the properties of the selected file or project.</p>
<b>Properties List</b>
<p>This shows the properties of the selected file or project.</p>
Path
Caminho
Name
Nome
Value
Valor
Errors
Erros
<b>Subversion proplist errors</b>
<p>This shows possible error messages of the subversion proplist command.</p>
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
None
SvnPropSetDialog
Set Subversion Property
Property Name:
Enter the name of the property to be set
Select property source
File
Ficheiro
Text
Enter text of the property
Press to select the file via a file selection dialog
Pressionar para selecionar o ficheiro através da caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Enter the name of a file for the property
Property &Name:
Select to apply the property recursively
Apply &recursively
Property &Value:
Select file for property
SvnRelocateDialog
Subversion Relocate
New repository URL:
Enter the URL of the repository the working space should be relocated to
Current repository URL:
Select, if the relocate should happen inside the repository
Relocate inside repository (used, if the repository layout has changed)
SvnRepoBrowserDialog
Subversion Repository Browser
URL:
Enter the URL of the repository
File
Ficheiro
Revision
Author
Autor
Size
Tamanho
Date
Errors
Erros
<b>Subversion errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the svn list and svn info commands.</p>
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
The installed version of PySvn should be 1.4.0 or better.
Subversion Error
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
SvnRevisionSelectionDialog
Subversion Diff
Revision &1
Select revision before last commit
PREV
Select last committed revision
COMMITTED
Select base revision
BASE
Select head revision of repository
HEAD
Select working revision
WORKING
Enter a revision number
Enter time of revision
Enter date of revision
yyyy-MM-dd
Select to specify a revision by number
Number
Número
Select to specify a revision by date and time
Date
Revision &2
SvnStatusDialog
Subversion Status
<b>Subversion Status</b>
<p>This dialog shows the status of the selected file or project.</p>
Changelist
Status
Estado
Prop. Status
Locked
History
Historial
Switched
Lock Info
Up to date
Revision
Last Change
Author
Autor
Path
Caminho
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Refresh
Atualizar
Press to refresh the status display
Commit changes to repository...
Add to repository
Revert changes
Add to Changelist
Remove from Changelist
Lock
Unlock
Break lock
Steal lock
Adjust column sizes
added
adicionado
deleted
modified
alterado
unversioned
locked
other lock
stolen lock
broken lock
not locked
normal
replaced
substituído
conflict
conflito
external
ignored
missing
faltando
type error
no
yes
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Commit
There are no uncommitted changes available/selected.
Add
Adicionar
There are no unversioned entries available/selected.
Revert
There are no unlocked files available/selected.
There are no locked files available/selected.
Break Lock
Steal Lock
There are no files available/selected not belonging to a changelist.
There are no files available/selected belonging to a changelist.
&Filter on Status:
Select the status of entries to be shown
Commit the selected changes
&Commit
Add the selected entries to the repository
&Add
&Adicionar
Show differences of the selected entries to the repository
&Differences
Revert the selected entries to the last revision in the repository
Re&vert
Restore the selected missing entries from the repository
&Restore
Show differences
Restore missing
all
Differences
There are no entries selected to be committed.
There are no missing entries available/selected.
Select all for commit
Deselect all from commit
Show differences of the selected entry to the repository in a side-by-side manner
Side-b&y-Side Diff
Show differences side-by-side
Side-by-Side Diff
Only one file with uncommitted changes must be selected.
SvnStatusMonitorThread
Subversion status checked successfully (using svn)
Could not start the Subversion process.
Subversion status checked successfully (using pysvn)
SvnSwitchDialog
Subversion Switch
Tag Name:
Enter the name of the tag
<b>Tag Name</b>
<p>Enter the name of the tag to be switched to.
In order to switch to the trunk version leave it empty.</p>
Tag Type
Select for a regular tag
<b>Regular Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry for a regular tag.</p>
Regular Tag
Select for a branch tag
<b>Branch Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry for a branch tag.</p>
Branch Tag
SvnTagBranchListDialog
Subversion Tag List
<b>Subversion Tag/Branch List</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
<b>Tag/Branches List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
Revision
Author
Autor
Date
Name
Nome
Errors
Erros
Input
Press to send the input to the subversion process
&Send
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
&Password Mode
Alt+P
Subversion Branches List
Subversion Error
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The list operation will be aborted
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The list operation will be aborted
Subversion List
Enter the repository URL containing the tags or branches
The repository URL is empty. Aborting...
Process Generation Error
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
The installed version of PySvn should be 1.4.0 or better.
SvnTagDialog
Subversion Tag
Enter the name of the tag
<b>Tag Name</b>
<p>Enter the name of the tag to be created, moved or deleted.</p>
Name:
Nome:
Tag Action
Select to create a regular tag
<b>Create Regular Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to create a regular tag in the repository.</p>
Create Regular Tag
Select to create a branch tag
<b>Create Branch Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to create a branch in the repository.</p>
Create Branch Tag
Select to delete a regular tag
<b>Delete Regular Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to delete the selected regular tag.</p>
Delete Regular Tag
Select to delete a branch tag
<b>Delete Branch Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to delete the selected branch tag.</p>
Delete Branch Tag
SvnUrlSelectionDialog
Subversion Diff
Repository URL 1
Select the URL type
Enter the label name or path
Repository URL 2
Select to just show a summary of differences
Summary only
Subversion Error
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The operation will be aborted
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The list operation will be aborted
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The operation will be aborted
SymbolsModel
Code
Código
Char
Hex
HTML
Name
Nome
Control Characters
Basic Latin
Latim Básico
Latin-1 Supplement
Latim-1, Suplemento
IPA Extensions
Spacing Modifier Letters
Combining Diacritical Marks
Greek and Coptic
Cyrillic
Cyrillic Supplement
Armenian
Armeno
Hebrew
Hebreu
Arabic
Arábico
Syriac
Thaana
Devanagari
Bengali
Gurmukhi
Gujarati
Oriya
Tamil
Telugu
Kannada
Malayalam
Sinhala
Thai
Lao
Tibetan
Tibetano
Myanmar
Georgian
Hangul Jamo
Ethiopic
Etíope
Cherokee
Ogham
Runic
Tagalog
Hanunoo
Buhid
Tagbanwa
Khmer
Mongolian
Mongol
Limbu
Tai Le
Khmer Symbols
Phonetic Extensions
Latin Extended Additional
Latim Extendido Adicional
Greek Extended
Grego Extendido
General Punctuation
Pontuação Geral
Superscripts and Subscripts
Currency Symbols
Símbolos Monetários
Letterlike Symbols
Number Forms
Arcolumns
Mathematical Operators
Matemática, Operadores
Control Pictures
Optical Character Recognition
Enclosed Alphanumerics
Box Drawing
Block Elements
Dingbats
Supplement Arcolumns-A
Braille Patterns
Padrões de Braile
Supplement Arcolumns-B
Supplemental Mathematical Operators
CJK Radicals Supplement
KangXi Radicals
Ideographic Description Chars
CJK Symbols and Punctuation
Hiragana
Katakana
Bopomofo
Hangul Compatibility Jamo
Kanbun
Bopomofo Extended
Katakana Phonetic Extensions
Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
CJK Compatibility
CJK Unified Ideogr. Ext. A
Yijing Hexagram Symbols
CJK Unified Ideographs
Yi Syllables
Yi Radicals
Hangul Syllables
CJK Compatibility Ideographs
Alphabetic Presentation Forms
Arabic Presentation Forms-A
Variation Selectors
Combining Half Marks
CJK Compatibility Forms
Small Form Variants
Arabic Presentation Forms-B
Half- and Fullwidth Forms
Specials
Miscellaneous Technical
Geometric Shapes
Miscellaneous Symbols
Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A
Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B
Miscellaneous Symbols and Arcolumns
High Surrogates
High Private Use Surrogates
Low Surrogates
Private Use
Old Italic
Itálico Antigo
Gothic
Gótico
Deseret
Byzantine Musical Symbols
Musical Symbols
Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
Matemática, Símbolos Alfanuméricos
CJK Unified Ideogr. Ext. B
CJK Compatapility Ideogr. Suppl.
Tags
Latin Extended-A
Latim Extendido-A
Latin Extended-B
Latim Extendido-B
Samaritan
Mandaic
Arabic Extended-A
Ethiopic Supplement
Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics
Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics Extended
Buginese
Tai Tham
Balinese
Sundanese
Batak
Lepcha
Ol Chiki
Sundanese Supplement
Vedic Extensions
Phonetic Extensions Supplement
Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
Glagolitic
Latin Extended-C
Latim Extendido-C
Coptic
Georgian Supplement
Tifinagh
Ethiopic Extended
Cyrillic Extended-A
Supplemental Punctuation
CJK Strokes
Lisu
Vai
Cyrillic Extended-B
Bamum
Modifier Tone Letters
Latin Extended-D
Latim Extendido-D
Syloti Nagri
Common Indic Number Forms
Phags-pa
Saurashtra
Devanagari Extended
Kayah Li
Rejang
Hangul Jamo Extended-A
Javanese
Cham
Myanmar Extended-A
Tai Viet
Meetei Mayek Extensions
Ethiopic Extended-A
Meetei Mayek
Hangul Jamo Extended-B
Vertical Forms
Linear B Syllabary
Linear B Ideograms
Aegean Numbers
Ancient Greek Numbers
Ancient Symbols
Phaistos Disc
Lycian
Carian
Ugaritic
Old Persian
Persa Antigo
Shavian
Osmanya
Cypriot Syllabary
Imperial Aramaic
Phoenician
Lydian
Meroitic Hieroglyphs
Meroitic Cursive
Kharoshthi
Old South Arabian
Avestan
Inscriptional Parthian
Inscriptional Pahlavi
Old Turkic
Rumi Numeral Symbols
Brahmi
Kaithi
Sora Sompeng
Chakma
Sharada
Takri
Cuneiform
Cuniforme
Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation
Egyptian Hieroglyphs
Bamum Supplement
Miao
Kana Supplement
Ancient Greek Musical Notation
Tai Xuan Jing Symbols
Counting Rod Numerals
Arabic Mathematical Alphabetic Symbols
Mahjong Tiles
Domino Tiles
Playing Cards
Jogando Cartas
Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
Miscellaneous Symbols And Pictographs
Emoticons
Transport And Map Symbols
Alchemical Symbols
CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
Variation Selectors Supplement
Supplementary Private Use Area-A
Supplementary Private Use Area-B
N'Ko
SymbolsWidget
Symbols
Símbolos
Select the table to be shown
Symbol code:
Enter the symbol code
SyncCheckPage
Synchronization status
Estado de sincronização
This page shows the status of the current synchronization process.
Esta página mostra o estado do processo de sincronização atual.
Synchronization Data
Dados de Sincronização
Sync Handler:
Host:
Anfitrião:
Synchronization Status
Estado de Sincronização
Bookmarks:
Marcadores:
History:
Historial:
Passwords:
Senhas:
User Agent Settings:
FTP
No Synchronization
Sem Sincronização
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Error:</b> {0}</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Error:</b> {0}</font>
Shared Directory
Diretório Partilhado
Speed Dial Settings:
Definições de Marcação Rápida:
Directory:
Diretório:
SyncDataPage
Basic synchronization settings
Definições de sincronização básica
Please select, if synchronization should be enabled and which data should be synchronized.
Select to activate data synchronization
Activate synchronization
Data to be synchronized
Select to synchronize bookmarks
Bookmarks
Marcadores
Select to synchronize history
History
Historial
Select to synchronize passwords
Passwords
Senhas
Select to synchronize user agent settings
User Agent Settings
Select to synchronize the speed dial data
Selecionar para sincronizar os dados de marcação rápida
Speed Dial Settings
Definições de Marcação Rápida
SyncDirectorySettingsPage
Synchronize to a shared directory
Please enter the data for synchronization via a shared directory. All fields must be filled.
Shared Directory Settings
Directory Name:
Enter the full path of the shared directory
Select the shared directory via a directory selection dialog
Shared Directory
Diretório Partilhado
SyncEncryptionPage
Encryption Settings
Please select, if the synchronized data should be encrypted and enter the encryption key
Select to encrypt the synchronzed data
Encrypt Data
Select to re-encrypt the synchronized data
Re-encrypt synchronized data
Encryption Key:
Enter the encryption key
Encryption Key (again):
Repeat the encryption key
Encryption key must not be empty.
Repeated encryption key is wrong.
<p>The encryption key will be used to encrypt and decrypt the synchronizde data. If the data should be re-encrypted, the respective selection should be done. The key must only be repeated, if a re-encryption is requested.<br/><br/><b>Note: If you forget the encryption key, the encrypted data cannot be recovered!</b><br/></p>
Shows an indication for the encryption key strength
Size of generated encryption key:
Select the size of the generated encryption key
128 Bits
192 Bits
256 Bits
Select to encrypt only the passwords
Encrypt Passwords Only
SyncFtpSettingsPage
Synchronize to an FTP host
Please enter the data for synchronization via FTP. All fields must be filled.
Remote FTP Host Settings
Server:
Servidor:
Enter the FTP server name
User Name:
Nome de Usuário:
Enter the user name
Introduzir o nome de usuário
Password:
Senha:
Enter the password
Path:
Caminho:
Enter the remote path
Introduzir o caminho remoto
Port:
Porto:
Enter the remote port
Idle Timeout:
Enter the idle timeout interval to prevent a server disconnect
s
SyncHandler
Invalid encryption key given.
Chave de encriptação dada é inválida.
Data cannot be decrypted.
Os dados não podem ser desencriptados.
Remote bookmarks file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote bookmarks file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local bookmarks file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Ficheiro de marcadores local é MAIS NOVO. Exportando cópia local...
Local bookmarks file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local bookmarks file...
Subindo ficheiro de marcadores local...
Remote history file exists! Syncing local copy...
Existe ficheiro de historial remoto! Sincronizando cópia local...
Remote history file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local history file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Ficheiro de historial local é MAIS NOVO. Exportando cópia local...
Local history file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local history file...
Subindo ficheiro de historial local...
Remote logins file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote logins file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local logins file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local logins file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local logins file...
Remote user agent settings file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote user agent settings file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local user agent settings file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local user agent settings file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local user agent settings file...
Remote speed dial settings file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote speed dial settings file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local speed dial settings file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local speed dial settings file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local speed dial settings file...
SyncHostTypePage
Host Type Selection
Please select the type of the host to be used for synchronization.
Synchronization Host Type
Select to use a FTP host
FTP
Select to use no particular host type
None
Select to use a shared directory
Shared Directory
Diretório Partilhado
SyntaxCheckerDialog
Syntax Check Result
<b>Syntax Check Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the results of the syntax check. Double clicking an
entry will open an editor window and position the cursor at the respective line.</p>
Exclude Files:
Excluir Ficheiros:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
Press to start the syntax check run
Start
Iniciar
<b>Result List</b>
<p>This list shows the results of the syntax check. Double clicking
an entry will open this entry in an editor window and position the cursor at
the respective line.</p>
File/Line
Ficheiro/Linha
Message
Mensagem
Source
Fonte
Shows the progress of the syntax check action
Show
Mostrar
Press to show all files containing an issue
Pressionar para mostrar todos os ficheiros que tenham algum problema
No issues found.
Não se encontraram problemas.
Error: {0}
Erro: {0}
%v/%m Files
SyntaxCheckerPlugin
Check Syntax
Verificar Sintaxe
&Syntax...
&Sintaxe...
Check syntax.
Verificar sintaxe.
<b>Check Syntax...</b><p>This checks Python files for syntax errors.</p>
<b>Verificar Sintaxe...</b><b>Verifica erros de sintaxe nos ficheiros Python.</p>
TRPreviewer
<No translation>
Translations Previewer
Select language file
&Open UI Files...
Open UI files for display
<b>Open UI Files</b><p>This opens some UI files for display.</p>
Open &Translation Files...
Open Translation files for display
<b>Open Translation Files</b><p>This opens some translation files for display.</p>
&Reload Translations
Reload the loaded translations
<b>Reload Translations</b><p>This reloads the translations for the loaded languages.</p>
&Quit
Sai&r
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Quit the application
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the application.</p>
&What's This?
&Que é Isto?
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
&About
A&cerca
Display information about this software
Mostra a informação acerca deste software
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>Acerca</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca deste software.</p>
About &Qt
Acerca de &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
Mostra informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>Acerca de Qt</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt.</p>
&Tile
Tile the windows
<b>Tile the windows</b><p>Rearrange and resize the windows so that they are tiled.</p>
&Cascade
Cascade the windows
<b>Cascade the windows</b><p>Rearrange and resize the windows so that they are cascaded.</p>
&Close
Fe&char
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Close the current window
Fechar a janela atual
<b>Close Window</b><p>Close the current window.</p>
<b>Fechar Janela</b><p>Fecha a janela atual.</p>
Clos&e All
F&echar Tudo
Close all windows
Fechar as janelas todas
<b>Close All Windows</b><p>Close all windows.</p>
&File
&Ficheiro
&Window
&Janela
&Help
&Ajuda
File
Ficheiro
Help
Ajuda
TR Previewer
<h3> About TR Previewer </h3><p>The TR Previewer loads and displays Qt User-Interface files and translation files and shows dialogs for a selected language.</p>
Select UI files
Selecionar ficheiros UI
Qt User-Interface Files (*.ui)
Select translation files
Selecionar os ficheiros de tradução
Qt Translation Files (*.qm)
TabWidget
Show a navigation menu
Mostrar um menú de navegação
Close the current editor
Move Left
Mover à esquerda
Move Right
Mover à direita
Move First
Move Last
Close
Fechar
Close Others
Fechar Outros
Close All
Fechar Tudo
Save
Gravar
Save As...
Gravar Como...
Save All
Gravar Tudo
Print
Imprimir
Copy Path to Clipboard
Copiar Caminho para a Área de Transferência
{0} (ro)
Open 'rejection' file
Abrir ficheiro de 'rejeição'
TabnannyDialog
Tabnanny Result
<b>Tabnanny Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the results of the tabnanny command. Double clicking an
entry will open an editor window and position the cursor at the respective line.</p>
Exclude Files:
Excluir Ficheiros:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
Press to start the tabnanny run
Start
Iniciar
<b>Result List</b>
<p>This list shows the results of the tabnanny command. Double clicking
an entry will open this entry in an editor window and position the cursor at
the respective line.</p>
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
#
Source
Fonte
Shows the progress of the tabnanny action
No indentation errors found.
%v/%m Files
TabnannyPlugin
Check Indentations
&Indentations...
Check indentations using tabnanny.
<b>Check Indentations...</b><p>This checks Python files for bad indentations using tabnanny.</p>
Tabview
Untitled {0}
Sem título {0}
{0} (ro)
TaskFilterConfigDialog
Task filter configuration
Select the categories, the tasks list should be filtered on. Within each category, enter the selection criteria. The enabled categories are combined using an "<b>and</b>" operation.
Select to filter on the task filename
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
Enter the filename filter as a wildcard expression.
Select to filter on the task type
Type
Tipo
Select to filter on the task scope
Scope
Select to show global tasks only
Global tasks
Select to show project tasks only
Project tasks
Select to filter on the task completion status
Completion status
Select to show uncompleted tasks only
Uncompleted tasks
Select to show completed tasks only
Completed tasks
Select to filter on the task priority
Priority
Select to show high priority tasks
High priority tasks
Select to show normal priority tasks
Normal priority tasks
Select to show low priority tasks
Low priority tasks
Select the task type to be shown
Bugfix
Warning
Aviso
ToDo
Note
Select to filter on the task summary
Summary
Sumário
Enter the summary filter as a regular expression.
TaskPropertiesDialog
Task Properties
Propriedades da Tarefa
&Summary:
&Sumário:
Enter the task summary
Introduzir o sumário da tarefa
&Description:
&Descrição:
Enter the task description
Introduzir a descriçtrackeo da tarefa
Creation Time:
Data de criaçtrackeo:
&Priority:
&Prioridade:
Select the task priority
Selecionar prioridade da tarefa
High
Alta
Normal
Low
Baixa
Select to indicate a task related to the current project
Selecionar para indicar uma tarefa relacionada com o projeto atual
Project &Task
&Tarefa de Projeto
Select to mark this task as completed
Selecionar para marcar esta tarefa como completa
T&ask completed
T&arefa completa
Filename:
Nome do ficheiro:
Line:
Linha:
TaskViewer
Summary
Sumário
Filename
Nome do Ficheiro
Line
Linha
&New Task...
&Regenerate project tasks
&Go To
&Copy
&Copiar
&Paste
Co&lar
&Delete
&Apagar
&Mark Completed
Delete Completed &Tasks
Apagar &Tareias Completas
P&roperties...
P&ropriedades...
&Filtered display
Filter c&onfiguration...
Resi&ze columns
Configure...
Configurar...
Activate task filter
Ativar filtro de tareias
The task filter doesn't have any active filters. Do you want to configure the filter settings?
Extracting project tasks...
Abort
Abortar
Extracting project tasks...
{0}
&Configure scan options
Scan Filter Patterns
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma:
P&roject Tasks
%v/%m Files
%v/%m Ficheiros
Tasks
Tarefas
TasksPage
<b>Configure Tasks</b>
<b>Configurar Tarefas</b>
Tasks Markers
Enter the tasks markers separated by a space character.
Bugfix tasks:
Tasks Handling
Select to clear global file tasks when the file is closed
Clear global file task when file is closed
Warning tasks:
Todo tasks:
Note tasks:
Tasks Background Colours
Select the background colour for these tasks.
TemplateGroup
Add Template
Adicionar Modelo
<p>The group <b>{0}</b> already contains a template named <b>{1}</b>.</p>
<p>O grupo <b>{0}</b> já contém um modelo chamado <b>{1}</b>.</p>
TemplateMultipleVariablesDialog
Enter Template Variables
Introduzir Variáveis Modelo
&OK
&Cancel
&Cancelar
TemplatePropertiesDialog
Template Properties
Propriedades do Modelo
Name:
Nome:
Enter the name of the template/group. Templates are autocompleted upon this name.
Description:
Descrição:
Enter a description for the template
Group:
Grupo:
Template:
Modelo:
Enter the text of the template
Introduzir o texto do modelo
<b>Template Text</b>
<p>Enter the template text in this area. Every occurrence of $VAR$ will be replaced
by the associated text when the template is applied. Predefined variables may be used in the template. The separator character might
be changed via the preferences dialog.</p>
<p>Press the help button for more information.</p>
&Help
&Ajuda
Alt+H
<b>Template name<b><p>Enter the name of the template. Templates may be autocompleted upon this name. In order to support autocompletion. the template name must only consist of letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9) and underscores (_).</p>
All
Language:
Linguagem:
GROUP
GRUPO
Close dialog
Caixa de diálogo de fecho
Do you really want to close the dialog?
Tem a certeza que quer fechar a caixa de diálogo?
Template Help
Ajuda de Modelo
<p>To use variables in a template, you just have to enclose the variablename with $-characters. When you use the template, you will then be asked for a value for this variable.</p><p>Example template: This is a $VAR$</p><p>When you use this template you will be prompted for a value for the variable $VAR$. Any occurrences of $VAR$ will then be replaced with whatever you've entered.</p><p>If you need a single $-character in a template, which is not used to enclose a variable, type $$(two dollar characters) instead. They will automatically be replaced with a single $-character when you use the template.</p><p>If you want a variables contents to be treated specially, the variablename must be followed by a ':' and one formatting specifier (e.g. $VAR:ml$). The supported specifiers are:<table><tr><td>ml</td><td>Specifies a multiline formatting. The first line of the variable contents is prefixed with the string occurring before the variable on the same line of the template. All other lines are prefixed by the same amount of whitespace as the line containing the variable.</td></tr><tr><td>rl</td><td>Specifies a repeated line formatting. Each line of the variable contents is prefixed with the string occuring before the variable on the same line of the template.</td></tr></table></p><p>The following predefined variables may be used in a template:<table><tr><td>date</td><td>today's date in ISO format (YYYY-MM-DD)</td></tr><tr><td>year</td><td>the current year</td></tr><tr><td>project_name</td><td>the name of the project (if any)</td></tr><tr><td>project_path</td><td>the path of the project (if any)</td></tr><tr><td>path_name</td><td>full path of the current file</td></tr><tr><td>dir_name</td><td>full path of the parent directory</td></tr><tr><td>file_name</td><td>the current file name (without directory)</td></tr><tr><td>base_name</td><td>like <i>file_name</i>, but without extension</td></tr><tr><td>ext</td><td>the extension of the current file</td></tr><tr><td>cur_select</td><td>the currently selected text</td></tr><tr><td>insertion</td><td>Sets insertion point for cursor after template is inserted.</td></tr><tr><td>select_start</td><td>Sets span of selected text in template after template is inserted (used together with 'select_end').</td></tr><tr><td>select_end</td><td>Sets span of selected text in template after template is inserted (used together with 'select_start').</td></tr><tr><td>clipboard</td><td>the text of the clipboard</td></tr></table></p><p>If you want to change the default delimiter to anything different, please use the configuration dialog to do so.</p>
TemplateSingleVariableDialog
Enter Template Variable
Introduzir a Variável Modelo
Enter the value for the variable.
Introduzir o valor para a variável.
Variable:
Variável:
TemplateViewer
Apply
Aplicar
Add entry...
Add group...
Adicionar grupo...
Edit...
Editar...
Remove
Retirar
Save
Gravar
Import...
Importar...
Export...
Exportar...
Help about Templates...
Ajuda acerca de Modelos...
Configure...
Configurar...
Remove Template
<p>Do you really want to remove <b>{0}</b>?</p>
Import Templates
Templates Files (*.e4c);; All Files (*)
Export Templates
Template Help
Ajuda de Modelo
Edit Template Group
<p>A template group with the name <b>{0}</b> already exists.</p>
Save templates
<p>The templates file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Read templates
<p>The templates file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p><b>Template groups</b> are a means of grouping individual templates. Groups have an attribute that specifies, which programming language they apply for. In order to add template entries, at least one group has to be defined.</p><p><b>Template entries</b> are the actual templates. They are grouped by the template groups. Help about how to define them is available in the template edit dialog.</p>
Reload
Recarregar
Reload Templates
The templates contain unsaved changes. Shall these changes be discarded?
TemplatesPage
<b>Configure Templates</b>
Groups
Select, if groups having entries should be opened automatically
Expand groups automatically
Variables
Separator:
Enter the character that encloses variables
Input method for variables
Select, if a new dialog should be opened for every template variable
One dialog per template variable
Select, if only one dialog for all template variables should be shown
One dialog for all template variables
Tooltips
Select, if the template text should be shown in a tooltip
Show template text in tooltip
Template Editor
Press to select the font to be used for the code editor
Editor Font
Template Code Editor
ToolConfigurationDialog
Configure Tools Menu
Add a separator
<b>Add separator</b><p>Add a separator for the menu.</p>
Add &Separator
Add a new tools entry
Adiciona uma entrada nova de ferramentas
<b>Add</b>
<p>Add a new tools entry with the values entered below.</p>
&Add
&Adicionar
Alt+A
Select the output redirection mode
<b>Redirect output<b><p>Select the output redirection mode. The standard error channel is either not redirected or shown in the log viewer.</p>
Enter the arguments for the executable
<b>Arguments</b>
<p>Enter the arguments for the executable.</p>
Move up
Mover para cima
<b>Move Up</b>
<p>Move the selected entry up.</p>
<b>Subir</b>
<p>Mover a entrada selecionada para cima.</p>
&Up
&Cima
Alt+U
Delete the selected entry
Apagar a entrada selecionada
<b>Delete</b>
<p>Delete the selected entry.</p>
<b>Apagar</b>
<p>Apagar a entrada selecionada.</p>
&Delete
&Apagar
Alt+D
Clear all entry fields
<b>New</b>
<p>Clear all entry fields for entering a new tools entry.</p>
&New
&Novo
Alt+N
Select the icon via a file selection dialog
<b>Icon</b>
<p>Select the icon via a file selection dialog.</p>
Enter the filename of the executable
<b>Executable</b>
<p>Enter the filename of the executable.</p>
Move down
Mover para baixo
<b>Move Down</b>
<p>Move the selected entry down.</p>
<b>Baixar</b>
<p>Mover a entrada selecionada para baixo.</p>
Do&wn
Bai&xo
Alt+W
Enter the menu text
Introduzir o texto do menú
<b>Menu text</b>
<p>Enter the menu text. Precede the accelerator key with an & character.</p>
Change the values of the selected entry
Alterar os valores da entrada selecionada
<b>Change</b>
<p>Change the values of the selected entry.</p>
C&hange
A<erar
Alt+H
&Icon file:
Ar&guments:
&Menu text:
Select the executable via a file selection dialog
<b>Executable</b>
<p>Select the executable via a file selection dialog.</p>
Enter the filename of the icon
<b>Icon</b>
<p>Enter the filename of the icon.</p>
&Redirect output
&Executable file:
no redirection
show output
insert into current editor
replace selection of current editor
Add tool entry
You have to set an executable to add to the Tools-Menu first.
You have to insert a menuentry text to add the selected program to the Tools-Menu first.
The selected file could not be found or is not an executable. Please choose an executable filename.
An entry for the menu text {0} already exists.
Change tool entry
You have to set an executable to change the Tools-Menu entry.
You have to insert a menuentry text to change the selected Tools-Menu entry.
The selected file could not be found or is not an executable. Please choose an existing executable filename.
Select executable
The selected file is not an executable. Please choose an executable filename.
Select icon file
Icon files (*.png)
ToolGroupConfigurationDialog
Configure Tool Groups
Configurar Grupos de Ferramentas
Delete the selected entry
Apagar a entrada selecionada
<b>Delete</b>
<p>Delete the selected entry.</p>
<b>Apagar</b>
<p>Apagar a entrada selecionada.</p>
&Delete
&Apagar
Alt+D
Add a new tools entry
Adiciona uma entrada nova de ferramentas
<b>Add</b>
<p>Add a new tool groups entry with the name entered below.</p>
&Add
&Adicionar
Alt+A
&Group name:
Nome do &grupo:
Change the values of the selected entry
Alterar os valores da entrada selecionada
<b>Change</b>
<p>Change the values of the selected entry.</p>
C&hange
A<erar
Alt+H
Clear all entry fields
<b>New</b>
<p>Clear all entry fields for entering a new tool groups entry.</p>
&New
&Novo
Alt+N
Move up
Mover para cima
<b>Move Up</b>
<p>Move the selected entry up.</p>
<b>Subir</b>
<p>Mover a entrada selecionada para cima.</p>
&Up
&Cima
Alt+U
Move down
Mover para baixo
<b>Move Down</b>
<p>Move the selected entry down.</p>
<b>Baixar</b>
<p>Mover a entrada selecionada para baixo.</p>
Do&wn
Bai&xo
Alt+W
Enter the menu text
Introduzir o texto do menú
<b>Menu text</b>
<p>Enter the menu text. Precede the accelerator key with an & character.</p>
Add tool group entry
You have to give a name for the group to add.
An entry for the group name {0} already exists.
Delete tool group entry
<p>Do you really want to delete the tool group <b>"{0}"</b>?</p>
TranslationPropertiesDialog
Translation Properties
Show directory selection dialog
Mostrar a caixa caixa de diálogo de seleção de diretórios
<b>Binary Translations Path</b>
<p>Select the directory for the binary translations via a directory selection dialog.</p>
Enter the path for the binary translation files (*.qm)
<b>Binary Translations Path</b>
<p>Enter the directory for the binary translation files (*.qm). Leave it empty to store them together with the *.ts files.</p>
<b>Translation Pattern</b>
<p>Select a translation file via a file selection dialog.</p>
&Binary Translations Path:
Enter the path pattern for the translation files
Exclude from translation
Press to select a directory via a selection dialog
Select d&irectory...
Press to select a file via a selection dialog
Select &file...
Press to add the entered path or file to the list
&Add
&Adicionar
Press to delete the selected entry from the list
&Delete
&Apagar
Enter a path or file to be added
List of paths or files to excude from translation
Source Files ({0});;
Forms Files ({0});;
All Files (*)
Ficheiros Todos (*)
Select translation file
Select directory for binary translations
Exempt file from translation
Exempt directory from translation
<b>Translation Pattern</b>
<p>Enter the path pattern for the translation files using %language% at the place of the language code (e.g. /path_to_eric/i18n/eric6_%language%.ts). This will result in translation files like /path_to_eric/i18n/eric6_de.ts.</p>
&Translation Path Pattern:
(Use '%language%' where the language code should be inserted, e.g. i18n/eric6_%language%.ts)
TranslationsDict
Set Translator
<p>The translation filename <b>{0}</b> is invalid.</p>
<p>The translator <b>{0}</b> is not known.</p>
Load Translator
<p>The translation file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
Transplant
Transplant Changesets
Transplant Changesets (Continue)
TransplantDialog
Transplant Changesets
&Revisions:
Repositor&y:
Enter a repository URL, if changesets shall be transplanted from a repository
&Branch:
Select or enter the branch to transplant from
Select to transplant all changesets of the branch
Transplant &All Changesets
&Skip:
&Merge:
Enter revisions to be merged separated by a space character
Select to append transplant info to the log message
Append Transplant &Info
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
TransplantProjectHelper
Transplant Changesets
Transplant changesets from another branch
<b>Transplant Changesets</b><p>This transplants changesets from another branch on top of the current working directory with the log of the original changeset.</p>
Continue the last transplant session after repair
Transplant
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Transplant Changesets (Continue)
Continue Transplant Session
<b>Continue Transplant Session</b><p>This continues the last transplant session after repair.</p>
Transplant is deprecated
TrayStarter
Recent Projects
Recent Multiprojects
Multiprojetos Recentes
Recent Files
Ficheiros Recentes
QRegExp editor
Python re editor
UI Previewer
Antevisão de UI
Translations Previewer
Unittest
Teste Unitário
Compare Files
Comparar Ficheiros
Compare Files side by side
Comparar Ficheiros lado-a-lado
SQL Browser
Navegador SQL
Install Plugin
Uninstall Plugin
Desinstalar Complemento
Plugin Repository
Repositório de Complementos
Preferences
Preferências
Quit
Sair
Process Generation Error
<p>Could not start the process.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Não pode começar o processo. <br> Assegurar de que está disponível como <b>{0}</b>.</p>
OK
Icon Editor
Editor de Ícones
Snapshot
Configure Tray Starter
Eric6 tray starter
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
eric6 IDE
eric6 Mini Editor
Mini Editor eric5 {6 ?}
TrayStarterPage
<b>Configure Tray Starter</b>
Icon
Ícon
Select to use the standard icon
Standard Icon
Select to use the high contrast icon
High Contrast Icon
Select to use a black and white icon
Black and White Icon
Select to use an inverse black and white icon
Inverse Black and White Icon
UIPreviewer
UI Previewer
Antevisão de UI
Select GUI Theme
Select the GUI Theme
&Open File
&Abrir Ficheiro
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Open a UI file for display
<b>Open File</b><p>This opens a new UI file for display.</p>
&Print
Im&primir
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Print a screen capture
<b>Print</b><p>Print a screen capture.</p>
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Print preview a screen capture
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview a screen capture.</p>
&Screen Capture
Ctrl+S
File|Screen Capture
Save a screen capture to an image file
<b>Screen Capture</b><p>Save a screen capture to an image file.</p>
&Quit
Sai&r
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Quit the application
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the application.</p>
&Copy
&Copiar
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Copy screen capture to clipboard
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy screen capture to clipboard.</p>
&What's This?
&Que é Isto?
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
&About
A&cerca
Display information about this software
Mostra a informação acerca deste software
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>Acerca</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca deste software.</p>
About &Qt
Acerca de &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
Mostra informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>Acerca de Qt</b><p>Mostra alguma informação acerca das Ferramentas de Qt.</p>
&File
&Ficheiro
&Edit
&Editar
&Help
&Ajuda
File
Ficheiro
Edit
Editar
Help
Ajuda
<h3> About UI Previewer </h3><p>The UI Previewer loads and displays Qt User-Interface files with various styles, which are selectable via a selection list.</p>
Select UI file
Qt User-Interface Files (*.ui)
Load UI File
Carregar Ficheiro UI
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pode carregar.</p>
Save Image
Gravar Imagem
There is no UI file loaded.
Images ({0})
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.</p>
Print Image
Printing the image...
Image sent to printer...
UMLClassDiagramBuilder
Class Diagram {0}: {1}
Class Diagram: {0}
The module <b>'{0}'</b> could not be found.
The module <b>'{0}'</b> does not contain any classes.
UMLDialog
Close
Fechar
Window
Janela
Load
Carregar
Save
Gravar
Save As...
Gravar Como...
Print
Imprimir
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
File
Ficheiro
Illegal diagram type '{0}' given.
Dado um tipo de diagrama ilegal '{0}'.
Save Diagram
Gravar Diagrama
Eric5 Graphics File (*.e5g);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros Graficos de Eric5 (*.e5g);;Ficheiros Todos(*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> já existe. Sobreescrever?</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde gravar. </p><p>Motivo: {1}</p>
Load Diagram
Carregar Diagrama
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pôde ler. </p><p>Motivo: {1}</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not contain valid data.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não contém dados válidos.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not contain valid data.</p><p>Invalid line: {1}</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não contém dados válidos.</p><p>Linha inválida: {1}</p>
Save as Image
Gravar como Imagem
Eric Graphics File (*.e5g);;All Files (*)
UMLGraphicsView
Delete shapes
Increase width by {0} points
Increase height by {0} points
Decrease width by {0} points
Decrease height by {0} points
Set size
Re-Layout
Align Left
Align Center Horizontal
Align Right
Align Top
Align Center Vertical
Align Bottom
Graphics
Gráficos
Save Diagram
Gravar Diagrama
Portable Network Graphics (*.png);;Scalable Vector Graphics (*.svg)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.</p>
Re-Scan
UMLSceneSizeDialog
Set Size
Height (in pixels):
Width (in pixels):
Select the height of the diagram
Select the width of the diagram
UnittestDialog
Unittest
Teste Unitário
Enter the test name. Leave empty to use the default name "suite".
Introduzir o nome do teste. Deixar vazio para usar o nome predefinido "suite".
<b>Testname</b><p>Enter the name of the test to be performed. This name must follow the rules given by Python's unittest module. If this field is empty, the default name of "suite" will be used.</p>
<b>Nome do Teste</b><p>Introduzir o nome do teste a executar. Este nome deve seguir as regras dadas pelo módulo de teste unitário de Python. Se este campo está vazio, o nome predefinido "suite" será usado.</p>
Enter name of file defining the testsuite
Introduzir nome do ficheiro que define a suite de testes
<b>Testsuite</b>
<p>Enter the name of the file defining the testsuite.
It should have a method with a name given below. If no name is given, the suite() method will be tried. If no such method can be
found, the module will be inspected for proper test
cases.</p>
<b>Suite de Testes</b>
<p>Introduzir o nome do ficheiro que define a suite de testes.
Deverá ter um método com um nome dado abaixo. Se não se dá o nome, tentará o método suite(). Se não encontra o método,
o módulo será inspecionado para encontrar casos de teste adequados.</p>
Enter &test name:
Introduzir nome do &teste:
Open a file selection dialog
Abrir a caixa caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros
Enter test &filename:
Introduzir nome do &ficheiro teste:
Select whether you want to run the test locally
Selecionar se quer executar o teste localmente
Run &local
Execução &local
Select whether coverage data should be collected
Selecionar se os dados de cobertura devem ser recolhidos
C&ollect coverage data
Rec&olher dados de cobertura
Select whether old coverage data should be erased
Selecionar se os dados de cobertura antigos devem ser apagados
&Erase coverage data
&Apagar dados de cobertura
Progress:
Progresso:
Run:
Execução:
Number of tests run
Número de execuções de testes
Failures:
Falhos:
Number of test failures
Número de testes com falhos
Errors:
Erros:
Number of test errors
Número de testes com erros
Remaining:
Restante:
Number of tests to be run
Número de testes a executar
Tests performed:
Testes executados:
Failures and errors:
Falhos e Erros:
Failures and Errors list
Lista de Erros e Falhos
<b>Failures and Errors list</b>
<p>This list shows all failed and errored tests.
Double clicking on an entry will show the respective traceback.</p>
<b>Lista de Falhos e Erros</b>
<p>Esta lista mostra todos os testes com falhos ou erros.
Duplo clique numa entrada mostrará o respetivo rastreio.</p>
Idle
Inativo
Start
Iniciar
Start the selected testsuite
Iniciar a suite de testes selecionada
<b>Start Test</b><p>This button starts the selected testsuite.</p>
<b>Iniciar Teste</b><p>Este botão inicia a suite de testes selecionada.</p>
Stop
Parar
Stop the running unittest
Parar execução de teste unitário
<b>Stop Test</b><p>This button stops a running unittest.</p>
<b>Parar Teste</b><p>Este botão para a execução do teste unitário.</p>
^Failure:
^Falho:
^Error:
^Erro:
Python3 Files ({1});;Python2 Files ({0});;All Files (*)
Ficheiros Python3 ({1});;Ficheiros Python2 ({0});;Ficheiros Todos (*)
Python Files (*.py);;All Files (*)
Ficheiros Python (*.py);;Ficheiros Todos (*)
You must enter a test suite file.
Deve introduzir um ficheiro de suite de testes.
Preparing Testsuite
Preparando a Suite de Testes
<p>Unable to run test <b>{0}</b>.<br>{1}<br>{2}</p>
<p>Incapaz de executar teste <b>{0}</b>.<br>{1}<br>{2}</p>
Running
Executando
Ran {0} test in {1:.3f}s
Executado {0} teste em {1:.3f}s
Ran {0} tests in {1:.3f}s
Executados {0} testes em {1:.3f}s
Failure: {0}
Falho: {0}
Error: {0}
Erro: {0}
Show Source
Mostrar Fonte
Skipped:
Saltado:
Number of tests skipped
Número de testes saltados
Expected Failures:
Falhos esperados:
Number of tests with expected failure
Número de testes com falhos esperados
Unexpected Successes:
Sucessos Inesperados:
Number of tests with unexpected success
Número de testes com êxito imprevistos
Skipped: {0}
Saltado: {0}
Expected Failure
Falhos esperados
Unexpected Success
Sucessos Inesperados
Rerun Failed
Reexecução Falhada
Reruns failed tests of the selected testsuite
Testes de reexecução falhados da suite de testes selecionada
<b>Rerun Failed</b><p>This button reruns all failed tests of the selected testsuite.</p>
<b>Reexecução Falhada</b><p>Este botão reexecuta todos os testes falhados da suite de testes selecionada.</p>
%v/%m Tests
%v/%m Testes
UrlBar
Unknown
Desconhecido
Enter the URL here.
Introduza URL aqui.
UserAgentManager
Saving user agent data
Loading user agent data
<p>User agent data could not be loaded from <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>User agent data could not be saved to <b>{0}</b></p>
Error when loading user agent data on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
UserAgentMenu
Default
Padrão
Other...
Outro...
Custom user agent
User agent:
Parsing default user agents
<p>Error parsing default user agents.</p><p>{0}</p>
Various
Vários
UserAgentModel
Host
Anfitrião
User Agent String
UserAgentReader
The file is not a UserAgents version 1.0 file.
Este ficheiro não é UserAgents versão 1.0.
UserAgentsDialog
Enter search term
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
Remove &All
Retirar &Tudo
User Agent Settings
UserInterface
Initializing Plugin Manager...
Iniciando o Gestor de Complementos...
Generating Main User Interface...
Criando Interface Principal de Usuário...
Setting up connections...
Definindo coneções...
Initializing Tools...
Iniciando Ferramentas...
Registering Objects...
Registando Objetos...
Initializing Actions...
Iniciando Ações...
Initializing Menus...
Iniciando Menús...
Initializing Toolbars...
Iniciando Barras de Ferramentas...
Initializing Statusbar...
Iniciando Barras de Estado...
Initializing Single Application Server...
Iniciando Servidor de Aplicação Única...
Activating Plugins...
Ativando Complementos...
Restoring Toolbarmanager...
Restaurando o Gestor da Barra de Ferramentas...
Project-Viewer
Visualizador de Projeto
Multiproject-Viewer
Visualizador de Multiprojeto
Debug-Viewer
Visualizador de Depuração
Cooperation
Colaboração
Symbols
Símbolos
Log-Viewer
Visualizador de Registos
Task-Viewer
Visualizador de Tarefas
Template-Viewer
Visualizador de Modelos
Numbers
Números
File-Browser
Navegador de Ficheiros
Shell
Horizontal Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas Horizontal
{0} - Passive Mode
{0} - Modo Passivo
{0} - {1} - Passive Mode
{0} - {1} - Modo Passivo
{0} - {1} - {2} - Passive Mode
{0} - {1} - {2} - Modo Passivo
Quit
Sair
&Quit
Sai&r
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Quit the IDE
Sair do IDE
<b>Quit the IDE</b><p>This quits the IDE. Any unsaved changes may be saved first. Any Python program being debugged will be stopped and the preferences will be written to disc.</p>
<b>Sair do IDE</b><p>Isto sai do IDE. Pode gravar antes as alterações. Qualquer programa Python que esteja a ser depurado será parado e as preferências serão escritas no disco.</p>
Edit Profile
Perfil de Edição
Activate the edit view profile
Ativar o perfil de vista de edição
<b>Edit Profile</b><p>Activate the "Edit View Profile". Windows being shown, if this profile is active, may be configured with the "View Profile Configuration" dialog.</p>
<b>Perfil de Edição</b><p>Activa o "Perfil da Vista de Edição". As janelas a serem mostradas, se este perfil está activado, podem ser configuradas com a caixa de diálogo "Configuração de Vista do Perfil"</p>
Debug Profile
Perfil de Depuração
Activate the debug view profile
Ativar o perfile de vista de depuração
<b>Debug Profile</b><p>Activate the "Debug View Profile". Windows being shown, if this profile is active, may be configured with the "View Profile Configuration" dialog.</p>
<b>Perfil de Depuração</b><p>Activa o "Perfile da Vista de Depuração". As janelas a serem mostradas, se este perfil está activado, podem ser configuradas com a caixa de diálogo "Configuração de Vista do Perfil"</p>
&Project-Viewer
Visualizador de &Projeto
Alt+Shift+P
&Multiproject-Viewer
Visualizador de &Multiprojeto
Alt+Shift+M
&Debug-Viewer
Visualizador de &Depuração
Alt+Shift+D
&Shell
Alt+Shift+S
Alt+Shift+F
Alt+Shift+G
Alt+Shift+T
Alt+Shift+A
&Horizontal Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas &Horizontal
Toggle the Horizontal Toolbox window
Alternar a janela de Caixa de Ferramentas Horizontal
<b>Toggle the Horizontal Toolbox window</b><p>If the Horizontal Toolbox window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
Left Sidebar
Barra Esquerda
&Left Sidebar
Barra Lateral &Esquerda
Toggle the left sidebar window
Alternar a janela da barra lateral esquerda
<b>Toggle the left sidebar window</b><p>If the left sidebar window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
Bottom Sidebar
Barra Inferior
&Bottom Sidebar
Barra Lateral &Inferior
Toggle the bottom sidebar window
Alternar janela da barra lateral inferior
<b>Toggle the bottom sidebar window</b><p>If the bottom sidebar window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
<b>Alternar janela da barra lateral inferior</b><p>Mostra a janela da barra lateral inferior se está escondida. Esconde-a se está visível.</p>
Alt+Shift+O
Alt+Shift+Y
Alt+Shift+B
What's This?
O que é Isto?
&What's This?
O &que é Isto?
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
Helpviewer
Visualizador de Ajuda
&Helpviewer...
Visualizador de &Ajuda...
F1
Open the helpviewer window
Abrir a janela do visualizador de ajuda
Show Versions
Mostrar Versões
Show &Versions
Mostrar &Versões
Display version information
Mostrar a informação da versão
<b>Show Versions</b><p>Display version information.</p>
Check for Updates
Procurar Atualizações
Check for &Updates...
Procurar &Atualizações...
Show downloadable versions
Mostrar versões descarregáveis
Show &downloadable versions...
Mostrar versões &descarregáveis...
Show the versions available for download
Mostrar as versões disponíveis para descarregar
Report Bug
Reportar Falho
Report &Bug...
Reportar &Falho...
Report a bug
Reportar um falho
<b>Report Bug...</b><p>Opens a dialog to report a bug.</p>
Request Feature
Request &Feature...
Send a feature request
<b>Request Feature...</b><p>Opens a dialog to send a feature request.</p>
Unittest
Teste Unitário
&Unittest...
Teste &Unitário...
Start unittest dialog
Iniciar a caixa de diálogo de teste unitário
<b>Unittest</b><p>Perform unit tests. The dialog gives you the ability to select and run a unittest suite.</p>
Unittest Restart
Reiniciar Teste Unitário
&Restart Unittest...
&Reiniciar Teste Unitário...
Restart last unittest
Reiniciar o último teste unitário
<b>Restart Unittest</b><p>Restart the unittest performed last.</p>
Unittest Script
Teste Unitário ao Script
Unittest &Script...
Teste Unitário ao &Script...
Run unittest with current script
Executar teste unitário com o script atual
<b>Unittest Script</b><p>Run unittest with current script.</p>
<b>Teste Unitário ao Script</b><p>Executar teste unitário com o script atual.</p>
Unittest Project
Teste Unitário ao Projeto
Unittest &Project...
Teste Unitário ao &Projeto...
Run unittest with current project
Executar teste unitário com o projeto atual
<b>Unittest Project</b><p>Run unittest with current project.</p>
<b>Teste Unitário ao Projeto</b><p>Executar teste unitário com o projeto atual.</p>
UI Previewer
Antevisão de UI
&UI Previewer...
Antevisão &UI...
Start the UI Previewer
Iniciar a Antevisão de UI
<b>UI Previewer</b><p>Start the UI Previewer.</p>
Translations Previewer
&Translations Previewer...
Start the Translations Previewer
<b>Translations Previewer</b><p>Start the Translations Previewer.</p>
Compare Files
Comparar Ficheiros
&Compare Files...
&Comparar Ficheiros...
Compare two files
Comparar dois ficheiros
<b>Compare Files</b><p>Open a dialog to compare two files.</p>
Compare Files side by side
Comparar Ficheiros lado-a-lado
<b>Compare Files side by side</b><p>Open a dialog to compare two files and show the result side by side.</p>
SQL Browser
Navegador SQL
SQL &Browser...
Browse a SQL database
<b>SQL Browser</b><p>Browse a SQL database.</p>
<b>Navegardor Web eric5</b><p>Navegar por internet com o Navegador Web eric5.</p>
Mini Editor
Mini &Editor...
<b>Mini Editor</b><p>Open a dialog with a simplified editor.</p>
Start the eric5 Web Browser
Iniciar o Navegador Web de eric5
Icon Editor
Editor de Ícones
&Icon Editor...
Editor de &Ícones...
Start the eric5 Icon Editor
Iniciar o Editor de Icones de eric5
Preferences
Preferências
&Preferences...
&Preferências...
Set the prefered configuration
<b>Preferences</b><p>Set the configuration items of the application with your prefered values.</p>
Export Preferences
Exportar Preferências
E&xport Preferences...
E&xportar Preferências...
Export the current configuration
Exportar a configuração atual
<b>Export Preferences</b><p>Export the current configuration to a file.</p>
Import Preferences
Importar Preferências
I&mport Preferences...
&Importar Preferências...
Import a previously exported configuration
Importar uma configuração exportada antes
<b>Import Preferences</b><p>Import a previously exported configuration.</p>
Reload APIs
Recarregar APIs
Reload &APIs
Recarregar &APIs
Reload the API information
Recarregar a informação de API
<b>Reload APIs</b><p>Reload the API information.</p>
Show external tools
Mostrar ferramentas externas
Show external &tools
Mostrar &ferramentas externas
View Profiles
Perfiles de Vista
&View Profiles...
Perfiles de &Vista...
Configure view profiles
Configurar perfiles de vista
<b>View Profiles</b><p>Configure the view profiles. With this dialog you may set the visibility of the various windows for the predetermined view profiles.</p>
<b>Perfiles de Vista</b><p>Configurar os perfiles de vista. Com esta caixa de diálogo pode definir a visibilidade de várias janelas para os perfiles de vista predefinidos.</p>
Toolbars
Barras de Ferramentas
Tool&bars...
&Barras de Ferramentas...
Configure toolbars
Configurar as barras de ferramentas
<b>Toolbars</b><p>Configure the toolbars. With this dialog you may change the actions shown on the various toolbars and define your own toolbars.</p>
Keyboard Shortcuts
Atalhos de Teclado
Keyboard &Shortcuts...
Atalho&s de Teclado...
Set the keyboard shortcuts
Definir os atalhos de teclado
<b>Keyboard Shortcuts</b><p>Set the keyboard shortcuts of the application with your prefered values.</p>
Export Keyboard Shortcuts
Exportar Atalhos de Teclado
&Export Keyboard Shortcuts...
&Exportar Atalhos de Teclado...
Export the keyboard shortcuts
Exportar os Atalhos de Teclado
<b>Export Keyboard Shortcuts</b><p>Export the keyboard shortcuts of the application.</p>
Import Keyboard Shortcuts
Importar Atalhos de Teclado
&Import Keyboard Shortcuts...
&Importar Atalhos de Teclado...
Import the keyboard shortcuts
Importar os atalhos de teclado
<b>Import Keyboard Shortcuts</b><p>Import the keyboard shortcuts of the application.</p>
Activate current editor
Ativar o editor atual
Alt+Shift+E
Show next
Mostrar próximo
Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Show previous
Mostrar anterior
Shift+Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Switch between tabs
Mudar entre separadores
Ctrl+1
Plugin Infos
Informação dos Complementos
&Plugin Infos...
Informação dos &Complementos...
Show Plugin Infos
Mostrar Informação dos Complementos
<b>Plugin Infos...</b><p>This opens a dialog, that show some information about loaded plugins.</p>
<b>Informação dos Complementos...</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo que mostra alguma informação sobre os complementos carregados.</p>
Install Plugins
Instalar Complementos
&Install Plugins...
&Instalar Complementos...
<b>Install Plugins...</b><p>This opens a dialog to install or update plugins.</p>
<b>Instalar Complementos...</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo para instalar ou atualizar complementos.</p>
Uninstall Plugin
Desinstalar Complemento
&Uninstall Plugin...
&Desinstalar Complemento...
<b>Uninstall Plugin...</b><p>This opens a dialog to uninstall a plugin.</p>
<b>Desinstalar Complemento...</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo para desinstalar um complemento.</p>
Plugin Repository
Repositório de Complementos
Plugin &Repository...
&Repositório de Complementos...
Show Plugins available for download
Mostrar Complementos disponíveis para descarregar
<b>Plugin Repository...</b><p>This opens a dialog, that shows a list of plugins available on the Internet.</p>
<b>Repositório de Complementos...</b><p>Abre uma caixa de diálogo que mostra a lista de complementos disponíveis em Internet.</p>
Qt4 Documentation
Documentação de Qt4
Qt&4 Documentation
Documentação de Qt&4
Open Qt4 Documentation
Abrir a Documentação de Qt4
PyQt4 Documentation
Documentação do PyQt4
Open PyQt4 Documentation
Abrir a Documentação de PyQt4
Eric API Documentation
Documentação de API do Eric
&Eric API Documentation
Documentação de API do &Eric
Open Eric API Documentation
Abrir a Documentação de API do Eric
PySide Documentation
Documentação de PySide
Py&Side Documentation
Documentação de Py&Side
Open PySide Documentation
Abrir Documentação de PySide
&Unittest
Teste &Unitário
E&xtras
Wi&zards
A&ssistentes
&Tools
&Ferramentas
Select Tool Group
Selecionar Grupo de Ferramentas
Se&ttings
Definiçõe&s
&Window
&Janela
&Toolbars
Barras de Ferramen&tas
P&lugins
Comp&lementos
Configure...
Configurar...
&Help
&Ajuda
Tools
Ferramentas
Settings
Definições
Help
Ajuda
Profiles
Perfiles
Plugins
Complementos
<p>This part of the status bar displays the current editors language.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the current editors encoding.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the current editors eol setting.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays an indication of the current editors files writability.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the line number of the current editor.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the cursor position of the current editor.</p>
External Tools/{0}
Ferramentas Externas/{0}
<h3>Version Numbers</h3><table>
<h3>Números de Versão</h3><table>
</table>
Email address or mail server address is empty. Please configure your Email settings in the Preferences Dialog.
A direção do correio eletrónico ou a direção do servidor de correio está vazia. Por favor configure as Definiçães de Correio Eletrónico na Caixa de Diálogo de Preferências.
Restart application
Reiniciar a aplicação
The application needs to be restarted. Do it now?
A aplicação necessita ser reiniciada. Reiniciar agora?
Configure Tool Groups ...
Configurar Grupos de Ferramentas...
Configure current Tool Group ...
Configurar o atual Grupo de Ferramentas ...
&Builtin Tools
&Plugin Tools
Ferramentas dos &Complementos
&Show all
&Mostrar tudo
&Hide all
&Esconder tudo
There is no main script defined for the current project. Aborting
O projeto atual não tem um script principal definido. Abortando
Qt 3 support
Suporte Qt3
Qt v.3 is not supported by eric5.
Qt v.3 não está suportado por eric5.
Problem
Problema
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not exist or is zero length.</p>
Process Generation Error
Erro no Gerador do Processo
<p>Could not start Qt-Designer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start Qt-Linguist.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start Qt-Assistant.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Currently no custom viewer is selected. Please use the preferences dialog to specify one.
Não há nenhum visualizador personalizado selecionado. Por favor use a caixa de diálogo das preferências para escolher um.
<p>Could not start custom viewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start the help viewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>hh</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start UI Previewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start Translation Previewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start SQL Browser.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
External Tools
Ferramentas Externas
No tool entry found for external tool '{0}' in tool group '{1}'.
No toolgroup entry '{0}' found.
Starting process '{0} {1}'.
<p>Could not start the tool entry <b>{0}</b>.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{1}</b>.</p>
Process '{0}' has exited.
Processo '{0}' saiu.
Documentation Missing
Falta a Documentação
<p>The documentation starting point "<b>{0}</b>" could not be found.</p>
Documentation
Documentação
<p>The PyQt4 documentation starting point has not been configured.</p>
<p>The PySide documentation starting point has not been configured.</p>
Keyboard shortcut file (*.e4k)
Ficheiro de atalhos de teclado (*.e4k)
Save tasks
Gravar tarefas
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Read tasks
Ler tarefas
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Save session
Guargar sessão
<p>The session file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Read session
Sessão de leitura
<p>The session file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Drop Error
<p><b>{0}</b> is not a file.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> não é um ficheiro.</p>
&Cancel
&Cancelar
Trying host {0}
Update available
Atualização disponível
Eric5 is up to date
Eric5 está atualizado
You are using the latest version of eric5
Utiliza a última versão do eric5
Error during updates check
Erro na verificação de atualizações
Could not perform updates check.
Não procurar atualizações.
<h3>Available versions</h3><table>
<h3>Versões Disponíveis</h3><table>
First time usage
Usado a primeira vez
The update to <b>{0}</b> of eric6 is available at <b>{1}</b>. Would you like to get it?
Python 3 Documentation
Documentação de Python 3
Python &3 Documentation
Documentação de Python &3
Open Python 3 Documentation
Abrir a Documentação de Python 3
Python 2 Documentation
Documentação de Python 2
Python &2 Documentation
Documentação de Python &2
Open Python 2 Documentation
Abrir a Documentação de Python 2
<b>Python 2 Documentation</b><p>Display the Python 2 documentation. If no documentation directory is configured, the location of the Python 2 documentation is assumed to be the doc directory underneath the location of the configured Python 2 executable on Windows and <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/python/html/python-docs-html</i> on Unix. Set PYTHON2DOCDIR in your environment to override this. </p>
Error getting versions information
Erro na obtenção da informação de versões
The versions information could not be downloaded. Please go online and try again.
Open Browser
Abrir Navegador
Could not start a web browser
Não se pôde começar um navegador web
The versions information could not be downloaded for the last 7 days. Please go online and try again.
eric5 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5
eric5 &Web Browser...
Navegador &Web de eric5...
Setting View Profile...
Reading Tasks...
Lendo Tarefas...
Reading Templates...
Lendo Modelos...
Starting Debugger...
Iniciando Depurador...
New Window
Janela Nova
New &Window
&Janela Nova
Ctrl+Shift+N
File|New Window
Unittest Rerun Failed
Rerun Failed Tests...
Rerun failed tests of the last run
<b>Rerun Failed Tests</b><p>Rerun all tests that failed during the last unittest run.</p>
Compare &Files side by side...
Comparar &Ficheiros lado-a-lado...
Snapshot
&Snapshot...
Take snapshots of a screen region
<b>Snapshot</b><p>This opens a dialog to take snapshots of a screen region.</p>
<p>Could not start Snapshot tool.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Select Workspace Directory
Selecionar o Diretório de Trabalho
Left Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas Esquerda
Right Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas Direita
Switch the input focus to the Project-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Project-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Project-Viewer window.</p>
Switch the input focus to the Multiproject-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Multiproject-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Multiproject-Viewer window.</p>
Switch the input focus to the Debug-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Debug-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Debug-Viewer window.</p>
Switch the input focus to the Shell window.
<b>Activate Shell</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Shell window.</p>
&File-Browser
Navegador de &Ficheiros
Switch the input focus to the File-Browser window.
<b>Activate File-Browser</b><p>This switches the input focus to the File-Browser window.</p>
Lo&g-Viewer
Visualizador de Re&gistos
Switch the input focus to the Log-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Log-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Log-Viewer window.</p>
&Task-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Task-Viewer window.
Templ&ate-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Template-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Template-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Template-Viewer window.</p>
&Left Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas &Esquerda
Toggle the Left Toolbox window
<b>Toggle the Left Toolbox window</b><p>If the Left Toolbox window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
&Right Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas Di&reita
Toggle the Right Toolbox window
<b>Toggle the Right Toolbox window</b><p>If the Right Toolbox window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
Right Sidebar
Barra Direita
&Right Sidebar
Barra Lateral Di&reita
Toggle the right sidebar window
<b>Toggle the right sidebar window</b><p>If the right sidebar window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
Cooperation-Viewer
Visualizador de Colaboração
Co&operation-Viewer
Visualizador de C&olaboração
Switch the input focus to the Cooperation-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Cooperation-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Cooperation-Viewer window.</p>
<b>Ativar Visualizador de Colaboração</b><p>Muda o foco de entrada para a janela do Visualizador de Colaboração.</p>
Symbols-Viewer
Visualizador de Símbolos
S&ymbols-Viewer
Visual&izador de Símbolos
Switch the input focus to the Symbols-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Symbols-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Symbols-Viewer window.</p>
Numbers-Viewer
Visualizador de Números
Num&bers-Viewer
Visualizador de Nú&meros
Switch the input focus to the Numbers-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Numbers-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Numbers-Viewer window.</p>
&Windows
&Janelas
<b>Activate Task-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Task-Viewer window.</p>
IRC
&IRC
Meta+Shift+I
Switch the input focus to the IRC window.
<b>Activate IRC</b><p>This switches the input focus to the IRC window.</p>
Qt-Designer
Qt-&Designer...
Start Qt-Designer
Iniciar Qt-Designer
<b>Qt-Designer</b><p>Start Qt-Designer.</p>
Qt-Linguist
Qt-&Linguist...
Start Qt-Linguist
Iniciar Qt-Linguist
<b>Qt-Linguist</b><p>Start Qt-Linguist.</p>
Qt5 Documentation
Documentação de Qt5
Qt&5 Documentation
Documentação de Qt&5
Open Qt5 Documentation
Abrir a Documentação de Qt5
<p>This part of the status bar allows zooming the current editor, shell or terminal.</p>
Manage SSL Certificates
Gestionar Certificados SSL
Manage SSL Certificates...
Gestionar Certificados SSL...
Manage the saved SSL certificates
Gestionar certificados SSL gravados
<b>Manage SSL Certificates...</b><p>Opens a dialog to manage the saved SSL certificates.</p>
Edit Message Filters
Editar Filtros de Mensagens
Edit Message Filters...
Editar Filtros de Mensagens...
Edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages
<b>Edit Message Filters</b><p>Opens a dialog to edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages been shown in an error window.</p>
PyQt&4 Documentation
Documentação do PyQt&4
PyQt5 Documentation
Documentação do PyQt5
PyQt&5 Documentation
Documentação do PyQt&5
Open PyQt5 Documentation
Abrir a Documentação de PyQt5
<p>The PyQt5 documentation starting point has not been configured.</p>
<b>Qt4 Documentation</b><p>Display the Qt4 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>Qt5 Documentation</b><p>Display the Qt5 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>PyQt4 Documentation</b><p>Display the PyQt4 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>PyQt5 Documentation</b><p>Display the PyQt5 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>Python 3 Documentation</b><p>Display the Python 3 documentation. If no documentation directory is configured, the location of the Python 3 documentation is assumed to be the doc directory underneath the location of the Python 3 executable on Windows and <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/python/html</i> on Unix. Set PYTHON3DOCDIR in your environment to override this.</p>
<b>PySide Documentation</b><p>Display the PySide Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
%v/%m
Show Error Log
Mostrar Registo de Erros
Show Error &Log...
Mostrar &Registo de Erros...
<b>Show Error Log...</b><p>Opens a dialog showing the most recent error log.</p>
Open a new eric6 instance
<b>New Window</b><p>This opens a new instance of the eric6 IDE.</p>
<b>Helpviewer</b><p>Display the eric6 web browser. This window will show HTML help files and help from Qt help collections. It has the capability to navigate to links, set bookmarks, print the displayed help and some more features. You may use it to browse the internet as well</p><p>If called with a word selected, this word is search in the Qt help collection.</p>
<b>Check for Updates...</b><p>Checks the internet for updates of eric6.</p>
<b>Show downloadable versions...</b><p>Shows the eric6 versions available for download from the internet.</p>
eric6 Web Browser
Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
eric6 &Web Browser...
Navegador &Web de eric5... {6 ?}
Start the eric6 Web Browser
Iniciar o Navegador Web de eric5 {6 ?}
<b>eric6 Web Browser</b><p>Browse the Internet with the eric6 Web Browser.</p>
<b>Navegardor Web eric5</b><p>Navegar por internet com o Navegador Web eric5.</p> {6 ?} {6 ?}
Start the eric6 Icon Editor
Iniciar o Editor de Icones de eric5 {6 ?}
<b>Icon Editor</b><p>Starts the eric6 Icon Editor for editing simple icons.</p>
<b>Show external tools</b><p>Opens a dialog to show the path and versions of all extenal tools used by eric6.</p>
<b>Eric API Documentation</b><p>Display the Eric API documentation. The location for the documentation is the Documentation/Source subdirectory of the eric6 installation directory.</p>
Qt v.3 is not supported by eric6.
Qt v.3 não está suportado por eric5. {3 ?} {6.?}
Version Check
Eric6 is up to date
Eric5 está atualizado {6 ?}
You are using the latest version of eric6
Utiliza a última versão do eric6
eric6 has not been configured yet. The configuration dialog will be started.
eric5 ainda não foi configurado. A caixa de diálogo de configuração vai iniciar-se. {6 ?}
UserPropertiesDialog
User Project Properties
<b>User Project Properties</b>
<p>This dialog is used to show and edit the user specific project properties.</p>
VCS Status Monitor
Monitor VCS de Estado
Select the interval in seconds for VCS status updates (0 to disable)
sec
VCS Interface
Select the vcs interface to be used
Select to make the interface selection the default for the project
Make interface selection the default
Utilities
<p>You may use %-codes as placeholders in the string. Supported codes are:<table><tr><td>%C</td><td>column of the cursor of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%D</td><td>directory of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%F</td><td>filename of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%H</td><td>home directory of the current user</td></tr><tr><td>%L</td><td>line of the cursor of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%P</td><td>path of the current project</td></tr><tr><td>%S</td><td>selected text of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%U</td><td>username of the current user</td></tr><tr><td>%%</td><td>the percent sign</td></tr></table></p>
<p>Pode usar códigos % como espaços reservados dentro da cadeia. Os códigos suportados são:<table><tr><td>%C</td><td>coluna do cursor do editor atual</td></tr><tr><td>%D</td><td>directório do editor atual</td></tr><tr><td>%F</td><td>nome do ficheiro do editor atual</td></tr><tr><td>%H</td><td>diretório home do usuário atual</td></tr><tr><td>%L</td><td>linha do cursor do editor atual</td></tr><tr><td>%P</td><td>caminho do projeto atual</td></tr><tr><td>%S</td><td>texto selecionado do editor atual</td></tr><tr><td>%U</td><td>nome de usuário do usuário atual</td></tr><tr><td>%%</td><td>sinal de percentagem</td></tr></table></p>
Python2 interpreter not configured.
Intérprete de Python2 não configurado.
Python2 interpreter did not finish within 30s.
O intérprete de Python2 não acabou em 30s.
Variable Types
Hidden Attributes
Atributos Escondidos
None
Type
Tipo
Boolean
Integer
Inteiro
Long Integer
Inteiro Longo
Float
Flutuante
Complex
Complexo
String
Cadeia
Unicode String
Cadeia Unicode
Tuple
List/Array
Vector/Matriz
Dictionary/Hash/Map
Dictionary Proxy
Set
Definir
File
Ficheiro
X Range
Slice
Buffer
Class
Classe
Class Instance
Instância da Classe
Class Method
Método da Classe
Class Property
Propriedad da Classe
Generator
Gerador
Function
Função
Builtin Function
Code
Código
Module
Módulo
Ellipsis
Elipse
Traceback
Frame
Other
Outro
VariableDetailDialog
Variable Details
Detalhes da Variável
Name:
Nome:
Type:
Tipo:
Value:
Valor:
VariableItem
<double click to show value>
<clique duplo para mostrar valor>
VariablesFilterDialog
Variables Type Filter
Filtro do Tipo de Varáveis
<b>Filter Dialog</b>
<p> This dialog gives the user the possibility to select what kind of variables should <b>not</b> be shown during a debugging session.</p>
&Locals Filter
Filtro de &Locais
&Globals Filter
Filtro de &Globais
Locals Filter List
<b>Locals Filter List</b>
<p>Select the variable types you want to be filtered out of the locals variables list.</p<
Globals Filter List
<b>Globals Filter List</b>
<p>Select the variable types you want to be filtered out of the globals variables list.</p<
Save Default
Gravar Padrão
VariablesViewer
Global Variables
Variáveis Globais
Globals
Globais
Value
Valor
Type
Tipo
<b>The Global Variables Viewer Window</b><p>This window displays the global variables of the debugged program.</p>
Local Variables
Variáveis Locais
Locals
Locais
<b>The Local Variables Viewer Window</b><p>This window displays the local variables of the debugged program.</p>
Show Details...
Configure...
Configurar...
{0} items
VcsCommandOptionsDialog
VCS Command Options
<b>VCS Command Options Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the options for the different VCS commands. The "Global Options" entry applies to all VCS commands.</p>
&History Options:
&Add Options:
&Remove Options:
&Tag Options:
Enter the options for the commit command.
<b>Commit Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the commit command.</p>
Enter the options for the history command.
<b>History Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the history command.</p>
Enter the options for the diff command.
<b>Diff Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the diff command.</p>
Enter the options for the update command.
<b>Update Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the update command.</p>
Enter the options for the log command.
<b>Log Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the log command.</p>
Enter the options for the tag command.
<b>Tag Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the tag command.</p>
Enter the options for the status command.
<b>Status Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the status command.</p>
&Diff Options:
&Global Options:
Enter the options for the export command.
<b>Export Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the export command.</p>
Enter the options for the add command.
<b>Add Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the add command.</p>
&Log Options:
&StatusOptions:
Enter the options for the remove command.
<b>Remove Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the remove command.</p>
Enter the options for the checkout command.
<b>Checkout Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the checkout command.</p>
Co&mmit Options:
&Export Options:
Check&out Options:
&Update Options:
Enter the global options.
<b>Global Options</b>
<p>Enter the global options.</p>
VcsMercurialPlugin
Version Control - Mercurial
Controlo de Versão - Mercurial
Mercurial
VcsPage
<b>Configure Version Control Systems</b>
Close VCS dialog automatically, if no error occured
Commit
Select, if files should be saved before a commit
Save files upon commit
Select, if project should be saved before a commit
Save project upon commit
Status Monitor
Select the interval in seconds for VCS status updates (0 to disable)
sec
Select to monitor local status only (if supported by VCS)
Monitor local status only
Select to enable automatic updates
Automatic updates enabled
Colours
Cores
VCS status "added":
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "added".
VCS status "conflict":
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "conflict".
VCS status "modified":
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "modified".
VCS status "replaced":
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "replaced".
VCS status "needs update":
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "needs update".
VCS status "removed":
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "removed".
VcsProjectBrowserHelper
Remove from repository (and disk)
Do you really want to remove these translation files from the repository (and disk)?
Do you really want to remove these files/directories from the repository (and disk)?
VcsProjectHelper
New from repository
&New from repository...
Create a new project from the VCS repository
<b>New from repository</b><p>This creates a new local project from the VCS repository.</p>
Export from repository
&Export from repository...
Export a project from the repository
<b>Export from repository</b><p>This exports a project from the repository.</p>
Add to repository
&Add to repository...
Add the local project to the VCS repository
<b>Add to repository</b><p>This adds (imports) the local project to the VCS repository.</p>
New Project
Projeto Novo
Select version control system for the project
Selecionar o sistema de control de versão para o projeto
Would you like to edit the VCS command options?
Quer editar as opções de commandos VCS?
Create project directory
Criar diretório de projeto
<p>The project directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p>
New project from repository
Select a project file to open.
The project retrieved from the repository does not contain an eric project file (*.e4p). Create it?
Shall the project file be added to the repository?
Deve adicionar-se o ficheiro de projeto ao repositório?
The project could not be retrieved from the repository.
Import Project
Update
Atualizar
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Remove project from repository
Dou you really want to remove this project from the repository (and disk)?
Switch
VcsPySvnPlugin
Version Control - Subversion (pysvn)
Subversion (pysvn)
Subversion
VcsRepositoryInfoDialog
Repository Information
Informação do Repositório
VcsStatusMonitorThread
Waiting for lock
Checking repository status
Sending data
Timed out waiting for lock
VcsSubversionPlugin
Version Control - Subversion (svn)
Subversion (svn)
Subversion
VersionControl
Process Generation Error
Erro na Criação do Processo
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
O processo {0} não se pôde iniciar. Assegure-se que está no caminho de busca.
Repository status checking is switched off
A verificação de estado do repositório está desligada
ViewManager
New
Novo
&New
&Novo
Ctrl+N
File|New
Open an empty editor window
Abrir uma janela do editor vazia
<b>New</b><p>An empty editor window will be created.</p>
<b>Novo</b><p>Será criada uma janela do editor vazia.</p>
Open
Abrir
&Open...
&Abrir...
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Open a file
Abrir um ficheiro
<b>Open a file</b><p>You will be asked for the name of a file to be opened in an editor window.</p>
<b>Abrir um ficheiro</b><p>Será perguntado pelo nome de um ficheiro para abrir numa janela do editor.</b>
Close
Fechar
&Close
Fe&char
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Close the current window
Fechar a janela atual
<b>Close Window</b><p>Close the current window.</p>
<b>Fechar Janela</b><p>Fecha a janela atual.</p>
Close All
Fechar Tudo
Clos&e All
F&echar Tudo
Close all editor windows
Fechar todas as janelas do editor
<b>Close All Windows</b><p>Close all editor windows.</p>
<b>Fechar as Janelas Todas</b><p>Fecha todas as janelas do editor.</p>
Save
Gravar
&Save
&Gravar
Ctrl+S
File|Save
Save the current file
Gravar o ficheiro atual
<b>Save File</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window.</p>
<b>Gravar Ficheiro</b><p>Grava o conteúdo da janela atual do editor.</p>
Save as
Gravar como
Save &as...
Gr&avar como...
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Save the current file to a new one
Gravar o ficheiro atual para um novo
<b>Save File as</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window to a new file. The file can be entered in a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>Gravar Ficheiro como</b><p>Gravar o conteúdo da janela do editor atual num ficheiro novo. O ficheiro pode ser introduzido com uma caixa de diálogo de seleção de ficheiros.</p>
Save all
Gravar tudo
Save all files
Gravar os ficheiros todos
<b>Save All Files</b><p>Save the contents of all editor windows.</p>
<b>Gravar os Ficheiros Todos</b><p>Gravar os conteúdos de todas as janaelas do editor.</p>
Print
Imprimir
&Print
Im&primir
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Print the current file
Imprimir o ficheiro atual
<b>Print File</b><p>Print the contents of current editor window.</p>
<b>Imprimir Ficheiro</b><p>Imprime o conteúdo da janela do editor atual.</p>
Print Preview
Antevisão da Impressão
Print preview of the current file
Antevisão da impressão do ficheiro atual
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview of the current editor window.</p>
<b>Antevisão da Impressão</b><p>Antevisão de impressão da janela do editor atual.</p>
Search File
Procurar Ficheiro
Search &File...
Procurar &Ficheiro...
Alt+Ctrl+F
File|Search File
Search for a file
Procurar um ficheiro
<b>Search File</b><p>Search for a file.</p>
<b>Procurar Ficheiro</b><p>Procurar um ficheiro.</p>
&File
&Ficheiro
Open &Recent Files
Abrir Ficheiros &Recentes
Open &Bookmarked Files
Abrir Ficheiros &Marcados
File
Ficheiro
Export as
Exportar como
Undo
Desfazer
&Undo
Desfa&zer
Ctrl+Z
Edit|Undo
Alt+Backspace
Edit|Undo
Undo the last change
Desfazer a última alteração
<b>Undo</b><p>Undo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>Desfazer</b><p>Desfazer a última alteração feita no editor atual.</p>
Redo
Refazer
&Redo
&Refazer
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Edit|Redo
Redo the last change
Refazer a última alteração
<b>Redo</b><p>Redo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>Refazer</b><p>Refazer a últma alteração feita no editor atual.</p>
Revert to last saved state
Voltar ao último estado gravado
Re&vert to last saved state
&Voltar ao último estado gravado
Ctrl+Y
Edit|Revert
<b>Revert to last saved state</b><p>Undo all changes up to the last saved state of the current editor.</p>
<b>Voltar ao último estado gravado</b><p>Desfazer todas as alterações feitas no editor atual depois da última vez que foi gravado.</p>
Cut
Cortar
Cu&t
Cor&tar
Ctrl+X
Edit|Cut
Shift+Del
Edit|Cut
Cut the selection
Cortar a seleção
<b>Cut</b><p>Cut the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
<b>Cortar</b><p>Cortar a seleção do texto do editor atual para a Área de Transferência.<p>
Copy
Copiar
&Copy
&Copiar
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+Ins
Edit|Copy
Copy the selection
Copiar a seleção
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
Paste
Colar
&Paste
Co&lar
Ctrl+V
Edit|Paste
Shift+Ins
Edit|Paste
Paste the last cut/copied text
Colar o último texto cortado/copiado
<b>Paste</b><p>Paste the last cut/copied text from the clipboard to the current editor.</p>
Clear
Limpar
Alt+Shift+C
Edit|Clear
Clear all text
Limpar todo o texto
<b>Clear</b><p>Delete all text of the current editor.</p>
<b>Limpar</b><p>Apaga o texto todo do editor atual.</p>
Join Lines
Juntar Linhas
Ctrl+J
Edit|Join Lines
<b>Join Lines</b><p>Join the current and the next lines.</p>
Indent
Indentar
&Indent
&Indentar
Ctrl+I
Edit|Indent
Indent line
Indentar linha
<b>Indent</b><p>Indents the current line or the lines of the selection by one level.</p>
Unindent
U&nindent
Ctrl+Shift+I
Edit|Unindent
Unindent line
<b>Unindent</b><p>Unindents the current line or the lines of the selection by one level.</p>
Smart indent
Indentação Inteligente
Ctrl+Alt+I
Edit|Smart indent
Smart indent Line or Selection
Indentação inteligente de Linha ou Seleção
<b>Smart indent</b><p>Indents the current line or the lines of the current selection smartly.</p>
Comment
Comentar
C&omment
C&omentar
Ctrl+M
Edit|Comment
Comment Line or Selection
Comentar Linha ou Seleção
<b>Comment</b><p>Comments the current line or the lines of the current selection.</p>
<b>Comentar</b><p>Comenta a linha atual ou as linhas da seleção atual.</p>
Uncomment
Descomentar
Unco&mment
Desco&mentar
Alt+Ctrl+M
Edit|Uncomment
Uncomment Line or Selection
Descomentar Linha ou Seleção
<b>Uncomment</b><p>Uncomments the current line or the lines of the current selection.</p>
Stream Comment
Stream Comment Line or Selection
<b>Stream Comment</b><p>Stream comments the current line or the current selection.</p>
Box Comment
Box Comment Line or Selection
<b>Box Comment</b><p>Box comments the current line or the lines of the current selection.</p>
Select to brace
Selecionar até parentesis
Select to &brace
Selecionar até &parentesis
Ctrl+E
Edit|Select to brace
Select text to the matching brace
Selecionar o texto até ao parentesis par
<b>Select to brace</b><p>Select text of the current editor to the matching brace.</p>
<b>Selecionar até parentesis</b><p>Selecionar o texto do editor atual até ao parentesis par.</p>
Select all
Selecionar tudo
&Select all
&Selecionar tudo
Ctrl+A
Edit|Select all
Select all text
Selecionar o texto todo
<b>Select All</b><p>Select all text of the current editor.</p>
Deselect all
Desmarcar tudo
&Deselect all
&Desmarcar tudo
Alt+Ctrl+A
Edit|Deselect all
Deselect all text
Desmarcar todo o texto
<b>Deselect All</b><p>Deselect all text of the current editor.</p>
Convert Line End Characters
Convertir Caráteres de Fim de Linha
Convert &Line End Characters
Convertir Caráteres de Fim de &Linha
<b>Convert Line End Characters</b><p>Convert the line end characters to the currently set type.</p>
Shorten empty lines
Mostrar linhas vazias
<b>Shorten empty lines</b><p>Shorten lines consisting solely of whitespace characters.</p>
<b>Encolher linhas vazias</b><p>Encolhe as linhas que apenas contêm caráters em branco.</p>
Autocomplete
Autocompletar
&Autocomplete
&Autocompletar
Ctrl+Space
Edit|Autocomplete
Autocomplete current word
Autocompletar a palavra actual
<b>Autocomplete</b><p>Performs an autocompletion of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>Autocompletar</b><p>Autocompleta a palavra com o cursor.</p>
Autocomplete from Document
Autocompletar desde o Documento
Ctrl+Shift+Space
Edit|Autocomplete from Document
Autocomplete current word from Document
Autocompletar a palavra atual a partir de Documento
<b>Autocomplete from Document</b><p>Performs an autocompletion from document of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>Autocompletar desde Documento</b><p>Autocompleta a palavra com o cursor a partir do documento.</p>
Autocomplete from APIs
Autocompletar a partir de APIs
Ctrl+Alt+Space
Edit|Autocomplete from APIs
Autocomplete current word from APIs
Autocompletar a palavra atual a partir de APIs
<b>Autocomplete from APIs</b><p>Performs an autocompletion from APIs of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>Autocompletar desde APIs</b><p>Autocompleta desde APIs a palavra com o cursor.</p>
Autocomplete from Document and APIs
Autocompletar a partir de Documento e de APIs
Alt+Shift+Space
Edit|Autocomplete from Document and APIs
Autocomplete current word from Document and APIs
Autocompletar a palavra atual a partir de Documento e de APIs
<b>Autocomplete from Document and APIs</b><p>Performs an autocompletion from document and APIs of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>Autocompletar a desde Documentos e APIs</b><p>Autocompleta a palavra com o cursor a partir do documento e APIs.</p>
Calltip
Dica
&Calltip
Show Calltips
<b>Calltip</b><p>Show calltips based on the characters immediately to the left of the cursor.</p>
Move left one character
Mover um caráter à esquerda
Left
Move right one character
Mover um caráter à direita
Right
Move up one line
Mover uma linha acima
Up
Move down one line
Mover uma linha abaixo
Down
Move left one word part
Alt+Left
Move right one word part
Alt+Right
Move left one word
Mover uma palavra à esquerda
Ctrl+Left
Move right one word
Mover uma palavra à direita
Ctrl+Right
Home
Alt+Home
End
Fim
Scroll view down one line
Ctrl+Down
Scroll view up one line
Ctrl+Up
Move up one paragraph
Mover um parágrafo acima
Alt+Up
Move down one paragraph
Mover um parágrafo abaixo
Alt+Down
Move up one page
Mover uma página acima
PgUp
Move down one page
Mover uma pagina abaixo
PgDown
Ctrl+Home
Ctrl+End
Indent one level
Indentar um nivel
Tab
Unindent one level
Shift+Tab
Extend selection left one character
Estende a seleção um caráter à esquerda
Shift+Left
Extend selection right one character
Shift+Right
Extend selection up one line
Shift+Up
Extend selection down one line
Estende a seleção abaixo uma linha
Shift+Down
Extend selection left one word part
Alt+Shift+Left
Extend selection right one word part
Alt+Shift+Right
Extend selection left one word
Estende a seleção uma palavra à esquerda
Ctrl+Shift+Left
Extend selection right one word
Ctrl+Shift+Right
Shift+Home
Alt+Shift+Home
Shift+End
Extend selection up one paragraph
Alt+Shift+Up
Extend selection down one paragraph
Estende a seleção abaixo uma parágrafo
Alt+Shift+Down
Extend selection up one page
Shift+PgUp
Extend selection down one page
Estende a seleção abaixo uma página
Shift+PgDown
Ctrl+Shift+Home
Ctrl+Shift+End
Delete previous character
Apagar o caratér anterior
Backspace
Shift+Backspace
Delete current character
Apagar o caratér atual
Del
Delete word to left
Apagar palavra à esquerda
Ctrl+Backspace
Delete word to right
Apagar palavra à direita
Ctrl+Del
Delete line to left
Apagar a linha à esquerda
Ctrl+Shift+Backspace
Delete line to right
Apagar a linha à direita
Ctrl+Shift+Del
Insert new line
Inserir linha nova
Return
Enter
Insert new line below current line
Inserir linha nova abaixo da atual
Shift+Return
Shift+Enter
Delete current line
Apagar a linha atual
Ctrl+Shift+L
Duplicate current line
Duplicar a linha atual
Ctrl+D
Swap current and previous lines
Trocar a linha atual pela anterior
Ctrl+T
Cut current line
Cortar a linha atual
Alt+Shift+L
Copy current line
Copiar a linha atual
Ctrl+Shift+T
Toggle insert/overtype
Alternar inserir/sobreescrever
Ins
Convert selection to lower case
Convertir a seleção para minúsculas
Alt+Shift+U
Convert selection to upper case
Convertir a seleção para maiúsculas
Ctrl+Shift+U
Alt+End
Formfeed
Escape
Esc
Extend rectangular selection down one line
Aumentar a seleção retangular uma linha abaixo
Alt+Ctrl+Down
Extend rectangular selection up one line
Alt+Ctrl+Up
Extend rectangular selection left one character
Aumentar a seleção retangular um caratér à esquerda
Alt+Ctrl+Left
Extend rectangular selection right one character
Aumentar a seleção retangular um caratér à direita
Alt+Ctrl+Right
Extend rectangular selection up one page
Extend rectangular selection down one page
Aumentar a seleção retangular uma página abaixo
Duplicate current selection
Duplicar a seleção atual
Ctrl+Shift+D
&Search
&Procurar
&Edit
&Editar
Edit
Editar
Search
Procurar
&Search...
&Procurar...
Ctrl+F
Search|Search
Search for a text
Procurar um texto
<b>Search</b><p>Search for some text in the current editor. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext and options for the search.</p>
Search next
Procurar próximo
Search &next
Procurar &próximo
F3
Search|Search next
Search next occurrence of text
Procurar a próxima ocurrência do texto
<b>Search next</b><p>Search the next occurrence of some text in the current editor. The previously entered searchtext and options are reused.</p>
Search previous
Procurar anterior
Search &previous
Procurar &anterior
Shift+F3
Search|Search previous
Search previous occurrence of text
Procurar ocurrência anterior do texto
<b>Search previous</b><p>Search the previous occurrence of some text in the current editor. The previously entered searchtext and options are reused.</p>
Clear search markers
Limpar marcadores de busca
Ctrl+3
Search|Clear search markers
Clear all displayed search markers
Limpar todos os marcadores de busca mostrados
<b>Clear search markers</b><p>Clear all displayed search markers.</p>
Replace
Substituir
&Replace...
&Substituir...
Ctrl+R
Search|Replace
Replace some text
Substituir algum texto
<b>Replace</b><p>Search for some text in the current editor and replace it. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext, the replacement text and options for the search and replace.</p>
Quicksearch
Busca Rápida
&Quicksearch
&Busca Rápida
Ctrl+Shift+K
Search|Quicksearch
Perform a quicksearch
Executar uma busca rápida
<b>Quicksearch</b><p>This activates the quicksearch function of the IDE by giving focus to the quicksearch entry field. If this field is already active and contains text, it searches for the next occurrence of this text.</p>
Quicksearch backwards
Busca Rápida para trás
Quicksearch &backwards
Busca Rápida para &trás
Ctrl+Shift+J
Search|Quicksearch backwards
Perform a quicksearch backwards
Executar uma busca rápida para trás
<b>Quicksearch backwards</b><p>This searches the previous occurrence of the quicksearch text.</p>
Quicksearch extend
Quicksearch e&xtend
Ctrl+Shift+H
Search|Quicksearch extend
Extend the quicksearch to the end of the current word
<b>Quicksearch extend</b><p>This extends the quicksearch text to the end of the word currently found.</p>
Goto Line
Ir à linha
&Goto Line...
Ir à &Linha...
Ctrl+G
Search|Goto Line
<b>Goto Line</b><p>Go to a specific line of text in the current editor. A dialog is shown to enter the linenumber.</p>
Goto Brace
Ir ao Parentesis
Goto &Brace
Ir ao &Parentesis
Ctrl+L
Search|Goto Brace
<b>Goto Brace</b><p>Go to the matching brace in the current editor.</p>
<b>Ir ao Parentesis</b><p>Ir ao parentesis par correspondente no editor atual.</p>
Search in Files
Procurar em Ficheiros
Search in &Files...
Procurar em &Ficheiros...
Shift+Ctrl+F
Search|Search Files
Search for a text in files
Procurar um texto em ficheiros
<b>Search in Files</b><p>Search for some text in the files of a directory tree or the project. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
Replace in Files
Substituir em Ficheiros
Replace in F&iles...
Substituir em F&icheiros...
Shift+Ctrl+R
Search|Replace in Files
Search for a text in files and replace it
Procurar e substituir um texto em ficheiros
<b>Replace in Files</b><p>Search for some text in the files of a directory tree or the project and replace it. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext, the replacement text and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
<p>Enter the searchtext directly into this field. The search will be performed case insensitive. The quicksearch function is activated upon activation of the quicksearch next action (default key Ctrl+Shift+K), if this entry field does not have the input focus. Otherwise it searches for the next occurrence of the text entered. The quicksearch backwards action (default key Ctrl+Shift+J) searches backward. Activating the 'quicksearch extend' action (default key Ctrl+Shift+H) extends the current searchtext to the end of the currently found word. The quicksearch can be ended by pressing the Return key while the quicksearch entry has the the input focus.</p>
Quicksearch Textedit
Zoom in
Aproximar
Zoom &in
Apro&ximar
Ctrl++
View|Zoom in
Zoom in on the text
Aproximar no texto
<b>Zoom in</b><p>Zoom in on the text. This makes the text bigger.</p>
<b>Aproximar</b><p>Aproximar no texto. Isto faz o texto mais grande.</p>
Zoom out
Afastar
Zoom &out
A&fastar
Ctrl+-
View|Zoom out
Zoom out on the text
Afastar no texto
<b>Zoom out</b><p>Zoom out on the text. This makes the text smaller.</p>
<b>Afastar</b><p>Afastar no texto. Isto faz o texto mais pequeno.</p>
Zoom
&Zoom
Ctrl+#
View|Zoom
Zoom the text
Zoom no texto
<b>Zoom</b><p>Zoom the text. This opens a dialog where the desired size can be entered.</p>
Toggle all folds
Alternar as dobras todas
Toggle &all folds
Alternar dobras &todas
<b>Toggle all folds</b><p>Toggle all folds of the current editor.</p>
Toggle all folds (including children)
Alternar as dobras todas (incluindo filhos)
Toggle all &folds (including children)
Alternar &dobras todas (incluindo filhos)
<b>Toggle all folds (including children)</b><p>Toggle all folds of the current editor including all children.</p>
Toggle current fold
Alternar a dobra atual
Toggle ¤t fold
Alternar dobra &atual
<b>Toggle current fold</b><p>Toggle the folds of the current line of the current editor.</p>
Remove all highlights
Retirar todo o ressaltado
<b>Remove all highlights</b><p>Remove the highlights of all editors.</p>
Split view
Dividir vista
&Split view
&Dividir vista
Add a split to the view
Adicionar uma divisão à vista
<b>Split view</b><p>Add a split to the view.</p>
Arrange horizontally
Arrange &horizontally
Arrange the splitted views horizontally
<b>Arrange horizontally</b><p>Arrange the splitted views horizontally.</p>
Remove split
Retirar divisão
&Remove split
&Retirar divisão
Remove the current split
Retira a divisão atual
<b>Remove split</b><p>Remove the current split.</p>
<b>Retirar divisão</b><p>Retira a divisão atual.</p>
Next split
Separação seguinte
&Next split
Separação segui&nte
Ctrl+Alt+N
View|Next split
Move to the next split
Mover à divisão seguinte
<b>Next split</b><p>Move to the next split.</p>
<b>Separação seguinte</b><p>Mover à proxima divisão.</p>
Previous split
Divisão anterior
&Previous split
Divisão &anterior
Ctrl+Alt+P
View|Previous split
Move to the previous split
Mover à divisão anterior
<b>Previous split</b><p>Move to the previous split.</p>
<b>Separação anterior</b><p>Mover à divisão anterior.</p>
&View
&Vista
View
Vista
Start Macro Recording
Iniciar Registo de Macro
S&tart Macro Recording
<b>Start Macro Recording</b><p>Start recording editor commands into a new macro.</p>
Stop Macro Recording
Sto&p Macro Recording
<b>Stop Macro Recording</b><p>Stop recording editor commands into a new macro.</p>
Run Macro
&Run Macro
<b>Run Macro</b><p>Run a previously recorded editor macro.</p>
Delete Macro
Apagar Macro
&Delete Macro
&Apagar Macro
<b>Delete Macro</b><p>Delete a previously recorded editor macro.</p>
Load Macro
Carregar Macro
&Load Macro
&Carregar Macro
<b>Load Macro</b><p>Load an editor macro from a file.</p>
Save Macro
&Save Macro
<b>Save Macro</b><p>Save a previously recorded editor macro to a file.</p>
&Macros
Toggle Bookmark
Alternar Marcadores
&Toggle Bookmark
&Alternar Marcadores
Alt+Ctrl+T
Bookmark|Toggle
<b>Toggle Bookmark</b><p>Toggle a bookmark at the current line of the current editor.</p>
Next Bookmark
Marcador Seguinte
&Next Bookmark
Marcador Segui&nte
Ctrl+PgDown
Bookmark|Next
<b>Next Bookmark</b><p>Go to next bookmark of the current editor.</p>
Previous Bookmark
Marcador Anterior
&Previous Bookmark
Marcador &Anterior
Ctrl+PgUp
Bookmark|Previous
<b>Previous Bookmark</b><p>Go to previous bookmark of the current editor.</p>
Clear Bookmarks
Limpar Marcadores
&Clear Bookmarks
&Limpar Marcadores
Alt+Ctrl+C
Bookmark|Clear
<b>Clear Bookmarks</b><p>Clear bookmarks of all editors.</p>
<b>Limpar Marcadores</b><p>Limpa os marcadores de todos os editores<.</p>
Goto Syntax Error
Ir ao Erro de Sintaxe
&Goto Syntax Error
&Ir ao Erro de Sintaxe
<b>Goto Syntax Error</b><p>Go to next syntax error of the current editor.</p>
Clear Syntax Errors
Limpar Erros de Sintaxe
Clear &Syntax Errors
Limpar Erros de &Sintaxe
<b>Clear Syntax Errors</b><p>Clear syntax errors of all editors.</p>
<b>Limpar Erros de Sintaxe</b><p>Limpa os erros de sintaxe dos editores todos.</p>
Next warning message
Mensagem de aviso seguinte
&Next warning message
Mensagem de aviso segui&nte
Previous warning message
Mensagem de aviso anterior
&Previous warning message
Mensagem de aviso &anterior
Clear Warning Messages
Limpar Mensagens de Aviso
Clear &Warning Messages
Limpar Mensagens de &Aviso
<b>Clear Warning Messages</b><p>Clear py3flakes warning messages of all editors.</p>
<b>Limpar Mensagens de Aviso</b><p>Limpar mensagens de aviso de py3flakes em todos os editores.</p>
Next uncovered line
&Next uncovered line
<b>Next uncovered line</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor marked as not covered.</p>
Previous uncovered line
&Previous uncovered line
<b>Previous uncovered line</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor marked as not covered.</p>
Next Task
Tarefa Seguinte
&Next Task
Tarefa Segui&nte
<b>Next Task</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor having a task.</p>
Previous Task
Tarefa Anterior
&Previous Task
Tarefa &Anterior
<b>Previous Task</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor having a task.</p>
&Bookmarks
&Marcadores
Bookmarks
Marcadores
Shift+F7
Spelling|Spell Check
Perform spell check of current editor
Executar a verificação ortográfica do editor atual
Automatic spell checking
Verificação ortográfica automática
&Automatic spell checking
Verificação ortográfica &automática
(De-)Activate automatic spell checking
(Des)Ativar verificação ortográfica automática
<b>Automatic spell checking</b><p>Activate or deactivate the automatic spell checking function of all editors.</p>
<b>Verificação ortográfica automática</b><p>Ativa ou desativa a função de verificação ortográfica automática nos editores todos.<p>
Spelling
Verificação ortográfica
Open files
Abrir ficheiros
File Modified
Ficheiro Modificado
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> has unsaved changes.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> tem alterações por gravar.</p>
Line: {0:5}
Linha: {0:5}
Pos: {0:5}
&Clear
&Limpar
&Add
&Adicionar
&Edit...
&Editar...
Goto Last Edit Location
Ir ao Local da Última Edição
Goto Last &Edit Location
Ir ao Local da Última &Edição
Ctrl+Shift+G
Search|Goto Last Edit Location
<b>Goto Last Edit Location</b><p>Go to the location of the last edit in the current editor.</p>
Goto Previous Method or Class
Ir ao Método ou Classe Anterior
Ctrl+Shift+Up
Search|Goto Previous Method or Class
Go to the previous method or class definition
Ir à definição de método ou classe anterior
<b>Goto Previous Method or Class</b><p>Goes to the line of the previous method or class definition and highlights the name.</p>
Goto Next Method or Class
Ir ao Método ou Classe Seguinte
Ctrl+Shift+Down
Search|Goto Next Method or Class
Go to the next method or class definition
Ir à definição de método ou classe seguinte
<b>Goto Next Method or Class</b><p>Goes to the line of the next method or class definition and highlights the name.</p>
Preview
Antevisão
Preview the current file in the web browser
Antevisão do ficheiro atual no navegador web
<b>Preview</b><p>This opens the web browser with a preview of the current file.</p>
Meta+B
Meta+F
Meta+P
Meta+N
Move to first visible character in document line
Mover ao primeiro caráter vísivel da linha do documento
Move to start of display line
Move to end of document line
Mover ao fim da linha do documento
Meta+E
Meta+V
Move to start of document
Mover ao princípio do documento
Move to end of document
Mover ao final do documento
Meta+Shift+B
Meta+Shift+F
Meta+Shift+P
Meta+Shift+N
Extend selection to first visible character in document line
Extend selection to end of document line
Meta+Shift+E
Meta+Shift+V
Extend selection to start of document
Ctrl+Shift+Up
Extend selection to end of document
Ctrl+Shift+Down
Meta+H
Delete previous character if not at start of line
Apagar o caratér anterior se não está ao princípio da linha
Meta+D
Meta+K
Move to end of display line
Extend selection to end of display line
Meta+Alt+Shift+N
Meta+Alt+Shift+P
Meta+Alt+Shift+B
Meta+Alt+Shift+F
Extend rectangular selection to first visible character in document line
Extend rectangular selection to end of document line
Meta+Alt+Shift+E
Alt+Shift+End
Alt+Shift+PgDown
Meta+Alt+Shift+V
Scroll to start of document
Scroll to end of document
Scroll vertically to center current line
Meta+L
Move to end of next word
Mover ao fim da palavra seguinte
Extend selection to end of next word
Move to end of previous word
Mover ao fim da palavra anterior
Extend selection to end of previous word
Move to start of document line
Mover ao início da linha do documento
Meta+A
Extend selection to start of document line
Meta+Shift+A
Extend rectangular selection to start of document line
Meta+Alt+Shift+A
Extend selection to start of display line
Move to start of display or document line
Extend selection to start of display or document line
Move to first visible character in display or document line
Extend selection to first visible character in display or document line
Move to end of display or document line
Extend selection to end of display or document line
Stuttered move up one page
Stuttered extend selection up one page
Stuttered move down one page
Stuttered extend selection down one page
Delete right to end of next word
Apagar até ao final da proxima palavra
Alt+Del
Move selected lines up one line
Mover as linhas selecionadas acima uma linha
Move selected lines down one line
Mover as linhas selecionadas abaixo uma linha
Alt+Shift+PgUp
Toggle Comment
Alternar Comentário
Ctrl+Shift+M
Edit|Toggle Comment
Toggle the comment of the current line, selection or comment block
Alternar o comentário da linha atual ou do bloque selecionado
<b>Toggle Comment</b><p>If the current line does not start with a block comment, the current line or selection is commented. If it is already commented, this comment block is uncommented. </p>
Zoom reset
Restaurar zoom
Zoom &reset
&Restaurar zoom
Ctrl+0
View|Zoom reset
Reset the zoom of the text
Reiniciar o zoom do texto
<b>Zoom reset</b><p>Reset the zoom of the text. This sets the zoom factor to 100%.</p>
Zoom In
View|Zoom in
Aproximar
Zoom Out
View|Zoom out
Afastar
Save a&ll
Gravar &tudo
Next Change
Alteração Seguinte
&Next Change
Alteração Segui&nte
<b>Next Change</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor having a change marker.</p>
Previous Change
Alteração Anterior
&Previous Change
Alteração &Anterior
<b>Previous Change</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor having a change marker.</p>
Check spelling
Verificar ortografia
Check &spelling...
Verificar &ortografia...
<b>Check spelling</b><p>Perform a spell check of the current editor.</p>
<b>Verificação ortográfica</b><p>Executa a verificação ortográfica do editor atual.</p>
Edit Dictionary
Editar Dicionário
Project Word List
Lista de Palavras do Projeto
Project Exception List
Lista de Excepções do Projeto
User Word List
Lista de Palavras do Usuário
User Exception List
Lista de Exceções do Usuário
Edit Spelling Dictionary
Editar Dicionário Ortográfico
Editing {0}
Editando {0}
<p>The spelling dictionary file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The spelling dictionary file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
The spelling dictionary was saved successfully.
O dicionário ortográfico foi guradado com êxito.
Search current word forward
Procurar para a frente à palavra atual
Ctrl+.
Search|Search current word forward
Search next occurrence of the current word
Procurar a próxima ocurrência da palavra atual
<b>Search current word forward</b><p>Search the next occurrence of the current word of the current editor.</p>
Search current word backward
Procurar para trás à palavra atual
Ctrl+,
Search|Search current word backward
Search previous occurrence of the current word
Procurar ocurrência anterior da palavra atual
<b>Search current word backward</b><p>Search the previous occurrence of the current word of the current editor.</p>
Search in Open Files
Procurar em Ficheiros Abertos
Search in Open Files...
Procurar em Ficheiros Abertos...
Meta+Ctrl+Alt+F
Search|Search Open Files
Search for a text in open files
Procurar um texto nos ficheiros abertos
<b>Search in Open Files</b><p>Search for some text in the currently opened files. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
Replace in Open Files
Substituir em Ficheiros Abertos
Meta+Ctrl+Alt+R
Search|Replace in Open Files
Search for a text in open files and replace it
Procurar e substituir um texto em ficheiros abertos
<b>Replace in Open Files</b><p>Search for some text in the currently opened files and replace it. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext, the replacement text and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
Replace in Open Files...
Substituir em Ficheiros Abertos...
Sort
Ordenar
Ctrl+Alt+S
Edit|Sort
Sort the lines containing the rectangular selection
<b>Sort</b><p>Sort the lines spanned by a rectangular selection based on the selection ignoring leading and trailing whitespace.</p>
Language: {0}
Idioma: {0}
EOL Mode: {0}
Modo EOL: {0}
New Document View
Nova Vista de Documento
New &Document View
Nova Vista de &Documento
Open a new view of the current document
Abrir uma nova vista do documento atual
<b>New Document View</b><p>Opens a new view of the current document. Both views show the same document. However, the cursors may be positioned independently.</p>
<b>Nova Vista de Documento</b><p>Abre uma vista nova do documento atual. Ambas vistas mostram o mesmo documento mas, os cursores podem estar em posições independentes.</p>
New Document View (with new split)
Nova Vista de Documento (com divisão nova)
Open a new view of the current document in a new split
Abrir uma nova vista do documento atual numa nova divisão
<b>New Document View</b><p>Opens a new view of the current document in a new split. Both views show the same document. However, the cursors may be positioned independently.</p>
<b>Nova Vista de Documento</b><p>Abre uma vista nova do documento atual numa divisão nova. Ambas vistas mostram o mesmo documento mas, os cursores podem estar em posições independentes.</p>
<b>Next warning message</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor having a pyflakes warning.</p>
<b>Previous warning message</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor having a pyflakes warning.</p>
<b>Clear Warning Messages</b><p>Clear pyflakes warning messages of all editors.</p>
Meta+Alt+Space
Edit|Calltip
ViewProfileSidebarsDialog
Configure View Profiles
Configurar Perfiles de Vista
Select the windows, that should be visible, when the different profiles are active.
Selecionar as janelas que devem estar visíveis quando os diferente perfiles estejam ativos.
&Edit Profile
Perfile de &Edição
Left Sidebar
Barra Esquerda
Bottom Sidebar
Barra Inferior
&Debug Profile
Perfile de &Depuração
Right Sidebar
Barra Direita
ViewProfileToolboxesDialog
Configure View Profiles
Configurar Perfiles de Vista
Select the windows, that should be visible, when the different profiles are active.
Selecionar as janelas que devem estar visíveis quando os diferente perfiles estejam ativos.
&Edit Profile
Perfile de &Edição
Horizontal Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas Horizontal
&Debug Profile
Perfile de &Depuração
Left Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas Esquerda
Right Toolbox
Caixa de Ferramentas Direita
ViewmanagerPage
<b>Configure viewmanager</b>
<b>Configurar gestor de vistas</b>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> This setting is activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Nota:</b> Estas definições estarão activadas a próxima vez que arranque a aplicação.</font>
Window view:
Vista de Janela:
Select the window view type.
Selecionar o tipo de vista da janela.
The kind of window view can be selected from this list. The picture below gives an example of the selected view type.
O tipo de vista de janela pode selecionar-se nesta lista. A imagem abaixo dá um exemplo do tipo de vista selecionado.
Preview of selected window view
Antevisão da vista de janela selecionada
This displays a small preview of the selected window view. This is the way the source windows are displayed in the application.
Mostra uma pequena antevisão da vista de janela selecionada. Esta será o modo em que as janelas fonte serão mostradas na aplicação.
Tabbed View
Vista de Separadores
Filename Length of Tab:
Tamanho do Nome de ficheiro do Separador:
Enter the number of characters to be shown in the tab.
Introduzir o número de caráteres a mostrar no separador.
Select to display the filename only
Selecionar para apenas mostrar o nome do ficheiro
Show filename only
Mostrar apenas nome do ficheiro
Recent Files
Ficheiros Recentes
Number of recent files:
Número de ficheiros recentes:
Enter the number of recent files to remember
Introduzir o número de ficheiros recentes a recordar
VirusTotalAPI
Request limit has been reached.
Invalid key given.
Chave inválida dada.
Requested item is not present.
VmListspacePlugin
Listspace
VmTabviewPlugin
Tabbed View
Vista de Separadores
WatchPointModel
Condition
Condição
Special
Especial
Temporary
Temporal
Enabled
Habilitado
Ignore Count
Ignorar Contagem
WatchPointViewer
Watchpoints
Add
Adicionar
Edit...
Editar...
Enable
Habilitar
Enable all
Habilitar tudo
Disable
Inabilitar
Disable all
Inabilitar tudo
Delete
Apagar
Delete all
Apagar tudo
Configure...
Configurar...
Enable selected
Habilitar selecionado
Disable selected
Inabilitar selecionado
Delete selected
Apagar selecionado
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' already exists.</p>
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' for the variable <b>{1}</b> already exists.</p>
Watch expression already exists
WebDatabasesDialog
Web SQL Databases
Enter search term for databases
Press to remove the selected entries
Pressionar para retirar as entradas selecionadas
&Remove
&Retirar
Press to remove all entries
Pressionar para retirar todas as entradas
Remove &All
Retirar &Tudo
WebDatabasesModel
Name
Nome
Size
Tamanho
Local
{0} ({1})
bytes
kB
MB
WidgetArea
Load UI File
Carregar Ficheiro UI
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pode carregar.</p>
WidgetView
Load UI File
Carregar Ficheiro UI
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
<p>O ficheiro <b>{0}</b> não se pode carregar.</p>
XMLStreamReaderBase
<p>XML parse error in file <b>{0}</b>, line {1}, column {2}</p><p>Error: {3}</p>
XML parse error
File format version '{0}' is not supported.
Bad value: {0}
Pickle data encoding '{0}' is not supported.
XbelImporter
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
Por favor escolha o ficheiro para começar a importar marcadores.
XBEL Bookmarks
File '{0}' does not exist.
XBEL Import
Imported {0}
Importado {0}
You can import bookmarks from any browser that supports XBEL exporting. This file has usually the extension .xbel or .xml.
Konqueror stores its bookmarks in the <b>bookmarks.xml</b> XML file. This file is usually located in
Error when importing bookmarks on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
Konqueror Import
eric6 Web Browser stores its bookmarks in the <b>{0}</b> XML file. This file is usually located in
eric6 Web Browser Import
XbelReader
The file is not an XBEL version 1.0 file.
O ficheiro não é um ficheiro XBEL versão 1.0.
Unknown title
Título desconhecido
ZoomDialog
Zoom
Zoom &Factor:
Enter zoom factor
<b>Zoom Factor</b>
<p>Enter the desired zoom factor here. The zoom factor
may be between -10 and +20 and is the increment that is
added to the size of the fonts used in the editor windows.</p>
eric5
Generating Main Window...
Gerando a Janela Principal...
Starting...
Começando...
eric6
Starting...
Começando...
Generating Main Window...
Gerando a Janela Principal...
mercurial
<tr><td><b>Parent #{0}</b></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Changeset</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Tags</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Branches</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed time</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Tip</b></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Changeset</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Parents</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed time</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr>
</table></p>
<tr><td><b>Bookmarks</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<h3>Repository information</h3>
<p><table>
<tr><td><b>Mercurial V.</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr></tr>
<tr><td><b>URL</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
{2}</table></p>
pep8
indentation contains mixed spaces and tabs
indentação com espaços e tabuladores misturados
indentation is not a multiple of four
indentação não é multipla de quatro
expected an indented block
esperado um bloque de indentação
unexpected indentation
indentação inesperada
indentation contains tabs
indentação com tabluadores
whitespace after '{0}'
espaço depois de '{0}'
whitespace before '{0}'
espaço antes de '{0}
multiple spaces before operator
espaços múltiplos antes do operador
multiple spaces after operator
espaços múltiplos depois do operador
tab before operator
tabulador antes do operador
tab after operator
tabulador depois do operador
missing whitespace around operator
falta espaço à volta do operador
missing whitespace after '{0}'
falta espaço depois de '{0}'
multiple spaces after '{0}'
múltiplos espaços depois de '{0}'
tab after '{0}'
tabulador depois de '{0}'
at least two spaces before inline comment
inline comment should start with '# '
trailing whitespace
espaço ao final
no newline at end of file
não há linha nova no final do ficheiro
blank line contains whitespace
linha vazia contém espaços
expected 1 blank line, found 0
esperada 1 linha vazia, encontradas 0
expected 2 blank lines, found {0}
esperadas 2 linhas vazias, encontradas {0}
too many blank lines ({0})
demasiadas linhas vazias ({0})
blank lines found after function decorator
encontradas linhas vazias depois do decorador de função
blank line at end of file
linha vazia no fim do ficheiro
multiple imports on one line
múltiplos imports numa linha
.has_key() is deprecated, use 'in'
.has_key está obsoleto, usar 'in'
deprecated form of raising exception
'<>' is deprecated, use '!='
'<>' está obsoleto, usar '!='
backticks are deprecated, use 'repr()'
acentos graves estão obsoletos, usar 'repr()'
multiple statements on one line (colon)
multiple statements on one line (semicolon)
no message for this code defined
não há mensagem definida para este código
continuation line indentation is not a multiple of four
continuation line missing indentation or outdented
closing bracket does not match indentation of opening bracket's line
closing bracket does not match visual indentation
continuation line over-indented for hanging indent
continuation line over-indented for visual indent
continuation line under-indented for visual indent
closing bracket is missing indentation
missing whitespace around arithmetic operator
falta espaço à volta do operador aritmético
missing whitespace around bitwise or shift operator
missing whitespace around modulo operator
unexpected spaces around keyword / parameter equals
multiple spaces after keyword
múltiplos espaços depois da palavra-chave
multiple spaces before keyword
múltiplos espaços antes da palavra-chave
tab after keyword
tabulador depois da palavra-chave
tab before keyword
tabulador antes da palavra-chave
line too long ({0} > {1} characters)
linha demasiado comprida ({0} > {1} caráteres)
the backslash is redundant between brackets
barra invertida é redundante entre parêntesis
statement ends with a semicolon
comparison to {0} should be {1}
do not compare types, use 'isinstance()'
não comparar tipos, usar 'isinstance()'
{0}: {1}
continuation line with same indent as next logical line
visually indented line with same indent as next logical line
continuation line unaligned for hanging indent
block comment should start with '# '
test for membership should be 'not in'
test for object identity should be 'is not'
{0}
py3Flakes
{0!r} imported but unused.
{0!r} importado mas sem usar.
Undefined name {0!r}.
Nome não definido {0!r}.
Local variable {0!r} is assigned to but never used.
A variável local {0!r} está assignada mas não é usada.
pyFlakes
{0!r} imported but unused.
{0!r} importado mas sem usar.
Redefinition of unused {0!r} from line {1!r}.
Import {0!r} from line {1!r} shadowed by loop variable.
'from {0} import *' used; unable to detect undefined names.
Undefined name {0!r}.
Nome não definido {0!r}.
Undefined name {0!r} in __all__.
Local variable {0!r} (defined in enclosing scope on line {1!r}) referenced before assignment.
Duplicate argument {0!r} in function definition.
Redefinition of {0!r} from line {1!r}.
Future import(s) {0!r} after other statements.
Local variable {0!r} is assigned to but never used.
A variável local {0!r} está assignada mas não é usada.
List comprehension redefines {0!r} from line {1!r}.
Syntax error detected in doctest.
'return' with argument inside generator
no message defined for code '{0}'
subversion
<h3>Repository information</h3><table><tr><td><b>Subversion V.</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td><b>URL</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Current revision</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed revision</b></td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Comitted time</b></td><td>{5}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{6}</td></tr></table>
unknown
desconhecido
<h3>Repository information</h3><table><tr><td><b>PySvn V.</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Subversion V.</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Subversion API V.</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td><b>URL</b></td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Current revision</b></td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed revision</b></td><td>{5}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{6}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Comitted time</b></td><td>{7}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{8}</td></tr></table>
eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/PaxHeaders.20276/eric6_pt.qm 0000644 0000000 0000000 00000000132 12410323420 016034 x ustar 00 30 mtime=1411491600.492060046
30 atime=1438509824.205429155
30 ctime=1438509828.074433061
eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/eric6_pt.qm 0000644 0001750 0000144 00002505014 12410323420 017010 0 ustar 00detlev users 0000000 0000000